initial commit of ebook 15337HEADmain

1 files changed, 9332 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/15337.txt b/15337.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16efc5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/15337.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9332 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Source Book Of Australian History
+by Compiled by Gwendolen H. Swinburne
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: A Source Book Of Australian History
+
+Author: Compiled by Gwendolen H. Swinburne
+
+Release Date: March 12, 2005 [EBook #15337]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AUSTRALIAN HISTORY ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Robert Cicconetti, Martin Pettit and the PG Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+A SOURCE BOOK OF
+AUSTRALIAN HISTORY
+
+
+COMPILED BY
+
+GWENDOLEN H. SWINBURNE, M.A.
+
+DIP. ED., MELB. UNIV.
+
+
+LONDON
+
+G. BELL AND SONS, LTD.
+
+1919
+
+CHISWICK PRESS: CHARLES WHITTINGHAM AND CO.
+
+TOOKS COURT, CHANCERY LANE, LONDON.
+
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+
+I submit this volume to the public in the hope that it may increase the
+amount of interest usually shown in Australian History by deepening the
+general knowledge of the subject, and illustrating it by those vivid
+details which arrest the attention and enable the student to visualize
+past events.
+
+The number of events described in a Source Book must necessarily be
+smaller than that in histories of another type; but the aim is to place
+the student in contact with the evidence of history in order that he may
+become his own historian by drawing his own deductions from the
+contemporary records. The greatest historian can find no materials
+ulterior to such as are here presented, for there is nothing ulterior to
+them but the deeds themselves. They are the records written by the men
+who gave their life and health to lay the foundation of Australia's
+greatness--by Phillip, weakening under the racking cares of the infant
+state; by Sturt in the scorching desert, as the last duty of an
+exhausting day. They are aglow with the heat of action; they are
+inspiring in their quiet modesty and strength.
+
+In order to give greater continuity to the volume, short introductions
+have been placed at the head of each selection. It has been impossible
+to quote in full all the documents of which use has been made, but
+fuller information may be obtained by reference to the "source"
+mentioned at the head of each selection. The editor or author of the
+source and its date of publication are shown in order to facilitate
+further research.
+
+The Source Book has been compiled with attention to the requirements of
+schools, and it is hoped that teachers in Australia will avail
+themselves of the opportunity to introduce the study of history from
+contemporary documents, and thus in this respect bring Australia into
+line with the other countries where source books are already familiar.
+The section on discovery and exploration may with advantage be used in
+the study of geography.
+
+My thanks are due to the proprietors of the "Times" for permission to
+quote certain pages from "The Times History of the War in South Africa,"
+and "The Times History of the War and Encyclopaedia," and also for the
+"Dispatch from a Special Correspondent at the Dardanelles," printed in
+the "Times," 7 May 1915.
+
+It is with great pleasure that I acknowledge my indebtedness to
+Professor Scott, of Melbourne University (at whose suggestion the work
+was undertaken), for his interest and advice; and to Arthur Wadsworth,
+Esq., Chief Librarian for the Parliament of the Commonwealth, for his
+courteous assistance.
+
+GWENDOLEN H. SWINBURNE.
+
+HAWTHORN,
+MELBOURNE.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+PART I
+
+DISCOVERY AND EXPLORATION
+
+
+DISCOVERY OF TASMANIA
+
+DESCRIPTION OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA
+
+THE FIRST VISIT TO THE EASTERN COAST
+
+BASS STRAIT
+
+THE _INVESTIGATOR_
+
+ACROSS THE MOUNTAINS
+
+AUSTRALIA FELIX (VICTORIA)
+
+THE INTERIOR OF THE CONTINENT. I
+
+EXPLORATION OF THE EASTERN RIVER SYSTEM
+
+THE INTERIOR. II
+
+ACROSS THE CONTINENT. SOUTH TO NORTH. I
+
+ACROSS THE CONTINENT. SOUTH TO NORTH. II
+
+FROM WEST TO EAST. I. ALONG THE BIGHT
+
+FROM WEST TO EAST. II. THE INTERIOR
+
+
+PART II
+
+GENERAL HISTORY
+
+
+THE FIRST SETTLEMENT
+
+EARLY DIFFICULTIES
+
+PHILLIP'S RESIGNATION
+
+NEW SOUTH WALES CORPS
+
+THE IRISH POLITICAL PRISONERS
+
+THE BLIGH MUTINY
+
+THE BEGINNING OF THE WOOL INDUSTRY
+
+EMANCIPIST CONTROVERSY
+
+WESTERN AUSTRALIA
+
+WAKEFIELD'S SCHEME OF COLONIZATION
+
+FOUNDATION OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA
+
+FOUNDATION OF VICTORIA
+
+TRANSPORTATION
+
+INDEPENDENCE OF VICTORIA
+
+GOLD
+
+EFFECTS OF THE GOLD DISCOVERY
+
+THE GOLD MINES
+
+VICTORIA IN 1854
+
+THE BUSHRANGERS
+
+ANTI-TRANSPORTATION MOVEMENT
+
+THE LAND QUESTION
+
+THE LAND QUESTION IN NEW SOUTH WALES
+
+QUEENSLAND
+
+PAYMENT OF MEMBERS CRISIS
+
+NEW GUINEA
+
+THE NATIONAL AUSTRALASIAN CONVENTION, 1891
+
+THE COMMONWEALTH OF AUSTRALIA
+
+THE BOER WAR
+
+THE GREAT WAR
+
+LANDING ON GALLIPOLI
+
+WHAT ANZAC MEANS
+
+[Illustration: MAP OF AUSTRALIA]
+
+
+
+
+A SOURCE BOOK OF
+AUSTRALIAN HISTORY
+
+
+PART I
+
+DISCOVERY AND EXPLORATION
+
+
+
+
+DISCOVERY OF TASMANIA
+
++Source.+--Tasman's Journal (edited by Heeres), pp. 1, 11-16
+
+     The Spaniard Torres was probably the first European to sight
+     Australia (Cape Yorke); but Tasman was the first who consciously
+     discovered the Great South Land. In his search for fresh fields for
+     trade, he came upon Tasmania and New Zealand.
+
+Journal or description drawn up by me, ABEL JAN TASMAN, of a Voyage made
+from the town of Batavia in E. India for the discovery of the unknown
+Southland, in the year of our Lord 1642, the 14th of August. May God
+Almighty vouchsafe his Blessing on this work. AMEN.
+
+_Note_.--Days reckoned from midnight to midnight. Longitude calculated
+from meridian of Peak of Teneriffe.
+
+_Item the 23rd Nov._--Good weather with a south-easterly wind and a
+steady breeze; in the morning, we found our rudder broken at top in the
+tiller hole; we therefore hauled to windward under reduced sail and
+fitted a cross beam to either side. By estimation the west side of Nova
+Guinea must be North of us.
+
+_Item the 24th do._ Good weather and a clear sky. In the afternoon about
+4 o'clock we saw land bearing East by North of us; at about 10 miles
+distance by estimation. The land we sighted was very high. Towards
+evening we also saw S.S.E. of us three high mountains, and to the N.E.
+two more mountains, but less high than those to southward. This land
+being the first we have met with in the South sea and not known to any
+European nation, we have conferred on it the name of Anthoony Van
+Diemenslandt, in honor of the Hon. Governor-General, our illustrious
+master, who sent us to make this discovery; the islands circumjacent so
+far as known to us, we have named after the Hon. Councillors of India.
+
+_Item 28th do._ In the evening we came under the shore. There are under
+the shore some small islands one of which looks like a lion.
+
+_Item 29th do._ In the morning were still near the rock which looks like
+a lion's head. Towards noon passed two rocks; the most westerly looks
+like Pedra Branca, which lies on the coast of China, the most easterly,
+looking like a high rugged tower, lies about 16 miles out from the
+mainland. Ran through between these rocks and the land. We came before a
+way which seemed likely to afford a good anchorage upon which we
+resolved to run into it. We again made for the shore, the wind and
+current having driven us so far out to sea that we could barely see the
+land.
+
+_Item 1st Dec._ We resolved that it would be best and most expedient to
+touch at the land, the sooner the better; both to get better acquainted
+with the land and secure refreshment for our own behoof. About one hour
+after sunset we dropped anchorage in a good harbour, for all of which it
+behooves us to thank God Almighty with grateful hearts.
+
+_Item 2nd do._ Early in the morning we sent our own pilot Major Francoys
+Jacobz in command of our pinnace manned with 4 musketeers and 6 rowers,
+all of them furnished with pikes and side arms together with the
+cockboat of the _Zeehaen_, with one of her second mates and six
+musketeers in it, to a bay situated N.W. of us at upwards of a mile's
+distance in order to ascertain what facilities (as regards fresh water,
+refreshments, timber and the like) may be available there. About three
+hours before nightfall the boats came back, bringing various samples of
+vegetables, which they had seen growing there in great abundance, some
+of them in appearance not unlike a certain plant growing at the Cabo de
+Bona Esperance, and fit to be used as pot-herbs; and another species
+with long leaves and brackish taste strongly resembling persil de mer or
+samphou. The pilot Major and second mate of the _Zeehaen_ made the
+following report, to wit:
+
+That they had rowed the space of upwards of a mile round the said point
+where they had found high but level land, covered with vegetation and
+not cultivated but growing naturally (by the will of God) abundance of
+excellent timber and a gently sloping watercourse in a barren valley;
+the said water though of good quality being difficult to procure,
+because the watercourse is so shallow that the water could be dipped
+with bowls only.
+
+That they had heard certain human sounds, and also sounds resembling the
+music of a small trump or a small gong not far from them though they had
+seen no one.
+
+That they had seen two trees about 2 or 2-1/2 fathoms in thickness
+measuring from 60-65 feet from the ground to the lowermost branches,
+which trees bore notches made with flint implements, the bark having
+been removed for the purpose; these notches forming a kind of steps to
+enable persons to get up the trees and rob birds' nests in their tops
+were fully five feet apart; so that our men concluded that the natives
+here must be of very tall stature or must be in possession of some sort
+of artifice for getting up the said trees. In one of the trees these
+notched steps were so fresh and new that they seemed to have been cut
+less than four days ago.
+
+That on the ground they discovered the footprints of animals, not unlike
+those of a tiger's claws. They also brought on board a small quantity of
+gum, of a seemingly very fine quality, which had exuded from trees, and
+bore some resemblance to gum-lac.
+
+That at one extremity on the point of the way they had seen large
+numbers of gulls, wild ducks, and geese, but had perceived none further
+inward though they had heard their cries, and had found no fish except
+different kinds of mussels forming small clusters in various places.
+
+That the land is pretty generally covered with trees, standing so far
+apart that they allow a passage everywhere and a look-out to a great
+distance, so that when landing, our men could always get sight of
+natives or wild beasts unhindered by dense shrubbery or underwood, which
+would prove a great advantage in exploring the country.
+
+That in the interior they had in several places observed numerous trees
+which had deep holes burnt into them at the upper end of the foot while
+the earth had here and there been dug out with the fist so as to form a
+fireplace; the surrounding soil having become as hard as flint through
+the action of fire.
+
+A short time before we got sight of our boats returning to the ships, we
+now and then saw clouds of dense smoke rising up from the land (it was
+nearly always north of us) and surmised this must be a signal given by
+our men because they were so long coming back.
+
+When our men came on board again, we inquired of them whether they had
+been there and made a fire, to which they returned a negative answer;
+adding, however, that at various times and points in the wood they had
+also seen clouds of smoke ascending. So there can be no doubt there must
+be men here of extraordinary stature.
+
+_Item 3rd Dec._ In the afternoon we went to the S.E. side of this bay,
+in the boats, having with us pilot Major Francoys Jacobz, Skipper Gerrit
+Janz, Isack Gilseman, supercargo on board the _Zeehaen_, subcargo
+Abraham Cooman and our master carpenter Pieter Jacobz; we carried with
+us a pole with the Company's mark carved into it, and a Prince flag to
+be set up there that those who shall come after us may become aware we
+have been here, and have taken possession of the said land as our lawful
+property. When we had rowed about half-way with our boats it began to
+blow very stiffly, and the sea ran so high that the cockboat of the
+_Zeehaen_ was compelled to pull back to the ships, while we ran on with
+our pinnace.
+
+When we had come close inshore in a small inlet the surf ran so high
+that we could not get near the shore without running the risk of having
+our pinnace dashed to pieces. We then ordered the carpenter aforesaid to
+swim to the shore alone with the pole and the flag.
+
+We made him plant the said pole with the flag at the top, into the
+earth, about the centre of the bay near four tall trees easily
+recognizable and standing in the form of a crescent, exactly before the
+one standing lowest. This tree is burnt in just above ground and is in
+reality taller than the other three, but it seems to be shorter because
+it stands lower on the sloping ground. Our master carpenter, having in
+the sight of myself Abel Janz Tasman, skipper Gerrit Janz and subcargo
+Abraham Cooman performed the work entrusted to him, we pulled with our
+pinnace as near the shore as we ventured to do; the carpenter aforesaid
+thereupon swam back to the pinnace through the surf. This work having
+been duly executed, we pulled back to the ships, leaving the
+above-mentioned as a memorial for those who shall come after us, and for
+the natives of this country who did not show themselves though we
+suspect some of them were at no great distance and closely watching our
+proceedings.
+
+_Item 4th Dec._ In the evening we saw a round mountain bearing N.N.W.
+of us at about 8 miles' distance.
+
+_Item 5th do._ The high round mountain which we had seen the day before
+bore now due W. of us at 6 miles' distance. At this point the land fell
+off to the N.W. so that we could no longer steer near the coast here,
+seeing that the wind was almost ahead. We therefore convened the Council
+and the second mates, with whom after due deliberation we resolved, and
+subsequently called out to the officer of the _Zeehaen_ that pursuant to
+the resolution of the 11th ultimo, we should direct our course due east,
+and on the said course run to the full longitude of 195 deg., or the
+Salamonis Islands. Set our course due east in order to make further
+discoveries.
+
+[This course brought them to New Zealand.]
+
+
+
+
+DESCRIPTION OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA
+
++Source.+--The Voyages and Adventures of Captain William Dampier
+(published 1776). Vol. II, pp. 134-40
+
+     Dampier was an Englishman who had joined a company of American
+     buccaneers. They arrived in May 1698 on the Western coast of
+     Australia, which was by this time fairly well known to the Dutch
+     under the name of New Holland.
+
+New Holland is a very large tract of land. It is not yet determined
+whether it is an island or a main continent; but I am certain that it
+joins neither to Asia, Africa nor America. This part of it that we saw
+is all low even land, with sandy banks against the sea, only the points
+are rocky, and so are some of the islands in this bay.
+
+The land is of a dry sandy soil, destitute of water, except you make
+wells; yet producing divers sorts of trees, but the woods are not thick,
+nor the trees very big. Most of the trees that we saw are dragon-trees
+as we supposed, and these too are the largest trees of any there.
+
+They are about the bigness of our large apple-trees, and about the same
+height, and the rind is blackish and somewhat rough. The leaves are of a
+dark colour; the gum distils out of the knots or cracks that are in the
+bodies of the trees. We compared it with some gum dragon, or dragon's
+blood, that was on board, and it was of the same colour and taste. The
+other sorts of trees were not known by any of us. There was pretty long
+grass growing under the trees, but it was very thin. We saw no trees
+that bore fruit or berries.
+
+We saw no sort of animal, nor any track of beast, but once, and that
+seemed to be the tread of a beast as big as a mastiff dog. Here are a
+few small land-birds, but none bigger than a black-bird and but few sea
+fowls.
+
+Neither is the sea very plentifully stored with fish, unless you reckon
+the manatee and turtle as such. Of these creatures there is plenty, but
+they are extraordinary shy, though the inhabitants cannot trouble them
+much, having neither boats nor iron.
+
+The inhabitants of this country are the miserablest people in the world.
+The Hodmadods of Monomatapa, though a nasty people yet for wealth are
+gentlemen to these, who have no houses and skin garments, sheep,
+poultry, and fruits of the earth, ostrich eggs etc. as the Hodmadods
+have; and setting aside their human shape, they differ but little from
+brutes. They are tall, straight-bodied and thin, with small long limbs.
+They have great heads, round foreheads and great brows. Their eyelids
+are always half closed to keep the flies out of their eyes, being so
+troublesome here, that no fanning will keep them from coming to one's
+face, and without the assistance of both hands to keep them off, will
+creep into one's nostrils and mouth too, if the lips are not shut very
+close. So that from their infancy being thus annoyed with these insects,
+they never open their eyes as other people; and therefore they cannot
+see far, unless they hold up their heads, as if they were looking at
+somewhat over them.
+
+They have great bottle noses, pretty full lips, and wide mouths. The two
+fore-teeth of their upper jaw are wanting in all of them, men and women,
+old and young; whether they draw them out, I know not, neither have they
+any beards. They are long-visaged, and of a very unpleasing aspect,
+having no one graceful feature in their faces. Their hair is black,
+short and curled, like that of the negroes, and not long and lank like
+the common Indian. The colour of the skin, both of their faces and the
+rest of their body, is coal black, like that of the negroes of Guinea.
+
+They have no sort of clothes, but a piece of the rind of a tree tied
+like a girdle about their waists, and a handful of long grass or three
+or four small green boughs, full of leaves, thrust under their girdle to
+cover their nakedness.
+
+They have no houses, but lie in the open air, without any covering, the
+earth their bed, and the heaven their canopy. Their only food is a small
+sort of fish, which they get by making wares of stone, across little
+coves, or branches of the sea; every tide bringing in the small fish,
+and there leaving them for a prey to these people, who constantly attend
+there to search for them at low water. This small fry I take to be the
+top of their fishery; they have no instruments to catch great fish,
+should they come; and such seldom stay to be left behind at low water;
+nor could we catch any fish with our hooks and lines all the while we
+lay there.
+
+In other places at low water they seek for cockles, mussels, and
+periwinkles; of these shell-fish there are fewer still, so that their
+chief dependence is on what the sea leaves in their wares, which, be it
+much or little, they gather up, and march to the place of their abode.
+There the old people, that are not able to stir abroad, by reason of
+their age, and the tender infants, wait their return: and what
+providence has bestowed upon them, they presently broil on the coals,
+and eat in common. Sometimes they get as many fish as make them a
+splendid banquet; and at other times they scarce get every one a taste;
+but be it little or much that they get, every one has his part, as well
+the young and tender, and the old and feeble who are not able to go
+abroad, as the strong and lusty.
+
+How they get their fire I know not; but probably, as Indians do out of
+wood. I have seen the Indians of Bon-Airy do it, and have myself tried
+the experiment. They take a flat piece of wood that is pretty soft, and
+make a small dent in one side of it, then they take another hard round
+stick, about the bigness of one's little finger, and sharpening it at
+one end like a pencil, they put the sharp end in the hole or dent of the
+soft flat piece, and then rubbing or twirling the hard piece between the
+palms of their hands, they drill the soft piece till it smokes, and at
+last takes fire.
+
+These people speak somewhat through the throat, but we could not
+understand one word that they said. We anchored, as I said before,
+January 5th, and seeing men walking on the shore, we presently sent a
+canoe to get some acquaintance with them, for we were in hopes to get
+some provisions among them. But the inhabitants, seeing our boat coming,
+ran away and hid themselves. We searched afterwards three days in hopes
+to find the houses, but found none, yet we saw many places where they
+had made fires. At last being out of hopes to find their habitations, we
+searched no further but left a great many toys ashore, in such places
+that we thought that they would come. In all our search we found no
+water, but old wells on the sandy bays.
+
+At last we went over to the islands, and there we found a great many of
+the natives; I do believe there were forty on one island, men women and
+children. The men at our first coming ashore, threatened us with their
+lances and swords, but they were frightened, by firing one gun, which we
+fired purposely to scare them. The island was so small that they could
+not hide themselves; but they were much disordered at our landing,
+especially the women and children, for we went directly to their camp.
+The lustiest of the women, snatching up their infants, ran away howling,
+and the little children ran after, squeaking and bawling, but the men
+stood still. Some of the women and such of the people as could not go
+from us, lay still by a fire making a doleful noise, as if we had been
+coming to devour them; but when they saw we did not intend to harm them,
+they were pretty quiet, and the rest that fled from us at our first
+coming, returned again. This, their place of dwelling, was only a fire,
+with a few boughs before it, set up on that side the wind was of.
+
+After we had been here a little while, the men began to be familiar, and
+we cloathed some of them, designing to have some service of them for it;
+for we found some wells of water here, and intended to carry two or
+three barrels of it on board. But being somewhat troublesome to carry on
+the canoes, we thought to have made these men carry it for us and
+therefore we gave them some cloathes; to one an old pair of breeches; to
+another a ragged shirt; to the third a jacket that was scarce worth
+owning; which yet would have been very acceptable at some places where
+we had been, and so we thought they might have with these people. We put
+them on them, thinking that this finery would have brought them to work
+heartily for us; and our water being filled in small long barrels, about
+six gallons each, which were made purposely to carry water in, we
+brought these, our new servants, to the wells and put a barrel on each
+of their shoulders for them to carry to the canoe. But all the signs we
+could make were to no purpose, for they stood like statues, without
+motion, but grinned like so many monkeys, staring one upon another, for
+these poor creatures seem not accustomed to carry burdens; and I believe
+that one of our ships-boys of ten years old, would carry as much as one
+of them; so we were forced to carry our water ourselves, and they very
+fairly put the cloathes off again, and laid them down as if cloathes
+were only to work in. I did not perceive that they had any great liking
+to them at first, neither did they seem to admire anything that we had.
+
+At our first coming, before we were acquainted with them, or they with
+us, a company of them who lived on the main, came just against our ship,
+and standing on a pretty bank, threatened us with their swords and
+lances, by shaking them at us; at last the captain ordered the drum to
+be beaten, which was done of a sudden with much vigour, purposely to
+scare the poor creatures. They, hearing the noise ran away as fast as
+they could drive, and when they ran away in haste, they would cry,
+gurry, gurry, speaking deep in the throat. Those inhabitants also that
+live on the main, would always run away from us; yet we took several of
+them. For, as I have already observed, they had such bad eyes, that they
+could not see us till we came close to them. We always gave them
+victuals, and let them go again but the islanders, after our first time
+of being among them, did not stir for us.
+
+
+
+
+THE FIRST VISIT TO THE EASTERN COAST
+
++Source.+--Cook's Journal (edited by Wharton, 1893), pp. 237-249,
+311-312
+
+     Captain Cook was the first Englishman to search for the Great South
+     Land. After observing the transit of Venus, he made extensive
+     explorations in New Zealand, and then sailed West, to seek the East
+     Coast of New Holland.
+
+
+_April 1770. Thursday 19th._ At 5, set the topsails close reef'd and 6,
+saw land, extending from N.E. to W., distance 5 or 6 leagues, having 80
+fathoms, fine sandy bottom. The Southernmost land we had in sight, which
+bore from us W 3/4 S., I judged to lay in the latitude of 38 deg. 0' S., and
+in the Long. of 211 deg. 7' W. from the Meridian of Greenwich. I have named
+it Point Hicks, because Lieutenant Hicks was the first who discovered
+this land. To the Southward of this Point we could see no land, and yet
+it was clear in that quarter and by our Long. compared with that of
+Tasman's, the body of Van Diemen's Land ought to have bore due South
+from us. The Northernmost land in sight bore N. by E. 1/2 E., and a
+small island lying close to a Point on the main bore W., distant 2
+Leagues. This Point I have named Cape Howe; it may be known by the
+trending of the Coast, which is N. on the one side, and S.W. on the
+other.
+
+_Saturday, 28th._ At daylight in the morning we discovered a Bay which
+appeared to be tolerably well sheltered from all winds, into which I
+resolved to go with the ship, and with this view sent the Master in the
+Pinnace to sound the entrance.
+
+_Sunday, 29th._ Saw as we came in, on both points of the Bay, several of
+the natives and a few huts; men, women, and children, on the S. shore
+abreast of the ship, to which place I went in the boats in hopes of
+speaking with them, accompanied by Mr. Banks, Dr. Solander, and Tupia.
+As we approached the shore they all made off, except two men, who seemed
+resolved to oppose our landing. As soon as I saw this I ordered the
+boats to lay upon their oars, in order to speak to them; but this was to
+little purpose, for neither us nor Tupia could understand one word they
+said. We then threw them some nails, beads, etc., ashore, which they
+took up, and seemed not ill-pleased with, in so much that I thought that
+they beckoned us to come ashore, but in this we were mistaken, for as
+soon as we put the boat in they again came to oppose us, upon which I
+fired a musket between the two, which had no other effect than to make
+them retire back, where bundles of their darts lay, and one of them took
+up a stone and threw it at us, which caused my firing a second musket,
+load with small shot; and although some of the shot struck the man yet
+it had no other effect than making him lay hold on a target. Immediately
+after this we landed, which we had no sooner done than they throw'd two
+darts at us; this obliged me to fire a third shot, soon after which,
+they both made off, but not in such haste but what we might have taken
+one; but Mr. Banks being of opinion that the darts were poisoned, made
+me cautious how I advanced into the woods. We found here a few small
+huts made of the bark of trees, in one of which were four or five small
+children with whom we left some strings of beads, etc. A quantity of
+darts lay about the huts; these we took away with us. Three canoes lay
+upon the beach, the worst, I think, I ever saw; they were about 12 or 14
+feet long, made of one piece of the bark of a tree, drawn or tied up at
+each end, and the middle kept open by means of stick by way of thwarts.
+After searching for fresh water without success, except a little in a
+small hole dug in the sand, we embarked and went over to the N. point of
+the Bay, where in coming in we saw several people; but when we landed
+now there was nobody to be seen. We found here some fresh water, which
+came trinkling down and stood in pools among the rocks; but as this was
+troublesome to come at I sent a party of men ashore in the morning to
+the place where we first landed, to dig holes in the sand, by which
+means and a small stream they found fresh water sufficient to water the
+ship. The string of beads, etc., we had left with the children last
+night were found lying in the huts this morning; probably the natives
+were afraid to take them away.
+
+_Tuesday, May 1st._ This morning a party of us went ashore to some huts
+not far from the watering-place, where some of the natives are daily
+seen; here we left several articles, such as cloth, looking glasses,
+combs, beads, nails, etc.; after this we made an excursion into the
+Country, which we found diversified with woods, lawns, and marshes. The
+woods are free from underwood of every kind, and the trees are at such a
+distance from one another, that the whole country, or at least a great
+part of it, might be cultivated without having to cut down a single
+tree. We found the soil everywhere, except in the marshes, to be a light
+white sand, and produceth a quantity of good grass, which grows in
+little tufts about as big as one can hold in one's hands, and pretty
+close to one another; in this manner the surface of the ground is
+coated. In the woods between the trees, Dr. Solander had a bare sight of
+a small animal something like a rabbit, and we found the dung of an
+animal which must feed upon grass, and which, we judge, could not be
+less than a deer; we also saw the track of a dog, or some such like
+animal. We met with some huts and places where the natives had been, and
+at our first setting out one of them was seen; the others had, I
+suppose, fled upon our approach. I saw some trees that had been cut down
+by the natives with some sort of a blunt instrument, and several trees
+that were barked, the bark of which had been cut by the same instrument;
+in many of the trees, especially the Palms, were cut steps of about 3 or
+4 feet asunder for the conveniency of climbing them. We found 2 sorts of
+gum, one sort of which is like gum-dragon, and is the same, I suppose,
+Tasman took for gum-lac; it is extracted from the largest tree in the
+woods.
+
+_Thursday, 3rd._ After this we took water, and went almost to the head
+of the Inlet, where we landed and travelled some distance inland. We
+found the face of the country much the same as I have before described,
+but the land much richer, for instead of sand, I found in many places a
+deep black soil, which we thought was capable of producing any kind of
+grain. At present it produceth besides timber, as fine meadow as ever
+was seen; however, we found it not all like this, some few places were
+very rocky, but this, I believe to be uncommon.
+
+_Sunday, 6th._ The great quantity of plants Mr. Banks and Dr. Solander
+found in this place, occasioned my giving it the name of Botany Bay.
+During our stay in this harbour I caused the English colours to be
+displayed ashore every day, and an inscription to be cut out upon one of
+the trees near the watering-place, setting forth the ship's name, date,
+etc. Having seen everything the place afforded, we at daylight in the
+morning, weighed with a light breeze at N.W. and put to sea, and the
+wind soon after coming to the Southward, we steered along shore N.N.E.,
+and at noon were about 2 or 3 miles from the land, and abreast of a bay,
+wherein there appeared to be a safe anchorage, which I called Port
+Jackson. It lies 3 leagues to the Northward of Botany Bay.
+
+
+CAPE YORK. POSSESSION ISLAND
+
+_Wednesday, 22nd Aug._ Gentle breezes at E. by S. and clear weather. We
+had not steered above 3 or 4 miles along shore to the Westward before we
+discovered the land ahead to be Islands detached by several Channels
+from the main land; upon this we brought to, to wait for the Yawl, and
+called the other boats on board, and after giving them proper
+instructions sent them away again to lead us through the channel next
+the main, and as soon as the yawl was on board, made sail after them
+with the ship. Before and after we anchored we saw a number of people
+upon this Island, armed in the same manner as all the others we have
+seen, except one man, who had a bow, and a bundle of arrows, the first
+we have seen upon this coast. From the appearance of the people we
+expected they would have opposed our landing; but as we approached the
+shore they all made off, and left us in peaceable possession of as much
+of the island as served our purpose. After landing, I went upon the
+highest hill, which, however, was of no great height, yet no less than
+twice or thrice the height of the ship's mastheads; but I could see from
+it no land between S.W. and W.S.W. so I did not doubt but there was a
+passage. I could see plainly that the lands laying to the N.W. of this
+passage were composed of a number of islands of various extent, both for
+height and circuit, ranged one behind another as far to the Northward
+and Westward as I could see, which could not be less than 12 or 14
+leagues.
+
+Having satisfied myself of the great probability of a passage thro'
+which I intend going with the ship, and therefore may land no more upon
+this Eastern Coast of New Holland, and on the Western side I can make no
+new discovery, the honor of which belongs to the Dutch Navigators, but
+the Eastern Coast from the Lat. of 38 deg. S. down to this place, I am
+confident, was never seen or visited by any European before us; and
+notwithstanding I had in the name of His Majesty taken possession of
+several places upon this coast, I now once more hoisted English colours,
+and in the name of His Majesty King George the Third, took possession of
+the whole Eastern Coast from the above Lat. down to this place by the
+name of New Wales, together with all the Bays, Harbours, Rivers, and
+Islands, situated upon the said coast; after which we fired three
+volleys of small arms, which were answered by the like number from the
+ship.
+
+This done, we set out for the ship, but were some time in getting on
+board on account of a very rapid ebb tide, which set N.E. out of the
+passage.
+
+
+
+
+BASS STRAIT
+
++Source.+--Voyage to Terra Australis (Matthew Flinders, 1814),
+Introduction, pp. xcvi-xcvii, cxix-cxliii
+
+     The first coastal explorations after the establishment of Sydney
+     were conducted by Bass and Flinders. Together they discovered the
+     Hunter River; Bass in a second voyage discovered Western Port; and
+     again together they sailed through Bass Strait, proving Tasmania to
+     be an island.
+
+
+1795. On arriving at Port Jackson, in September it appeared that the
+investigation of the coast had not been greatly extended beyond the
+three harbours; and even in these some of the rivers were not altogether
+explored.
+
+In Mr. George Bass, surgeon of the _Reliance_, I had the happiness to
+find a man whose ardour for discovery was not to be repressed by any
+obstacle, nor deterred by danger; and with this friend a determination
+was formed of completing the examination of the East Coast of New South
+Wales, by all such opportunities as the duty of the ship and procurable
+means could admit.
+
+Projects of this nature, when originating in the minds of young men, are
+usually termed romantic; and so far from any good being anticipated,
+even prudence and friendship join in discouraging, if not in opposing
+them. Thus it was in the present case; so that a little boat of eight
+feet long, called _Tom Thumb_, with a crew composed of ourselves and a
+boy, was the best equipment to be procured for the first outset. In the
+month following the arrival of the ships, we proceeded round in this
+boat, to Botany Bay; and ascending George's River, one of two which
+falls into the Bay, explored its winding course about twenty miles
+beyond where Governor Hunter's survey had been carried.
+
+The sketch made of this river and presented to the Governor with the
+favourable report of the land on its borders, induced His Excellency to
+examine them himself shortly afterward; and was followed by establishing
+there a new branch of the colony, under the name of Banks' Town.
+
+1796. We sailed out of Port Jackson early in the morning of March 25,
+and stood a little off to sea to be ready for the sea breeze.
+
+The sea breeze, on the 27th, opposed our return; and learning from two
+Indians that no water could be procured at Red Point, we accepted their
+offer of piloting us to a river which, they said, lay a few miles
+further southward, and where not only fresh water was abundant, but also
+fish and wild ducks. These men were natives of Botany Bay, whence it was
+that we understood a little of their language, whilst that of some
+others was altogether unintelligible. Their river proved to be nothing
+more than a small stream, which descended from a lagoon under Hat Hill,
+and forced a passage for itself through the beach; so that we entered it
+with difficulty even in _Tom Thumb_. Our two conductors then quitted the
+boat to walk along the sandy shore abreast, with eight or ten strange
+natives in company.
+
+After rowing a mile up the stream, and finding it to become more
+shallow, we began to entertain doubts of securing a retreat from these
+people, should they be hostilely inclined; and they had the reputation
+at Port Jackson of being exceedingly ferocious, if not cannibals. Our
+muskets were not yet freed from rust and sand, and there was a pressing
+necessity to procure fresh water before attempting to return northward.
+Under these embarrassments we agreed upon a plan of action, and went on
+shore directly to the natives. Mr. Bass employed some of them to assist
+in repairing an oar which had been broken in our disaster, whilst I
+spread the wet powder out in the sun. This met with no opposition, for
+they knew not what the powder was; but when we proceeded to clean the
+muskets, it excited so much alarm that it was necessary to desist.
+
+On inquiring of the two friendly natives for water, they pointed upwards
+to the lagoon; but after many evasions our barica was filled at a hole
+not many yards distant.
+
+The number of people had increased to near twenty, and others were still
+coming, so that it was necessary to use all possible expedition in
+getting out of their reach. But a new employment arose upon our hands;
+we had clipped the hair and beards of the two Botany Bay natives at Red
+Point; and they were showing themselves to the others, and persuading
+them to follow their example. Whilst, therefore, the powder was drying,
+I began with a large pair of scissors to execute my new office upon the
+eldest of four or five chins presented to me; and as great nicety was
+not required, the shearing of a dozen of them did not occupy me long.
+Some of the more timid were alarmed at a formidable instrument coming so
+near to their noses, and would scarcely be persuaded by their shaven
+friends to allow the operation to be finished. But when their chins were
+held up a second time, their fear of the instrument--the wild stare of
+their eyes--and the smile which they forced, formed a compound upon the
+rough savage countenance, not unworthy the pencil of a Hogarth. I was
+almost tempted to try what effect a little snip would produce; but our
+situation was too critical to admit of such experiments.
+
+Everything being prepared for a retreat, the natives became vociferous
+for the boat to go up to the lagoon; and it was not without stratagem
+that we succeeded in getting down to the entrance of the stream, where
+the depth of water placed us out of their reach.
+
+In 1798 Mr. Bass sailed (in a whaleboat) with only six weeks'
+provisions; but with the assistance of occasional supplies of petrels,
+fish, seal's flesh, and a few geese and black swans, and by abstinence
+he had been enabled to prolong his voyage beyond _eleven_ weeks. His
+ardour and perseverance were crowned, in despite of the foul winds which
+so much opposed him, with a degree of success not to have been
+anticipated from such feeble means. In three hundred miles of coast from
+Fort Jackson to the Ram Head he added a number of particulars which had
+escaped Captain Cook; and will always escape any navigator in a first
+discovery, unless he have the time and means of joining a close
+examination by boats, to what may be seen from the ship.
+
+Our previous knowledge of the coast scarcely extended beyond the Ram
+Head; and there began the harvest in which Mr. Bass was ambitious to
+place the first reaping-hook. The new coast was traced three hundred
+miles; and instead of trending southwards to join itself to Van Diemen's
+Land, as Captain Furneaux had supposed, he found it, beyond a certain
+point, to take a direction nearly opposite, and to assume the appearance
+of being exposed to the buffetings of an open sea. Mr. Bass, himself,
+entertained no doubt of the existence of a wide strait, separating Van
+Diemen's Land from New South Wales; and he yielded with the greatest
+reluctance to the necessity of returning, before it was so fully
+ascertained as to admit of no doubt in the minds of others. But he had
+the satisfaction of placing at the end of his new coast, an extensive
+and useful harbour, surrounded with a country superior to any other
+known in the southern parts of New South Wales.
+
+A voyage expressly undertaken for discovery in an open boat, and in
+which six hundred miles of coast, mostly in a boisterous climate, was
+explored, has not, perhaps, its equal in the annals of maritime history.
+The public will award to its high-spirited and able conductor, alas! now
+no more, an honorable place in the list of those whose ardour stands
+most conspicuous for the promotion of useful knowledge.
+
+1798. Mr. Bass had been returned a fortnight from his expedition in the
+whaleboat; and he communicated all his notes and observations to be
+added to my chart. There seemed to want no other proof of the existence
+of a passage between New South Wales and Van Diemen's Land, than that of
+sailing positively through it; but however anxious I was to obtain this
+proof, the gratification of my desire was required to be suspended by a
+voyage to Norfolk Island in the _Reliance_.
+
+In September following, His Excellency, Governor Hunter, had the
+goodness to give me the _Norfolk_, a colonial sloop of twenty-five tons
+with authority to penetrate behind Furneaux's Islands; and should a
+strait be found, to pass through it, and return by the south end of Van
+Diemen's Land. Twelve weeks were allowed for the performance of this
+service, and provisions for that time were put on board; the rest of the
+equipment was completed by the friendly care of Captain Waterhouse of
+the _Reliance_.
+
+I had the happiness to associate my friend Bass in this new expedition,
+and to form an excellent crew of eight volunteers from the King's ships.
+
+THE WEST END OF THE STRAIT
+
+The south-west wind died away in the night; and at six next morning,
+Dec. 9, we got under way with a light air at south-east. After rounding
+the north-east point of the three-hummock land, our course westward was
+pursued along its north side.
+
+A large flock of gannets was observed at daylight, to issue out of the
+Great Bight to the southward; and they were followed by such a number of
+the sooty petrels as we had never seen equalled. There was a stream of
+from fifty to eighty yards in depth, and of three hundred yards or more
+in breadth; the birds were not scattered, but flying as compactly as a
+free movement of their wings seemed to allow; and during a full hour and
+a half, this stream of petrels continued to pass without interruption,
+at a rate little inferior to the swiftness of the pigeon. On the lowest
+computation, I think the number could not have been less than a hundred
+millions; and we were thence led to believe that there must be, in the
+large bight, one or more uninhabited islands of considerable size.
+
+From the north-east point of the three-hummock land, the shore trended
+W. 1 deg. N. three miles; then S. 39 deg. W. four miles, to a rocky point
+forming the south-west extremity of what was then ascertained to be
+Three-hummock Island. The channel which separates it from the land to
+the west is, at least, two miles in width, and is deep; so that it was
+difficult to conjecture how the Indians were able to get over to the
+island. It was almost certain that they had no canoes at Port Dalrymple,
+nor any means of reaching islands lying not more than two cable lengths
+from the shore; and it therefore seemed improbable that they should
+possess canoes here. The small size of Three-hummock Island rendered
+the idea of fixed inhabitants inadmissible; and whichever way it was
+considered, the presence of men there was a problem difficult to be
+resolved.
+
+The coast on the west side of the channel lies nearly south, and rises
+in height as it advances towards the cliffy head, set on the 6th p.m.
+The north end of this island is a sloping rocky point; and the first
+projection which opened round it, was at S. 32' W., five or six miles.
+Beyond this there was nothing like mainland to be seen; indeed, this
+western land itself had very little the appearance of being such, either
+in its form, or in its poor starved vegetation. So soon as we had passed
+the north sloping point, a long swell was perceived to come from the
+South-west, such as we had not been accustomed to for some time. It
+broke heavily upon a small reef, lying a mile and a half from the point,
+and upon all the western shores; but although it was likely to prove
+troublesome, and perhaps dangerous, Mr. Bass and myself hailed it with
+joy and mutual congratulation, as announcing the completion of our
+long-wished-for discovery of a passage into the Southern Indian Ocean.
+
+We had a fine breeze at east; and our course was directed for a small,
+rocky island, which lies W. 1/2 N. 6 miles from the north point of the
+barren land. This land appeared to be almost white with birds; and so
+much excited our curiosity and hope of procuring a supply of food, that
+Mr. Bass went on shore in the boat whilst I stood off and on, waiting
+his return. No land could be seen to the northward, and the furthest
+clearly distinguishable in the opposite direction was a steep island at
+the distance of four leagues.
+
+Mr. Bass returned at half past two, with a boat-load of seals and
+albatrosses. He had been obliged to fight his way up the cliffs of the
+islands with the seals, and when arrived at the top, to make a road with
+his clubs amongst the albatrosses. These birds were sitting upon their
+nests, and almost covered the surface of the ground, nor did they any
+otherwise derange themselves for the new visitors, than to peck at their
+legs as they passed by. This species of albatross is white on the neck
+and breast, partly brown on the back and wings, and its size is less
+than many others met with in that sea, particularly in the high southern
+latitudes. The seals were of the usual size, and bore a reddish fur,
+much inferior in quality to that of the seals at Furneaux's Islands.
+
+Albatross Island, for so it was named, is near two miles in length, and
+sufficiently high to be seen five or six leagues from a ship's deck: its
+shores are mostly steep cliffs.
+
+The north-west cape of Van Diemen's Land, or island as it might now be
+termed, is a steep black head, which, from its appearance, I call Cape
+Grim. It lies nearly due south, four miles from the centre of Trefoil,
+in latitude 40 deg. 44'; the longtitude will be 144 deg. 43' East, according to
+the position of Albatross Island made in the _Investigator_. There are
+two rocks close to Cape Grim, of the same description with itself. On
+the north side of the Cape the shore is a low sandy beach, and trends
+north-eastward three or four miles; but whether there be sufficient
+depth for ships to pass between it and Barren Island, has not, I
+believe, been yet ascertained. To the south of the Cape the black cliffs
+extend seven or eight miles, when the shore falls back eastward to a
+sandy bay of which little could be perceived.
+
+1799. To the strait which had been the great object of research, and
+whose discovery was now completed, Governor Hunter gave, at my
+recommendation, the name of Bass Strait. This was no more than a just
+tribute to my worthy friend and companion, for the extreme dangers and
+fatigues he had undergone in first entering it in the whale-boat, and to
+the correct judgment he had formed from various indications, of the
+existence of a wide opening between Van Diemen's Land and New South
+Wales.
+
+
+
+
+THE _INVESTIGATOR_
+
++Source.+--Voyage to Terra Australis (Matthew Flinders, 1814), pp.
+36-37, 60-61, 211-220, 229-231
+
+     In recognition of his services Captain Flinders was given command
+     of the _Investigator_ in which to prosecute the exploration of
+     Terra Australis. He sailed along the South coast and up the East,
+     to Port Jackson: subsequently, he circumnavigated the continent and
+     suggested its present name.
+
+
+_October 16th_, 1801. At daybreak we expected to see the highland of the
+Cape (of Good Hope), but the weather being hazy, it could not be
+distinguished until eight o'clock.
+
+At this time we had not a single person on the sick list, both officers
+and men being fully in as good health as when we sailed from Spithead. I
+had begun very early to put in execution the beneficial plan first
+practised and made known by the great Captain Cook. It was in the
+standing orders of the ship, that on every fine day the deck below and
+the cockpits should be cleared, washed, aired with stoves, and sprinkled
+with vinegar. On wet and dull days they were cleaned and aired without
+washing. Care was taken to prevent the people from sleeping upon deck,
+or lying down in their wet clothes; and once in every fortnight or three
+weeks, as circumstances permitted, their beds, and the contents of their
+lockers, chests, and bags, were exposed to the sun and air. On the
+Thursday and Sunday mornings the ship's company was mustered, and every
+man appeared clean shaved and dressed; and when the evenings were fine,
+the drum and fife announced the forecastle to be the scene of dancing;
+nor did I discourage other playful amusements which might occasionally
+be more to the taste of the sailors, and were not unseasonable.
+
+Within the tropics, lime juice and sugar were made to suffice as
+antiscorbutics; on reaching a higher latitude, sour krout and vinegar
+were substituted; the essence of malt was reserved for the passage to
+New Holland, and for future occasions. On consulting with the surgeon, I
+had thought it expedient to make some slight changes in the issuing of
+the provisions. Oatmeal was boiled for breakfast four days in the week
+instead of three; and when rice was issued after the expenditure of the
+cheese, it was boiled on the other three days. Pease soup was prepared
+for dinner four days a week as usual; and at other times two ounces of
+portable broth, in cakes, to each man, with such additions of onions,
+pepper, etc., as the different messes possessed, made a comfortable
+addition to their salt meat. And neither in this passage, nor, I may
+add, in any subsequent part of the voyage, were the officers or people
+restricted to any allowance of fresh water. They drank freely at the
+scuttled cask, and took away, under the inspection of the officer of the
+watch, all that was requisite for culinary purposes; and very frequently
+two casks of water in the week were given for washing their clothes.
+With these regulations, joined to a due enforcement of discipline, I had
+the satisfaction to see my people orderly and full of zeal for the
+service in which we were engaged; and in such a state of health, that no
+delay at the Cape was required beyond the necessary refitment of the
+ship, and I still hoped to save a good part of the summer season upon
+the south coast of Terra Australis.
+
+KING GEORGE'S SOUND
+
+On Dec. 30th our wooding and the watering of the ship were completed,
+the rigging was refitted, the sails repaired and bent, and the ship
+unmoored. Our friends, the natives, continued to visit us; and the old
+man with several others being at the tents this morning, I ordered a
+party of marines on shore to be exercised in their presence. The red
+coats and white crossed belts were greatly admired, having some
+resemblance to their own manner of ornamenting themselves; and the drum,
+but particularly the fife, excited their astonishment, but when they saw
+these beautiful red and white men with their bright muskets, drawn up in
+a line, they absolutely screamed with delight; nor were their wild
+gestures and vociferation to be silenced but by commencing the exercise,
+to which they paid the most earnest and silent attention. Several of
+them moved their hands involuntarily in accordance with the motions; and
+the old man placed himself at the end of the rank, with a short staff in
+his hand, which he shouldered, presented, grounded, as did the marines
+their muskets, without, I believe, knowing what he did. Before firing,
+the Indians were made acquainted with what was going to take place; so
+that the volleys did not excite much terror.
+
+PORT PHILLIP
+
+_Monday, April 26th_, 1802. On coming within five miles of the shore at
+eleven o'clock, we found it to be low and mostly sandy; and that the
+bluff head, which had been taken for the north end of an island, was
+part of a ridge of hills rising at Cape Schanck. We then bore away
+westward, in order to trace the land round the head of the deep bight.
+
+On the west side of the rocky point there was a small opening with
+breaking water across it; however, on advancing a little more westward
+the opening assumed a more interesting aspect, and I bore away to have a
+nearer view. A large extent of water presently became visible within
+side; and although the entrance seemed to be very narrow, and there were
+in it strong ripplings like breakers, I was induced to steer in at
+half-past one; the ship being close upon the wind, and every man ready
+for tacking at a moment's warning; the soundings were irregular between
+6 and 12 fathoms, until we got four miles within the entrance, when they
+shoaled quick to 2-3/4.
+
+The extensive harbour we had thus unexpectedly found I supposed must be
+Western Port, although the narrowness of the entrance did by no means
+correspond with the width given to it by Mr. Bass. It was the
+information of Captain Baudin, who had coasted along from thence with
+fine weather, and had found no inlet of any kind, which had induced this
+supposition; and the very great extent of the place, agreeing with that
+of Western Port, was in confirmation of it. This however was not Western
+Port, as we found next morning; and I congratulated myself on having
+made a new and useful discovery, but here again I was in error. This
+place, as I afterwards learnt at Port Jackson, had been discovered ten
+weeks before by Lieutenant John Murray, who had succeeded Captain Grant
+in command of the _Lady Nelson_. He had given it the name of Port
+Phillip, and to the rocky point on the east side of the entrance, that
+of Point Nepean.
+
+Before proceeding any higher with the ship, I wished to gain some
+knowledge of the form and extent of this great piece of water; and
+Arthur's seat being more than a thousand feet high and near the water
+side, presented a favourable station for the purpose. After breakfast I
+went away in a boat, accompanied by Mr. Brown and some other gentlemen,
+for the Seat. I ascended the hill and to my surprise found the Port so
+extensive, that even at this elevation its boundary to the northward
+could not be distinguished. The western shore extended from the entrance
+ten or eleven miles in a northern direction, to the extremity of what
+from its appearance I called Indented Head; beyond it was a wide branch
+of the port leading to the westward, and I suspected might have a
+communication with the sea; for it was almost incredible that such a
+vast piece of water should not have a larger outlet than that through
+which we had come.
+
+Another considerable piece of water was seen, at the distance of three
+or four leagues; as it appeared to have a communication with the sea to
+the south, I had no doubt of its being Mr. Bass' Western Port.
+
+_Saturday, May 1st._ At day-dawn I set off with three of the boat's
+crew, for the highest part of the back hills called Station Peak. One or
+two miles before arriving at the feet of the hills, we entered a wood
+where an emu and a kangaroo were seen at a distance; and the top of the
+Peak was reached at ten o'clock. I saw the water of the Port as far as
+N.75 E., so that the whole extent of the Port, north and south, is at
+least thirty miles.
+
+I left the ship's name on a scroll of paper, deposited in a small pile
+of stones upon the top of the peak; and at three in the afternoon,
+reached the tent, much fatigued, having walked more than twenty miles
+without finding a drop of water.
+
+_Sunday, 2nd May._ I find it very difficult to speak in general terms of
+Port Phillip. On the one hand it is capable of receiving and sheltering
+a larger fleet of ships than ever yet went to sea; whilst on the other,
+the entrance on its whole width is scarcely two miles, and nearly half
+of it is occupied by rocks lying off Point Nepean, and by shoals on the
+opposite side. The depth in the remaining part varies from 6 to 12
+fathoms; and this irregularity causes the strong tides, especially when
+running against the wind, to make breakers, in which small vessels
+should be careful of engaging themselves; and when a ship has passed the
+entrance, the shoals are a great obstacle to a free passage up the Port.
+
+No runs of fresh water were seen in my excursions; but Mr. Grimes,
+Surveyor-General of New South Wales, afterwards found several, and in
+particular a small river falling into the Northern head of the Port. The
+country surrounding Port Phillip has a pleasing and in many parts a
+fertile appearance; and the sides of some of the hills and several of
+the valleys are fit for agricultural purposes. It is in great measure
+country capable of supporting cattle, though better calculated for
+sheep.
+
+Were a settlement to be made at Port Phillip, as doubtless there will be
+sometime hereafter, the entrance could be easily defended; and it would
+not be difficult to establish a friendly intercourse with the natives,
+for they are acquainted with the effect of firearms, and desirous of
+possessing many of our conveniences.
+
+In the woods are the kangaroo, the emu or cassowary, paroquets, and a
+variety of small birds; the mud banks are frequented by ducks and some
+black swans, and the shores by the usual sea fowl common to New South
+Wales. The range of the thermometer was between 61 and 67 and the
+climate appeared to be as good and agreeable as could well be desired in
+the month corresponding to November. In 1803, Colonel C. Collins of the
+Marines was sent out from England to make a new settlement in this
+country, but he quitted Port Phillip for the South end of Van Diemen's
+Land, probably from not finding fresh water for a colony sufficiently
+near to the entrance.
+
+PORT JACKSON
+
+On the 4th of June the ship was dressed with colours, a royal salute
+fired, and I went with the principal officers of the _Investigator_ to
+pay my respects to His Excellency the Governor and Captain-General in
+honour of His Majesty's birthday. On this occasion a splendid dinner was
+given to the colony; and the number of ladies and civil, military, and
+naval officers, was not less than forty, who met to celebrate the birth
+of their beloved Sovereign in this distant part of the earth.
+
+Captain Baudin arrived in the _Geographe_ on the 20th, and a boat was
+sent from the _Investigator_ to assist in towing the ship up to the
+cove, it was grievous to see the miserable condition to which both
+officers and crew were reduced by scurvy; there being not more out of
+170, according to the Commander's account, than twelve men capable of
+doing their duty. The sick were received into the Colonial Hospital; and
+both French ships furnished with everything in the power of the Colony
+to supply. Before their arrival the necessity of augmenting the number
+of cattle in the country had prevented the Governor from allowing us any
+fresh meat; but some oxen belonging to Government were now killed for
+the distressed strangers; and by returning an equal quantity of salt
+meat, which was exceedingly scarce at this time, I obtained a quarter of
+beef for my people. The distress of the French navigators had indeed
+been great, but every means were used by the Governor and the principal
+inhabitants of the colony, to make them forget both their sufferings and
+the war which existed between the two nations.
+
+_July._ His Excellency Governor King, had done me the honour to visit
+the _Investigator_, and to accept of a dinner on board; on which
+occasion he had been received with the marks of respect due to his rank
+of Captain-General; and shortly afterwards, the Captains Baudin and
+Hamelin, with Monsieur Peron and some other French officers, as also
+Colonel Paterson, the Lieutenant-Governor, did me the same favour; when
+they were received under a salute of 11 guns. The intelligence of peace
+which had just been received contributed to enliven the party; and
+rendered our meeting more particularly agreeable. I showed to Captain
+Baudin my charts of the South Coast, containing the part first explored
+by him, and distinctly marked as his discovery. He made no objection to
+the justice of the limits therein pointed out; but found his portion to
+be smaller than he had supposed, not having before been aware of the
+extent of the discoveries previously made by Captain Grant.
+
+After examining the Chart, he said, apparently as a reason for not
+producing any of his own, that his charts were not constructed on board
+the ship; but that he transmitted to Paris all his bearings and
+observations, with a regular series of views of the land and from them
+the charts were to be made at a future time.
+
+
+
+
+NAMING THE CONTINENT
+
+Had I permitted myself any innovation upon the original term (Terra
+Australis), it would have been to convert it into Australia, as being
+more agreeable to the ear, and an assimilation to the names of the other
+great portions of the earth.
+
+
+
+
+ACROSS THE MOUNTAINS
+
++Source.+--A Journal of a Tour of Discovery across the Blue Mountains,
+N.S.W. (Blaxland, 1823), Introduction and pp. 1, 22, 29-34
+
+     For many years the settlement in N.S.W. was confined to the coastal
+     plains, owing to the impassability of the Blue Mountains. In 1813
+     Gregory Blaxland, accompanied by Wentworth and Lawson, accomplished
+     the passage, and opened vast plains for settlement.
+
+
+TO JOHN OXLEY PARKER, ESQ., OF CHELMSFORD, ESSEX
+
+_London, Feb. 10th 1823._
+
+Dear Sir,
+
+Feelings of gratitude for your kind attention to me in the early part of
+life, have induced me to dedicate to you the following short Journal of
+my passage over the Blue Mountains, in the colony of New South Wales,
+under the persuasion that it will afford you pleasure at all times to
+hear that any of your family have been instrumental in promoting the
+prosperity of any country in which they may reside, however distant that
+country may be from the immediate seat of our Government.
+
+Devoid as it is of any higher pretensions than belong to it as a plain
+unvarnished statement, it may not be deemed wholly uninteresting, when
+it is considered what important alterations the result of the expedition
+has produced in the immediate interests and prosperity of the Colony.
+This appears in nothing more decidedly than the unlimited pasturage
+already afforded to the very fine flocks of Merino Sheep, as well as the
+extensive field opened for the exertions of the present, as well as
+future generations. It has changed the aspect of the Colony, from a
+confined insulated tract of land, to a rich and extensive continent.
+
+This expedition, which has proved so completely successful, resulted
+from two previous attempts. One of these was made by water, by His
+Excellency the Governor, in person, whom I accompanied.
+
+The other expedition was undertaken by myself, attended by three
+European servants and two natives, with a horse to carry provisions and
+other necessities. We returned sooner than I intended, owing to one man
+being taken ill. This journey confirmed me in the opinion, that it was
+practicable to find a passage over the mountains, and I resolved at some
+future period to attempt it.
+
+Soon after, I mentioned the circumstance to His Excellency the Governor,
+who thought it reasonable, and expressed a wish that I should make the
+attempt. Having made every requisite preparation, I applied to the two
+gentlemen who accompanied me, to join in the expedition, and was
+fortunate in obtaining their consent.
+
+To these gentlemen I have to express my thanks for their company and to
+acknowledge that without their assistance I should have had but little
+chance of success.
+
+The road which has since been made deviates but a few rods in some
+places from the line cleared of the small trees and bushes, and marked
+by us. Nor does it appear likely that any other line of road will ever
+be discovered than at the difficult and narrow passes that we were
+fortunate to discover, by improving which a good carriage road has now
+been made across the mountains. Mount York is the Western summit of the
+mountains, the vale Clwyd, the first valley at their feet from which a
+mountain (afterwards named Mount Blaxland by His Excellency Governor
+Macquarie) is about eight miles; which terminated our journey.
+
+I remain, dear sir, most respectfully,
+Your affectionate nephew,
+G. BLAXLAND.
+
+On Tuesday, May 11, 1813, Mr. Gregory Blaxland, Mr. William Wentworth,
+and Lieutenant Lawson, attended by four servants, with five dogs and
+four horses, laden with provisions, ammunition, and other necessaries,
+left Mr. Blaxland's farm at the South Creek, for the purpose of
+endeavouring to effect a passage over the Blue Mountains, between the
+Western River, and the River Grose.
+
+On the following morning (May the 12th) as soon as the heavy dew was
+off, which was about nine a.m., they proceeded to ascend the ridge at
+the foot of which they had camped the preceding evening. After
+travelling about a mile on the third day in a west and north-west
+direction, they arrived at a large tract of forest land, rather hilly,
+the grass and timber tolerably good. They computed it as two thousand
+acres. Here they found a track marked by a European, by cutting the bark
+of the trees. They had not proceeded above two miles, when they found
+themselves stopped by a brushwood, much thicker than they had hitherto
+met with. This induced them to alter their course, and to endeavour to
+find another passage to the westward, but every ridge which they
+explored proved to terminate in a deep rocky precipice, and they had no
+alternative but to return to the thick brushwood, which appeared to be
+the main ridge, with the determination to cut a way through for the
+horses the next day.
+
+On the next morning, leaving two men to take care of the horses and
+provisions, they proceeded to cut a path through the thick brushwood, on
+what they considered as the main ridge of the mountains, between the
+Western River, and the River Grose. They now began to mark their track
+by cutting the bark of the trees on two sides. Having cut their way for
+about five miles, they returned in the evening to the spot on which they
+had encamped the night before. The fifth day was spent in prosecuting
+the same tedious operation, but, as much time was necessarily lost in
+walking twice over the track cleared the day before, they were unable to
+cut away more than two miles further. They found no food for the horses
+the whole way.
+
+On Sunday, they rested and arranged their future plans. They had reason,
+however, to regret this suspension of their proceedings, as it gave the
+men leisure to ruminate on their danger, and it was for some time
+doubtful whether, on the next day, they could be persuaded to venture
+farther.
+
+On Wednesday, the 19th, the party moved forward, bearing chiefly west,
+and west-south-east. They now began to ascend the second ridge of the
+mountains, and from this elevation they obtained for the first time an
+extensive view of the settlements below.
+
+At a little distance from the spot at which they began the ascent, they
+found a pyramidical heap of stones, the work, evidently, of some
+European, one side of which the natives had opened, probably in the
+expectation of finding some treasure deposited in it. This pile they
+concluded to be the one erected by Mr. Bass, to mark the end of his
+journey. That gentleman attempted some time ago to pass the Mountains,
+and to penetrate into the interior, but having got thus far, he gave up
+the undertaking as impracticable, reporting, on his return, that it was
+impossible to find a passage even for a person on foot. Here, therefore,
+the party had the satisfaction of believing that they had penetrated as
+far as any European had been before them.
+
+[This, however, proved to be Caley's Cairn.]
+
+_May 21st._--Their progress the next day was nearly four miles. They
+encamped in the middle of the day at the head of a well-watered swamp,
+about five acres in extent; pursuing, as before, their operations in the
+afternoon. In the beginning of the night the dogs ran off and barked
+violently. At the same time something was distinctly heard to run
+through the brushwood, which they supposed to be one of the horses got
+loose; but they had reason to believe afterwards that they had been in
+great danger--that the natives had followed their tracks, and advanced
+on them in the night, intending to have speared them by the light of
+their fire, but that the dogs drove them off.
+
+On the top of this ridge they found about two acres of land clear of
+trees, covered with loose stones and short coarse grass, such as grows
+on some of the commons of England. Over this heath they proceeded about
+a mile and a half, and encamped by the side of a fine stream of water,
+with just wood enough on the banks to serve for firewood. From the
+summit they had a fine view of all the settlements and country
+eastwards, and of a great extent of country to the westward and
+south-west. But their progress in both the latter directions was stopped
+by an impassable barrier of rock, which appeared to divide the interior
+from the coast as with a stone wall, rising perpendicularly out of the
+side of the mountain. In the afternoon they left their little camp in
+the charge of three of the men, and made an attempt to descend the
+precipice by following some of the streams of water, or by getting down
+at some of the projecting points where the rocks had fallen in; but they
+were baffled in every instance. In some places the perpendicular height
+of the rocks above the earth below could not be less than four hundred
+feet.
+
+On the 28th they proceeded about five miles and three-quarters. Not
+being able to find water, they did not halt till five o'clock, when they
+took up their station on the edge of the precipice. To their great
+satisfaction they discovered, that what they had supposed to be sandy,
+barren land below the mountain, was forest land, covered with good
+grass, and with timber of an inferior quality. In the evening they
+contrived to get their horses down the mountain by cutting a small
+trench with a hoe, which kept them from slipping, where they again
+tasted grass for the first time since they left the forest land on the
+other side of the mountain. They were getting into miserable condition.
+Water was found about two miles below the foot of the mountain. In this
+day's route little timber was observed fit for building.
+
+On the 29th, having got up the horses and laden them, they began to
+descend the mountain at seven o'clock, through a pass in the rock about
+thirty feet wide, which they had discovered the day before, when the
+want of water put them on the alert. Part of the descent was so steep
+that the horses could but just keep their footing, without a load, so
+that, for some way the party were obliged to carry the packages
+themselves. A cart-road might, however, easily be made by cutting a
+slanting trench along the side of the mountain, which is here covered
+with earth.
+
+They reached the foot at nine o'clock a.m., and proceeded two miles,
+mostly through open meadow land, clear of trees, the grass from two to
+three feet high. They encamped on the bank of a fine stream of water.
+The natives, as observed by the smoke of their fires, moved before them,
+as yesterday. The dogs killed a kangaroo, which was very acceptable, as
+the party had lived on salt meat since they caught the last. The timber
+seen this day appeared rotten and unfit for building.
+
+The climate here was found very much colder than that of the mountain or
+of the settlements on the east side, where no signs of frost had made
+its appearance when the party set out. During the night the ground was
+covered with a thick frost, and a leg of the kangaroo was quite frozen.
+
+They now conceived that they had sufficiently accomplished the design of
+their undertaking, having surmounted all the difficulties which had
+hitherto prevented the interior of the country from being explored, and
+the Colony from being extended. They had partly cleared, or, at least,
+marked out a road by which the passage of the mountain might easily be
+effected. Their provisions were nearly exhausted, their clothes and
+shoes were in very bad condition, and the whole party were ill with
+bowel complaints. These considerations determined them, therefore, to
+return home by the track they came. On Tuesday, the 1st of June, they
+arrived at the foot of the mountain which they had descended, where they
+encamped for the night.
+
+The following day they began to ascend the mountain at seven o'clock,
+and reached the summit at ten; they were obliged to carry the packages
+themselves part of the ascent.
+
+They encamped in the evening at one of their old stations. On the 3rd,
+they reached another of their old stations. Here, during the night, they
+heard a confused noise arising from the eastern settlements below,
+which, after having been so long accustomed to the death-like stillness
+of the interior, had a very striking effect. On the 4th, they arrived at
+the end of their marked track, and encamped in the forest land where
+they had cut the grass for their horses. One of the horses fell this day
+with his load, quite exhausted, and was with difficulty got on, after
+having his load put on the other horses. The next day, the 5th, was the
+most unpleasant and fatiguing they had experienced. The track not being
+marked, they had great difficulty in finding their way back to the
+river, which they did not reach till four p.m. o'clock. They then once
+more encamped for the night to refresh themselves and the horses. They
+had no provisions now left except a little flour, but procured some from
+the settlement on the other side of the river. On Sunday, the 6th of
+June, they crossed the river after breakfast, and reached their homes
+all in good health. The winter had not set in on this side of the
+mountain, nor had there been any frost.
+
+
+
+
+AUSTRALIA FELIX (VICTORIA)
+
++Source.+--Hovell's Journal, 1837, pp. 25-27, 39-42, 72-73
+
+     The country between Botany Bay and Bass Strait was unexplored until
+     1824, when Messrs. Hume and Hovell set out to discover if it were
+     suitable for settlement. They encountered difficulties among the
+     Australian Alps, discovered the Hume (Murray) River and reached
+     Port Phillip. Oct. 2nd, 1824--Jan. 16th, 1825.
+
+
+_Sat., Nov. 6th._ They had now (it was noon) unexpectedly reached the
+S.W. extremity of the ridge or spine, which here terminates in an abrupt
+and very steep descent: the view from this spot consists of a valley
+(immediately in their front, S.) extending in the direction S.W., and
+varying from one to two miles in breadth. Along the centre of this
+valley runs a small stream, and near by the stream is a broken
+mountainous country: the view is closed by mountains, both of a
+different form (peaked) and of an infinitely greater height than any
+which they had yet seen. They now descended the table range, pursuing
+the zig-zag course of one of the tributaries of the stream which they
+had observed in the valley, taking its rise in these mountains, not far
+below the spot at which they commence making their descent.
+
+At six o'clock in the evening they arrive in the valley. At seven,
+having still pursued their course along the same branch, they come to
+the main stream. In effecting the descent from these mountains, they had
+nearly lost one of the party, as well as a bullock; the animal had
+fallen when it had reached about two-thirds down the mountain in
+consequence of a stone slipping under its feet, and in its fall it had
+forced down with it the man who was leading it. But their fall was
+intercepted by a large tree, and the man as well as the animal was thus
+prevented from being dashed to pieces. The man, however, unfortunately
+was much hurt.
+
+Never was the great superiority of bullocks to horses (in some respects)
+for journeys of this description more observable than in the passage of
+this difficult and dangerous ascent. The horses it had become
+indispensable to unload, and to conduct each separately with great care;
+but if one of the bullocks be led the rest follow; the horse is timid
+and hurried in its action in places where there is danger; the bullock
+is steady and cautious. If the latter slip in its ascent, or if the
+acclivity be too steep for its usual mode of progression, the animal
+kneels down, and scrambles up in this posture. If it be descending, and
+it become placed in a similar predicament, it sits down, and turns its
+head round towards the ascent, as if to balance its body. For the
+crossing of unsound or boggy ground, the structure of its hoof is
+particularly adapted, while the foot of the horse, on the contrary, is
+ill suited for this purpose, and for which the fears and consequent
+agitation of the animal renders it unfit.
+
+(Bullocks ought, when used for these journeys, to be shod; their feet,
+otherwise, are very liable to become disabled.)
+
+_Tuesday, Nov. 16th._ Soon after sunrise they recommence their journey,
+having proceeded three and a half miles S. (the land gradually sloping
+as they advanced), arrive suddenly on the banks of a fine river. This
+was named "The Hume."
+
+This beautiful stream is found to be not less than 80 yards in breadth,
+apparently of considerable depth; the current at three miles an hour;
+the water, for so considerable a stream, clear.
+
+The river itself is serpentine, the banks clothed with verdure to the
+water's edge, their general height various, but seldom either more or
+less than eight or nine feet, inclined or precipitous, as they happen by
+the bending of the stream to be more or less exposed to the action of
+the current. On each side of the river is a perpetual succession of
+lagoons extending generally in length from one to two miles, and about a
+quarter of a mile in breadth. These, which are situate alternately on
+each side of the river, within those elbows and projections which are
+formed by its windings, often for miles together, preclude any approach
+to its banks. Each of these lagoons was furnished with an inlet from the
+river and an outlet into it.
+
+In general, the spaces between the lagoons and the river are thickly
+wooded (the trees consisting principally of the blue gum of a large
+growth), and are overgrown with vines of various descriptions, and the
+fern, the peppermint, flax plant, and currajong. The fern, currajong,
+and the flax flourish here in abundance, and the peppermint plant (which
+they had not seen in any other part of the country) seems to surpass,
+both in odour and taste the species that is generally produced in our
+gardens.
+
+From the flax-plant the natives, as they afterwards discover, make
+their fishing-lines and nets for carrying their travelling gear and
+provisions.
+
+Unable to devise any means of crossing the river, and in hope of
+discovering some practicable ford, they now commence their progress down
+the stream, proceed three miles and a half, and then halt. At half-past
+two they resume their route, but are soon compelled from the continual
+succession of lagoon and swamp to return to some higher land, about two
+miles from the river.
+
+[Crossing the river with difficulty, they travelled southwards for four
+weeks.]
+
+_Thursday, Dec. 16th._--This morning they cross the river or creek
+without difficulty, the water not taking the cattle more than chest
+high. They now proceed S.W. by S. through the plains about six miles,
+when they are struck with an appearance respecting which they cannot
+decide whether it is that of burning grass or of distant water.
+
+They now therefore, having altered their course to the south, at four
+o'clock, have the gratification satisfactorily to determine, that the
+appearance which had just created so much doubt is that of the latter
+object, and which leaving the river a short distance, and directing
+their march from S.W. to SS.W. they soon ascertain to be part of the
+sea--the so long and ardently desired bourn of their labours. They now
+again alter their course to south-west and travel six miles in that
+direction along the shore, over excellent land, but clear of timber. On
+the downs, or plains to-day they had seen several flocks of emus and
+wild turkeys. The water near the shore was covered with waterfowl of
+various descriptions, some of which were new to them, and by the time
+they had halted for the night, they had procured an ample supply of
+black swans and ducks. They stopped for the night at seven o'clock in a
+small wood, at a mile from the beach, but where there was no fresh
+water, having travelled to-day, they supposed, upwards of twenty miles.
+
+_Friday, Dec. 17th._ They proceed this morning from the beach in a
+direction about N.N.W. three or four miles in quest of water, when they
+arrive on the banks of a creek, where they have the good fortune to find
+abundance of good water and of grass. Here they remain the day, in order
+to refresh the cattle, who are not a little in want of this timely
+relief, more particularly as it is proposed to commence their return
+to-morrow. This determination of so soon retracing their steps, though
+it cost them much regret, had become indispensable, not only from the
+extreme scantiness of their remaining supplies, and the certainty of the
+many difficulties they would have to encounter, but still more so from
+consideration that the mere circumstance of a fall of rain by swelling
+the streams, might, in the weak and ill-provided state to which the
+whole party were reduced, render their return altogether impracticable.
+(Four weeks' flour at reduced allowance and a small quantity of tea and
+sugar, but no animal food; independently of which, the ropes and other
+material employed for crossing streams were now almost utterly unfit for
+use.)
+
+
+
+
+THE INTERIOR OF THE CONTINENT.
+
++Source.+--Expeditions in Australia (Sturt, 1833), Vol. I pp. 1-2, 29,
+45, 73, 85-87.
+
+     The reedy marshes in which the Lachlan and the Macquarie appeared
+     to end blocked Western exploration until the protracted drought of
+     the twenties convinced Sturt and Hume that they would be passable.
+     Accordingly an expedition was formed which was to solve the long
+     debated problem of the character of the interior.
+
+
+The year 1826 was remarkable for the commencement of one of those
+fearful droughts to which we have reason to believe the climate of New
+South Wales is periodically subject. It continued the two following
+years with unabated severity. The surface of the earth became so parched
+up that minor vegetation ceased upon it. Culinary herbs were raised with
+difficulty, and crops failed even in the most favourable situations.
+Settlers drove their flocks and herds to distant tracts for pasture and
+water, neither remaining for them in the located districts. The interior
+suffered equally with the coast, and men at length began to despond
+under so alarming a visitation. It almost appeared as if the Australian
+sky were never again to be traversed by a cloud.
+
+But, however severe for the colony the seasons had proved, or were
+likely to prove, it was borne in mind at this critical moment that the
+wet and swampy state of the interior had alone prevented Mr. Oxley from
+penetrating further into it in 1818.
+
+The immediate fitting out of an expedition was therefore decided upon,
+for the express purpose of ascertaining the nature and extent of that
+basin into which the Macquarie was supposed to fall, and whether
+connection existed between it and the streams falling westerly. As I had
+early taken a great interest in the geography of New South Wales, the
+Governor was pleased to appoint me to the command of this expedition.
+
+_Dec. 3._ The first part of our journey was over rich flats, timbered
+sufficiently to afford a shade, on which the grass was luxuriant; but we
+were obliged to seek open ground, in consequence of the frequent
+stumbling of the cattle.
+
+We issued, at length, upon a plain, the view across which was as dreary
+as can be imagined; in many places without a tree, save a few old stumps
+left by the natives when they fired the timber, some of which were still
+smoking in different parts of it. Observing some lofty trees at the
+extremity of the plain, we moved towards them, under an impression that
+they indicated the river line. But on this exposed spot the sun's rays
+fell with intense power upon us, and the dust was so minute and
+penetrating, that I soon regretted having left the shady banks of the
+river.
+
+_Dec. 31._ I had no inducement to proceed further into the interior. I
+had been sufficiently disappointed in the termination of this excursion,
+and the track before me was still less inviting. Nothing but a dense
+forest, and a level country, existed between me and a distant hill. I
+had learnt, by experience, that it was impossible to form any opinion of
+the probable features of so singular a region as that in which I was
+wandering, from previous appearances, or to expect the same result, as
+in other countries, from similar causes. In a geographical point of
+view, my journey had been more successful, and had enabled me to put to
+rest for ever a question of much previous doubt. I had gained a
+knowledge of more than 100 miles of the western interior, and had
+ascertained that no sea, indeed, that little water existed on its
+surface; and that, although it is flat generally, it still has
+elevations of considerable magnitude upon it.
+
+Although I had passed over much barren ground, I had likewise noticed
+soil that was far from poor, and the vegetation upon which in ordinary
+seasons would, I am convinced, have borne a very different aspect.
+
+Yet, upon the whole, the space I traversed is unlikely to become the
+haunts of civilized man, or will only become so in isolated spots, as a
+chain of connection to a more fertile country; if such a country exist
+to the westward.
+
+[A report of better country to the North induced Sturt to turn in that
+direction.]
+
+_Jan. 14._ Nothing could exceed in dreariness the appearance of the
+tracks through which we journeyed on this and the two following days.
+The creek on which we depended for a supply of water, gave such alarming
+indications of a total failure that I at one time had serious thoughts
+of abandoning my pursuit of it. We passed hollow after hollow that had
+successively dried up, although originally of considerable depth; and,
+when we at length found water, it was doubtful how far we could make use
+of it. Sometimes in boiling, it left a sediment nearly equal to half its
+body; at other times it was so bitter as to be quite unpalatable. That
+on which we subsisted was scraped up from small puddles, heated by the
+sun's rays; and so uncertain were we of finding water at the end of the
+day's journey, that we were obliged to carry a supply on one of the
+bullocks. There was scarcely a living creature, even of the feathered
+race, to be seen to break the stillness of the forest. The native dogs
+alone wandered about, though they had scarcely strength to avoid us; and
+their melancholy howl, breaking in upon the ear at the dead of night,
+only served to impress more fully on the mind the absolute loneliness of
+the desert.
+
+_Jan. 31._ We came upon a creek, but could not decide whether it was the
+one for which we had been searching, or another. It had flooded-gum
+growing upon its banks, and, on places apparently subject to flood, a
+number of tall straight saplings were observed by us. We returned to the
+camp, after a vain search for water, and were really at a loss what
+direction next to pursue. The men kept the cattle pretty well together,
+and, as we were not delayed by any preparations for breakfast, they were
+saddled and loaded at an early hour. The circumstance of there having
+been natives in the neighbourhood, of whom we had seen so few traces of
+late, assured me that water was at hand, but in what direction it was
+impossible to guess. As the path we had observed was leading northerly,
+we took up that course, and had not proceeded more than a mile upon it,
+when we suddenly found ourselves on the bank of a noble river. Such it
+might in truth be called, where water was scarcely to be found. The
+party drew up upon a bank that was from forty to forty-five feet above
+the level of the stream. The channel of the river was from seventy to
+eighty yards broad, and enclosed an unbroken sheet of water, evidently
+very deep, and literally covered with pelicans and other wild fowl. Our
+surprise and delight maybe better imagined than described. Our
+difficulties seemed to be at an end, for here was a river that promised
+to reward all our exertions, and which appeared every moment to increase
+in importance, to our imagination. Coming from the N.E., and flowing to
+the S.W., it had a capacity of channel that proved that we were as far
+from its source as from its termination. The paths of the natives on
+either side of it were like well-trodden roads; and the trees that
+overhung it were of beautiful and gigantic growth.
+
+Its banks were too precipitous to allow of our watering the cattle, but
+the men eagerly descended to quench their thirst, which a powerful sun
+had contributed to increase, nor shall I ever forget the looks of terror
+and disappointment with which they called out to inform me that the
+water was so salt as to be unfit to drink! This was, indeed, too true;
+on tasting it, I found it extremely nauseous, and strongly impregnated
+with salt, being apparently a mixture of sea and fresh water. Whence
+this arose, whether from local causes, or from a communication with some
+inland sea, I know not, but the discovery was certainly a blow for which
+I was not prepared. Our hopes were annihilated at the moment of their
+apparent realization. The cup of joy was dashed out of our hands before
+we had time to raise it to our lips. Notwithstanding this
+disappointment, we proceeded down the river, and halted at about five
+miles, being influenced by the goodness of the feed to provide for the
+cattle as well as circumstances would permit. They would not drink of
+the river water, but stood covered in it for many hours, having their
+noses alone exposed above the stream. Their condition gave me great
+uneasiness. It was evident they could not long hold out under the
+excessive thirst, and unless we should procure some fresh water, it
+would be impossible for us to continue our journey.
+
+Mr. Hume, with his usual perseverance, walked out when the camp was
+formed; and at a little distance from it, ascended a ridge of pure sand,
+crowned with cypresses. From this he descended to the westward, and, at
+length, struck upon the river, where a reef of rocks crossed its channel
+and formed a dry passage from one side to the other; but the bend which
+the river must have taken appeared to him so singular, that he doubted
+whether it was the same beside which we had been travelling during the
+day. Curiosity led him to cross it, when he found a small pond of fresh
+water on a tongue of land, and immediately afterwards, returned to
+acquaint me with the welcome tidings. It was too late to move, but we
+had the prospect of a comfortable breakfast in the morning.
+
+On the 6th February we journeyed again through a barren scrub, although
+on firmer ground, and passed numerous groups of huts. At about eight
+miles from our last encampment, we came upon the river where its banks
+were of considerable height. In riding along them Mr. Hume thought he
+observed a current running, and he called to inform me of the
+circumstance. On a closer examination we discovered some springs in the
+very bed of the river, from which a considerable stream was gushing, and
+from the incrustation around them, we had no difficulty in guessing at
+their nature; in fact, they were brine springs, and I collected a
+quantity of salt from the brink of them.
+
+After such a discovery we could not hope to keep our position. No doubt
+the current we had observed on first reaching the river was caused by
+springs that had either escaped our notice, or were under water. Here
+was at length a local cause for its saltness that destroyed at once the
+anticipation and hope of our being near its termination, and,
+consequently, the ardour with which we should have pressed on to decide
+so interesting a point.
+
+We calculated that we were forty miles from the camp, in a S.W.
+direction, a fearful distance under our circumstances, since we could
+not hope to obtain relief for two days. Independently, however, of the
+state of the animals, our spirits were damped by the nature of the
+country, and the change which had taken place in the soil, upon which it
+was impossible that water could rest; while the general appearance of
+the interior showed how much it suffered from drought. On the other
+hand, although the waters of the river had become worse to the taste,
+the river itself had increased in size and stretched away to the
+westward, with all the uniformity of a magnificent canal, and gave every
+promise of increasing importance; while the pelicans were in such
+numbers upon it as to be quite dazzling to the eye. Considering,
+however, that perseverance would only involve us in extricable
+difficulties, and that it would also be useless to risk the horses,
+since we had gained a distance to which the bullocks could not have been
+brought I intimated my intention of giving up the further pursuit of the
+river, though it was with extreme reluctance that I did so.
+
+As soon as we had bathed and finished our scanty meal, I took the
+bearings of D'Urban's Group, and found them to be S.58 E. about
+thirty-three miles distant; and as we mounted our horses, I named the
+river the "Darling," as a lasting memorial of the respect I bear the
+Governor.
+
+I should be doing injustice to Mr. Hume and my men if I did not express
+my conviction that they were extremely unwilling to yield to
+circumstances, and that, had I determined on continuing the journey,
+they would have followed me with cheerfulness, whatever the consequences
+might have been.
+
+
+
+
+EXPLORATION OF THE EASTERN RIVER SYSTEM
+
++Source.+--Expeditions in Australia (Sturt, 1833), Vol. II, pp. 6, 8-69,
+85-86, 111, 151-187, 204-217, 219.
+
+     On his first expedition Sturt had proved that the interior was dry.
+     He then attempted to find the destination of the Morumbidgee and
+     the Darling. Travelling down the Morumbidgee he discovered the
+     Murray and followed it to its termination, 1829.
+
+
+_Dec. 27th._ M'Leay and I started at an early hour on an excursion of
+deeper interest than any we had as yet undertaken; to examine the reeds,
+not only for the purpose of ascertaining their extent, if possible, but
+also to guide us in our future measures. We rode some miles along the
+river side, but observed in it no signs either of increase or of
+exhaustion. Everything tended to strengthen my conviction that we were
+still far from the termination of the river. I was aware that my
+resolves must be instant, decisive, and immediately acted upon, as on
+firmness and promptitude at this crisis the success of the expedition
+depended. About noon I checked my horse, and rather to the surprise of
+my companion, intimated to him my intention of returning to the camp. He
+naturally asked what I purposed doing. I told him that it appeared to me
+more than probable that the Morumbidgee would hold its course good to
+some fixed point, now that it had reached a meridian beyond the known
+rivers of the interior. It was certain, from the denseness of the reeds,
+and the breadth of the belts, that the teams could not be brought any
+further, and that, taking everything into consideration, I had resolved
+on a bold and desperate measure, that of building the whaleboat, and
+sending home the drays.
+
+Our appearance in camp so suddenly surprised the men not more than the
+orders I gave. They all thought I had struck on some remarkable change
+of country, and were anxious to know my ultimate views. It was not my
+intention, however, immediately to satisfy their curiosity. I had to
+study their characters as long as I could in order to select those best
+qualified to accompany me on the desperate adventure for which I was
+preparing.
+
+[Sturt accordingly built the whaleboat and embarked on the river.]
+
+_Jan. 14th._ The men looked anxiously out ahead, for the singular change
+in the river had impressed on them an idea that we were approaching its
+termination, or near some adventure. On a sudden, the river took a
+general southern direction, but, in its tortuous course, swept round to
+every point of the compass with the greatest irregularity. We were
+carried at a fearful rate down its gloomy and contracted banks, and, in
+such a moment of excitement, had little time to pay attention to the
+country through which we were passing. It was, however, observed that
+chalybeate springs were numerous close to the water's edge. At 3 p.m.
+Hopkinson called out that we were approaching a junction, and in less
+than a minute afterwards we were hurried into a broad and noble river.
+
+It is impossible for me to describe the effect of so instantaneous a
+change upon us. The boats were allowed to drift along at pleasure, and
+such was the force with which we had been shot out of the Morumbidgee
+that we were carried nearly to the bank opposite its _embouchure_,
+whilst we continued to gaze in silent astonishment at the capacious
+channel we had entered; and when we looked for that by which we had been
+led into it, we could hardly believe that the insignificant gap that
+presented itself to us was, indeed, the termination of the beautiful and
+noble stream whose course we had thus successfully followed. I can only
+compare the relief we experienced to that which the seaman feels on
+weathering the rock upon which he expected his vessel to have struck, to
+the calm which succeeds moments of feverish anxiety, when the dread of
+danger is succeeded by certainty of escape.
+
+_Jan. 23rd._ Not having as yet given a name to our first discovery, I
+laid it down as the Murray River in compliment to the distinguished
+officer Sir George Murray, who then presided over the Colonial
+Department, not only in compliance with the known wishes of His
+Excellency, General Darling, but also in accordance with my own feelings
+as a soldier.
+
+[They continued their course down the Murray till Feb. 9.]
+
+After pulling a mile or two we found a clear horizon before us to the
+south. The hills still continued upon our left, but we could not see any
+elevation over the expanse of reeds to our right. The river inclined to
+the left, and swept the base of the hills that still continued on that
+side. I consequently landed once more to survey the country.
+
+I still retained a strong impression on my mind that some change was at
+hand, and on this occasion I was not disappointed, but the view was one
+for which I was not altogether prepared. We had at length arrived at the
+termination of the Murray. Immediately below me was a beautiful lake,
+which appeared to be a fitting reservoir for the noble stream that led
+us to it; and which was now ruffled by the breeze that swept over it.
+The ranges were more distinctly visible, stretching from south to north,
+and were certainly distant forty miles. They had a regular unbroken
+outline; declining gradually to the south, but terminating abruptly at a
+lofty mountain northerly. I had no doubt on my mind of this being the
+Mount Lofty of Captain Flinders; or that the range was that immediately
+to the eastward of St. Vincent's Gulf. Between us and the ranges a
+beautiful promontory shot into the lake, being a continuation of the
+right bank of the Murray. Over this promontory the waters stretched to
+the base of the ranges, and formed an extensive bay. To the S.W. a bold
+headland showed itself; beyond which, to the westward, there was a clear
+and open sea visible, through a strait formed by this headland and a
+point projecting from the opposite shore. Even while gazing on this fine
+scene, I could not but regret that the Murray had thus terminated; for I
+immediately foresaw that, in all probability, we should be disappointed
+in finding any practicable communication between the lake and the ocean,
+as it was evident that the former was not much influenced by tides. We
+pitched our tents on a low track of land that stretched away seemingly
+for many miles directly behind us to the eastward. It was of the
+richest soil, being of a black vegetable deposit, and although high
+above the influence the lake had, it was evident, once formed a part of
+its bed. Thirty-three days had now passed over our heads since we left
+the depot upon the Morumbidgee, twenty-six of which had been passed upon
+the Murray. We had, at length, arrived at the grand reservoir of those
+waters whose course and fate had previously been involved in such
+obscurity.
+
+I took Fraser with me, and, accompanied by M'Leay, crossed the
+sand-hummocks behind us, and descended to the sea-shore. I found that we
+had struck the south coast deep in the bight of Encounter Bay. We had no
+time for examination, but returned immediately to the camp, as I
+intended to give the men an opportunity to go to the beach. They
+accordingly went and bathed, and returned not only highly delighted at
+this little act of good nature on my part, but loaded with cockles, a
+bed of which they had managed to find among the sand. Clayton had tied
+one end of his shirt up, and brought a bag full, and amused himself with
+boiling cockles all night long.
+
+I would fain have lingered on my way to examine, as far as circumstances
+would permit, the beautiful country between the lake and the ranges; and
+it was with heartfelt sorrow that I yielded to necessity. My men were,
+indeed, very weak from poverty of diet and from great bodily fatigue.
+Hopkinson, Mulholland, and Macnamee were miserably reduced.
+
+It will be borne in mind that our difficulties were just about to
+commence, when those of most other travellers have ceased; and that
+instead of being assisted by the stream whose course we had followed, we
+had now to contend against the united waters of the eastern ranges, with
+diminished strength, and in some measure with disappointed feelings.
+
+Under the most favourable circumstances, it was improbable that the men
+would be enabled to pull for many days longer in succession since they
+had not rested upon their oars for a single day, if I except our passage
+across the lake, from the moment when we started from the depot; nor was
+it possible for me to buoy them up with the hope even of a momentary
+cessation of labour. We had calculated the time to which our supply of
+provisions would last under the most favourable circumstances, and it
+was only in the event of our pulling up against the current, day after
+day, the same distance we had compassed with the current in our favour,
+that we could hope they would last as long as we continued in the
+Murray. But in the event of floods or any unforeseen delay, it was
+impossible to calculate at what moment we might be driven to extremity.
+
+On the other hand, it was sufficiently evident to me that the men were
+too much exhausted to perform the task that was before them without
+assistance, and that it would be necessary both for M'Leay and myself to
+take our share of labour at the oars. The cheerfulness and satisfaction
+that my young friend evinced at the opportunity that was thus afforded
+him of making himself useful, and of relieving those under him from some
+portion of their toil, at the same time that they increased my sincere
+esteem for him, were nothing more than what I expected from one who had
+endeavoured by every means in his power to contribute to the success of
+that enterprise upon which he had embarked. But although I have said
+thus much of the exhausted condition of the men, I would by no means be
+understood to say that they flagged for a moment, or that a single
+murmur escaped them. No reluctance was visible, no complaint was heard,
+but there was that in their aspect and appearance which they could not
+hide, and which I could not mistake. We re-entered the river on the 13th
+under as fair prospects as we could have desired. The gale which had
+blown with such violence in the morning gradually abated, and a steady
+breeze enabled us to pass our first encampment, by availing ourselves of
+it as long as daylight continued.
+
+_Feb. 18th._ The breezes that had so much assisted us from the lake
+upwards, had now lost their influence, or failed to reach to the
+distance we had gained. Calms succeeded them, and obliged us to labour
+continually at the oars. We lost ground fast, and it was astonishing to
+remark how soon the men's spirits drooped again under their first
+efforts. They fancied the boat pulled heavily and that her bottom was
+foul, but such was not the case. The current was not so strong as when
+we passed down, since the river had evidently fallen more than a foot,
+and was so shallow in several places that we were obliged to haul the
+boat over them. On these occasions we were necessarily obliged to get
+out of her into the water, and had afterwards to sit still and to allow
+the sun to dry our clothes upon us. The unemployed consequently envied
+those at the oars, as they sat shivering in their dripping clothes.
+
+I have omitted to mention one remarkable trait of the good disposition
+of all the men while on the coast. Our sugar had held out to that point;
+but it appeared when we examined the stores that six pounds alone
+remained in the cask. This the men positively refused to touch. They
+said that, divided, it would benefit nobody; that they hoped M'Leay and
+I would use it, that it would last us for some time, and that they were
+better able to submit to privations than we were. The feeling did them
+infinite credit, and the circumstance is not forgotten by me. The little
+supply the kindness of our men left to us was, however, soon exhausted,
+and poor M'Leay preferred pure water to the bitter draught that
+remained. I have been sometimes unable to refrain from smiling as I
+watched the distorted countenances of my humble companions while
+drinking their tea and eating their damper.
+
+_March 17th._ We had been drawing nearer the Morumbidgee every day; and
+the following afternoon, to our great joy, we turned our boat into the
+gloomy and narrow channel of the tributary. Our feelings were almost as
+strong when we re-entered it as they had been when we were launched from
+it into that river, on whose waters we had continued for upwards of
+fifty-five days; during which period, including the sweeps and bends it
+made, we could not have travelled less than 1,500 miles.
+
+Our daily journeys were short, and the head we made against the stream
+but trifling. The men lost the proper and muscular jerk with which they
+once made the waters foam and the oars bend. Their whole bodies swung
+with an awkward and laboured motion. Their arms appeared to be
+nerveless; their faces became haggard, their persons emaciated, their
+spirits wholly sunk; nature was so completely overcome, that from mere
+exhaustion they frequently fell asleep during their painful and almost
+ceaseless exertions. It grieved me to the heart to see them in such a
+state at the close of so perilous a service, and I began to reproach
+Robert Harris that he did not move down the river to meet us; but, in
+fact, he was not to blame. I became captious, and found fault where
+there was no occasion, and lost the equilibrium of my temper in
+contemplating the condition of my companions. No murmur, however,
+escaped them, nor did a complaint reach me that was intended to
+indicate that they had done all they could do. I frequently heard them
+in their tent, when they thought I had dropped asleep, complaining of
+severe pains, and of great exhaustion. "I must tell the Captain,
+to-morrow," some of them would say, "that I can pull no longer."
+To-morrow came, and they pulled on, as if reluctant to yield to
+circumstances. Macnamee at length lost his senses. We first observed
+this from his incoherent conversation, but eventually from his manner.
+He related the most extraordinary tales and fidgetted about eternally
+while in the boat. I felt it necessary, therefore, to relieve him from
+the oars.
+
+_April 12th._ I determined on sending Hopkinson and Mulholland, whose
+devotion, intelligence and indefatigable spirits I well knew, forward to
+the plain.
+
+The joy this intimation spread was universal. Both Hopkinson and
+Mulholland readily undertook the journey, and I, accordingly, prepared
+orders for them to start by the earliest dawn.
+
+Six days had passed since their departure; we remaining encamped. I had
+calculated on seeing Hopkinson again in eight days, but as the morrow
+would see us without food, I thought, as the men had had a little rest,
+it would be better to advance towards relief than to await its arrival.
+
+On the evening of the 18th, therefore, we buried our specimens and other
+stores, intending to break up the camp in the morning. A singular bird,
+which invariably passed it at an hour after sunset, and which, from the
+heavy flight, appeared to be of unusual size, had so attracted my
+notice, that in the evening M'Leay and I crossed the river in hope to
+get a shot at it. We had, however, hardly landed on the other side, when
+a loud shout called us back to witness the return of our comrades.
+
+They were both of them in a state that beggars description. Their knees
+and ankles were dreadfully swollen and their limbs so painful that as
+soon as they arrived in the camp they sunk under their efforts, but they
+met us with a smiling countenance and expressed their satisfaction at
+having come so seasonably to our relief. They had, as I had foreseen,
+found Robert Harris on the plain, which they reached on the evening of
+the third day. They had started early the next morning on their return
+with such supplies as they thought we might immediately want. Poor
+Macnamee had in a great measure recovered, but for some days he was
+sullen and silent; the sight of the drays gave him uncommon
+satisfaction. Clayton gorged himself; but M'Leay, myself, and Fraser
+could not at first relish the meat that was placed before us.
+
+
+
+
+THE INTERIOR. II
+
++Source.+--Life of Charles Sturt (Mrs. N.G. Sturt), pp. 230-232,
+264-267, 279-280
+
+     Observations of the migrations of birds convinced Sturt that there
+     was good land in the interior of New South Wales, and in 1844 he
+     set out to find it. His expedition failed because the season was
+     exceptionally dry, and he was obliged to turn back before he had
+     accomplished his object.
+
+
+"If a line be drawn from Lat. 29 deg. 30' and Long. 140 deg. N.W., and another
+from Mount Arden due north, they will meet a little to the northward of
+the tropic, and there I will be bound to say a fine country will be
+discovered." On what date Sturt pledges himself to the discovery of this
+fine country is not stated, but when later regretting his failure to
+reach the tropic and to set at rest his hypothesis of the better country
+to be found there, he briefly tells his reason for the supposition.
+
+"Birds observed east of the Darling in the summer of 1828 in about lat.
+29 deg. 30' S. and long. 144 deg. had invariably migrated to the W.N.W.
+Cockatoos and parrots, known while in the colony to frequent the richest
+and best-watered valleys of the higher lands, would pass in countless
+flights to that point of the compass. In South Australia, in lat. 35 deg.
+and long. 138 deg., I had also observed that several birds of the same kind
+annually visited that Province from the north. I had seen the Psittacus
+Novae Hollandiae and the shell paroquet following the shoreline of St.
+Vincent's Gulf like flights of starlings in England. The different
+flights at intervals of more than a quarter of an hour, all came from
+the north, and followed in one and the same direction.
+
+"Now although the casual appearance of a few strange birds should not
+influence the judgement, yet from the regular migrations of the
+feathered race, a reasonable inference may be drawn. Seeing then that
+these two lines (viz., from Fort Bourke about lat. 30 deg. and long. 144 deg. to
+the W.N.W., and from Mount Arden in lat. 35 deg. long. 138 deg. to the north)
+if prolonged would meet a little to the northward of the tropic, I
+formed the following conclusions:
+
+"First, that the birds migrating on those lines would rest for a time at
+a point where those lines met.
+
+"Secondly, that the country to which they went would resemble that which
+they had left, that birds which frequented rich valleys or high hills
+would not settle down in deserts and flat country.
+
+"Thirdly, that the intervening country, whether owing to deserts or
+large sheets of water, was not such as these birds could inhabit.
+Indeed, such large migrations from different parts to one particular,
+argued no less strongly the existence of deserts or of sea to a certain
+distance, than the probable richness of the country, to which as to a
+common goal these migrations tended.
+
+"On the late expedition, at the Depot in lat. 29-1/2 deg. and long. 142 deg., I
+found myself in the direct line of migration to the north-west; and to
+that point of the compass, birds whom I knew to visit Van Diemen's Land
+would, after watering, pass on. Cockatoos, after a few hours' rest,
+would wing their way to the north-west, as also would various
+water-birds, as well as pigeons, parrots, and paroquets, pursued by
+birds of the Accipitrine class. From these indications I was led to look
+still more for the realization of my hopes, if I could but force my way
+to the necessary distance.
+
+"I ran 170 miles without crossing a single water-course. I travelled
+over salsolaceous plains, crossed sand-ridges, was turned from my
+westward course by salt-water lakes; and at last, on October 19th, at
+about 80 miles to the east of my former track, I found myself on the
+brink of the Stony Desert. Coming suddenly on it I almost lost my
+breath. If anything, it looked more forbidding than before. Herbless and
+treeless, it filled more than half of the horizon. Not an object was
+visible on which to steer, yet we held on our course by compass like a
+ship at sea.
+
+"Poor Browne was in excruciating pain from scurvy. Every day I expected
+to find him unable to stir. My men were ill from exposure, scanty food,
+and muddy water; my horses leg-weary and reduced to skeletons. I alone
+stood unscathed, but I could not bear to leave my companion in that
+heartless desert.
+
+"Finding myself baffled to the north and to the west, seeing no hope of
+rain, realizing that my retreat was too probably already cut off, I
+reluctantly turned back to the depot, 443 miles distant, and only
+through the help of Providence did we at length reach it."
+
+Sturt, as he mounted to begin his retreat, was nearly induced to turn
+again by "a flock of paroquets that flew shrieking from the north
+towards Eyre's Creek. They proved that to the last we had followed with
+unerring precision the line of migration."
+
+
+
+SCOPE AND RESULTS OF CENTRAL EXPEDITION AS SUMMED UP BY STURT
+
+My instructions directed me to gain the meridian of Mount Arden or that
+of 138 deg., with a view to determine whether there were any chain of
+mountains connected with the high lands seen by Mr. Eyre to the westward
+of Lake Torrens, and running into the interior from south-west to
+north-east. I was ordered to push to the westward and to make the south
+the constant base of my operations. I was prohibited from descending to
+the north-coast, but it was left optional with me to fall back on
+Moreton Bay if I should be forced to the eastward. Whether I performed
+the task thus assigned to me or wavered in the accomplishment of it;
+whether I fell short of my duty, or yielded only to insuperable
+difficulties, the world will be enabled to judge. That I found no fine
+country is to be regretted; however, I was not sent to find a fine
+country, but to solve a geographical problem. I trust I am not
+presumptuous in saying that, from a geographical point of view, the
+results of this expedition have been complete. If I did not gain the
+heart of the continent, no one will refuse me the credit of having taken
+a direct course for it. My distance from that hitherto mysterious spot
+was less than 150 miles. In ten days I should have reached the goal; and
+that task would have been accomplished had rain fallen when I was at my
+farthest north. Had I found such a river as the Victoria, I would have
+clung to it to the last; but those alone will really know the nature of
+the country who shall follow me into it When I determined on turning
+homewards, with mind depressed and strength weakened, it appeared to me
+that I had done all that man could do. Now, under the influence of
+restored health, I feel that I did far too little. I can only say that I
+would not hesitate again to plunge into those dreary regions, that I
+might be the first to place my foot in the centre of this vast
+territory, and finally to raise the veil which still shrouds its
+features, even though, like those of the veiled prophet, they should
+wither the beholder.
+
+
+
+
+ACROSS THE CONTINENT. SOUTH TO NORTH. I
+
++Source.+--Papers relating to the Burke and Wills Exploring Expedition,
+1861. Published in the _Argus_, pp. 2-5, 19-20
+
+     In the year 1860 an expedition was planned to travel from Melbourne
+     to the Gulf of Carpentaria. The leader was Robert Burke, and though
+     with Wills, Gray, and King he reached the Gulf, the return was
+     fatal owing to the desertion of the Cooper's Creek Depot by the
+     other members of the expedition.
+
+
+In the course of his evidence before the Commission of Inquiry Mr. King,
+the sole survivor, said:
+
+The day before we arrived at Cooper's Creek we were allowed to consume
+as much provisions as we chose, in expectations of finding supplies so
+soon. We had only one pound of dry meat when we got there. If we had
+found no provisions there, we should all have died. It was as much as
+any of us could do to travel along the side of the creek. We had been so
+weak, that for ten days before, we had scarcely been able to make much
+distance, or to walk about. I seemed to be worse than either Mr. Burke
+or Mr. Wills, but after we arrived at the Depot I improved much more
+than they did. We had no difficulty in finding the provisions there. We
+arrived in the moonlight at half-past seven o'clock at night, after
+having pushed on thirty miles that day. Mr. Burke rode on one of the
+camels, and I and Mr. Wills on the other. We had our revolvers with us,
+and had been continually shooting at the crows and hawks. When we got to
+the Depot Mr. Burke was a little ahead of Mr. Wills and myself. He had
+often before said, "I think I can see their tents ahead," and made
+several remarks like that until we arrived there. When we got near, he
+said, "I suppose they have shifted to some other part of the creek." It
+was Mr. Wills who first saw the tree-mark, and saw the things scattered
+about the stockade. He saw the words, "Dig three feet to the
+north-east," or north-west; I am not certain which. When he saw the date
+at which they came to the camp, and the date at which they left, he said
+at once, "They have left here to-day. If they had shifted to any other
+part of the creek, they would not have marked this." We set to work
+digging up the plant. We did not know where they had gone to, but
+thought they had left some instructions. Mr. Burke was too much excited
+to do anything, and Mr. Wills and myself dug up the plant. I got the
+bottle there and Mr. Burke said: "Whatever instructions they have left
+are in this bottle." I then opened it and handed it to him. When he had
+read it, he informed us that the other party, except Paton, and that the
+animals were in good working order, and that on account of no person
+coming up to them, they had made a start for Camp 60, taking a course
+S.E. for Bulloo. Mr. Burke then said it was madness to attempt to follow
+them, as their men were in good order, and their camel too. He said we
+could not expect to make forced marches, and catch them up. Had the
+latter said they were in a weak state, as it appeared they were, we
+should have tried at any rate to overtake them. We remained at the creek
+a few days, and Mr. Burke and Mr. Wills had a consultation as to what
+was best to be done.
+
+We left no provisions behind us, but took everything with us. When we
+had consumed all the sugar but 12 lb. we gave some balls of it to the
+camel. For a few days our principal food was porridge, which we
+preferred to anything else. We boiled it with water and sugar. In going
+down towards Mount Hopeless, we found we could not carry all the things
+we brought with us. We had to leave the camel-pads and such things. We
+made two attempts to get to Mount Hopeless. After losing one camel we
+remained at the creek some short time, till we recovered strength to
+start for Cooper's Creek again. We had only the clothes we stood in, and
+no bed-clothing but the camels' pads and two oilcloths. We had boots and
+trousers, such as they were.
+
+
+BURKE'S LAST LETTER
+
+The following is the despatch of Mr. Burke, left at the Depot at
+Cooper's Creek:
+
+Depot No. 2, Cooper's Creek, Camp No. 65.--The return party from
+Carpentaria, consisting of myself, Wills and King (Gray dead) arrived
+here last night, and found that the depot party had only started on the
+same day. We proceed on to-morrow slowly down the creek towards Adelaide
+by Mount Hopeless, and shall endeavour to follow Gregory's track; but we
+are very weak. The two camels are done up, and we shall not be able
+travel faster than four or five miles a day. Gray died on the road from
+exhaustion and fatigue. We have all suffered much from hunger. The
+provisions left here will, I think, restore our strength. We have
+discovered a practicable route to Carpentaria, the chief portion of
+which lies on the 140th decree of east longitude. There is some good
+country between this and the Stony Desert. From there to the tropic the
+country is dry and stony. Between the tropic and Carpentaria a
+considerable portion is rangy, but it is well watered and richly
+grassed. We reached the shores of Carpentaria on 11th February, 1861.
+Greatly disappointed at finding the party here gone.
+
+(Signed) ROBERT O'HARA BURKE, Leader.
+
+April 22nd, 1861.
+
+P.S.--The camels cannot travel, and we cannot walk, or we should follow
+the other party. We shall move very slowly down the creek.
+
+
+KING'S NARRATIVE
+
+Mr. Burke requested Mr. Wills to go up the creek as far as the Depot,
+and to place a note in the plant there, stating that we were then living
+on the creek, the former note having stated that we were on our road to
+South Australia. He also was to bury there the field-books of the
+journey to the Gulf.
+
+Mr. Wills being returned, it was decided to go up the creek and live
+with the natives, if possible, as Mr. Wills thought we should have but
+little difficulty in obtaining provisions from them if we camped on the
+opposite side of the creek to them. He said he knew where they had gone,
+so we packed up and started. Coming to the gunyahs where we expected to
+have found them, we were disappointed, and seeing a nardoo field close
+by, halted, intending to make it our camp. For some time we were
+employed gathering nardoo, and laying up a supply.
+
+Mr. Wills and I used to collect and carry home a bag each day, and Mr.
+Burke generally pounded sufficient for our dinner during our absence,
+but Mr. Wills found himself getting very weak, and was shortly unable to
+go out to gather nardoo as before, nor even strong enough to pound it,
+so that in a few days he became almost helpless. Mr. Burke now proposed
+that I should gather as much nardoo as possible in three days, and that
+with this supply we should go in search of the natives--a plan which had
+been urged upon us by Mr. Wills as the only chance of saving him and
+ourselves as well, as he clearly saw that I was no longer able to
+collect sufficient for our wants. Having collected the seed, as
+proposed, and having pounded sufficient to last Mr. Wills for eight
+days, and two days for ourselves, we placed water and firewood within
+his reach and started. Before leaving him, however, Mr. Burke asked him
+whether he still wished it, as under no other circumstances would he
+leave him; and Mr. Wills again said that he looked on it as our only
+chance. He then gave Mr. Burke a letter and his watch for his father,
+and we buried the remainder of the field-books near the gunyah.
+
+In travelling the first day, Mr. Burke seemed very weak and complained
+of great pain in his legs and back. On the second day he seemed to be
+better, and said that he thought he was getting stronger, but, on
+starting, did not go two miles before he said he could go no further. I
+persisted in his trying to go on, and managed to get him along several
+times, until I saw that he was almost knocked up, when he said he could
+not carry his swag, and threw all he had away. I also reduced mine,
+taking nothing but a gun and some powder and shot and a small pouch and
+some matches. On starting again we did not go far before Mr. Burke said
+we should halt for the night, but, as the place was close to a large
+sheet of water, and exposed to the wind, I prevailed to go a little
+further, to the next reach of water where we camped.
+
+We searched about and found a few small patches of nardoo, which I
+collected and pounded, and with a crow, which I shot, made a good
+evening's meal. From the time we halted, Mr. Burke seemed to be getting
+worse, although he ate his supper. He said he felt convinced he could
+not last many hours, and gave me his watch, which, he said, belonged to
+the Committee; and a pocket-book, to give to Sir William Stawell, and in
+which he wrote some notes. He then said to me: "I hope you will remain
+with me here till I am quite dead--it is a comfort to know that some one
+is by; but when I am dying, it is my wish that you should place the
+pistol in my right hand, and that you leave me unburied as I lie." That
+night he spoke very little, and the following morning I found him
+speechless, or nearly so; and about eight o'clock he expired. I remained
+a few hours there, but as I saw there was no use in remaining longer, I
+went up the creek in search of the natives. I felt very lonely, and at
+night usually slept in deserted wurleys, belonging to the natives. Two
+days after leaving the spot where Mr. Burke died, I found some gunyahs,
+where the natives had deposited a bag of nardoo, sufficient to last me a
+fortnight, and three bundles containing various articles. I also shot a
+crow that evening, but was in great dread that the natives would come
+and deprive me of the nardoo.
+
+I remained there two days to recover my strength, and then returned to
+Mr. Wills. I took back three crows; but found him lying dead in his
+gunyah, and the natives had been there and had taken away some of his
+clothes. I buried the corpse with sand, and remained some days; but
+finding that my stock of nardoo was running short, and being unable to
+gather it, I tracked the natives who had been to the camp by their
+foot-prints in the sand, and went some distance down the creek, shooting
+crows and hawks on the road. The natives hearing the report of the gun,
+came to meet me, and took me with them to their camp, giving me nardoo
+and fish. They took the birds I had shot and cooked them for me, and
+afterwards showed me a gunyah, where I was to sleep with three of the
+single men.
+
+They appeared to feel great compassion for me when they understood that
+I was alone on the creek, and gave me plenty to eat. After being four
+days with them, I saw that they were becoming tired of me, and they made
+signs that they were going up the creek, and that I had better go
+downwards; but I pretended not to understand them. The same day they
+shifted camp, and I followed them; and on reaching their camp, I shot
+some crows, which pleased them so much that they made me a breakwind in
+the centre of their camp, and came and sat round me until such time as
+the crows were cooked, when they assisted me to eat them. The same day
+one of the women to whom I had given part of a crow, came and gave me a
+ball of nardoo, saying that she would give me more only she had such a
+sore arm that she was unable to pound. She showed me a sore on her arm,
+and the thought struck me that I would boil some water in the billy and
+wash her arm with a sponge. During the operation the whole tribe sat
+round and were muttering one to another. Her husband sat down by her
+side and she was crying all the time. After I had washed it, I touched
+it with some nitrate of silver, when she began to yell and ran off,
+crying out, "Mokow! Mokow!" ("Fire! fire!"). From this time, she and her
+husband used to give me a small quantity of nardoo both night and
+morning, and whenever the tribe were about going on a fishing excursion,
+he used to give me notice to go with them. They also used to assist me
+in making a wurley, or breakwind, whenever they shifted camp. I
+generally shot a crow or a hawk, and gave it to them in return for these
+little services.
+
+From this time to when the relief party arrived--a period of about a
+month--they treated me with uniform kindness, and looked upon me as one
+of themselves. The day on which I was released, one of the tribe who had
+been fishing came and told me that the white fellows were coming, and
+the whole of the tribe who were then in camp sallied out in every
+direction to meet the party, while the man who had brought the news took
+me over the creek, where I shortly saw the party coming down.
+
+
+
+
+ACROSS THE CONTINENT. SOUTH TO NORTH. II
+
++Source.+--Explorations in Australia (J.M. Stuart. Hardman, 1865). pp.
+164-165, 406-411
+
+     Stuart accompanied Sturt in 1844-5, and subsequently became an
+     enthusiastic explorer. Three times he set out to travel from
+     Adelaide to the Indian Ocean; the first time passing through the
+     centre, and finally attaining his object in 1862. The Overland
+     Telegraph line is laid along his track.
+
+
+THE CENTRE
+
+_Sunday, 22nd April._ Small Gum Creek, under Mount Stuart, Centre of
+Australia. To-day I find from my observations of the sun, 111 deg. 00' 30",
+that I am now camped in the centre of Australia. I have marked a tree
+and planted the British Flag there. There is a high mount about two
+miles and a half to the N.N.E. I wish it had been in the centre; but on
+it to-morrow, I will raise a cone of stones, and plant the flag there,
+and name it "Central Mount Stuart." We have been in search of permanent
+water to-day, but cannot find any. I hope from the top of Central Mount
+Stuart to find something good to the N.W. Examined a large creek; can
+find no surface water, but got some by scratching in the sand. It is a
+large creek divided into many channels, but they are all filled with
+sand; splendid grass all round this camp.
+
+_Monday, 23rd April._ Centre. Took Kekwick and the flag, and went to the
+top of the Mount, but found it to be much higher and more difficult of
+ascent than I anticipated. After a deal of labour, slips and knocks, we
+at last arrived on the top. The view to the north is over a large plain
+of gums, mulga, and spinifex, with watercourses running through it. The
+large gum creek that we crossed winds round this hill in a N.E.
+direction; at about ten miles it is joined by another. After joining
+they take a course more north, and I lost sight of them in the far
+distant plain. To the N.N.E. is the termination of the hills; to the
+N.E., E. and S.E. are broken ranges, and to the N.N.W. the ranges on the
+west side of the plain terminate. To the N.W. are broken ranges; and to
+the W. is a very high peak, between which, and this place to the S.W.
+are a number of isolated hills. Built a large cone of stones, in the
+centre of which I placed a pole with the British flag nailed to it. Near
+the top of the cone I placed a small bottle, in which there is a slip of
+paper, with our signatures to it, stating by whom it was raised. We then
+gave three hearty cheers for the flag, the emblem of civil and religious
+liberty, and may it be a sign to the natives that the dawn of liberty,
+civilization, and Christianity is about to break upon them. We can see
+no water from the top. Descended, but did not reach the camp till after
+dark. This water still continues which makes me think there must
+certainly be more higher up. I have named the range "John Range," after
+my friend and well-wisher, John Chambers, Esq., brother to James
+Chambers, Esq., one of the promoters of this expedition.
+
+ACROSS AT LAST
+
+_Thursday, 24th July._ Thring Creek, entering the Marsh. Started at
+7.40, course north. I have taken this course in order to make the
+sea-coast, which I suppose to be distant about eight miles and a half,
+as soon as possible; by this I hope to avoid the marsh. I shall travel
+along the beach to the north of the Adelaide. I did not inform any of
+the party except Thring and Auld, that I was so near to the sea, as I
+wished to give them a surprise on reaching it. Proceeded through a light
+soil, slightly elevated with a little ironstone on the surface, the
+volcanic rock cropping out occasionally; also some flats of black
+alluvial soil. The timber much smaller and more like scrub, showing that
+we are nearing the sea.
+
+At eight miles and a half came upon a broad valley of black alluvial
+soil, covered with long grass; from this I can hear the wash of the sea.
+On the other side of the valley, which is rather more than a quarter of
+a mile wide, is growing a line of thick heavy bushes, very dense,
+showing that to be the boundary of the beach. Crossed the valley and
+entered the scrub, which was a complete network of vines. Stopped the
+horses to clear a way, whilst I advanced a few yards on to the beach,
+and was gratified and delighted to behold the water of the Indian Ocean
+in Van Diemen's Gulf, before the party with the horses knew anything of
+its proximity. Thring, who rode in advance of me, called out "The Sea!"
+which so took them all by surprise, and they were so astonished that he
+had to repeat the call before they fully understood what was meant. Then
+they immediately gave three long and hearty cheers. The beach is covered
+with a soft blue mud. It being ebb tide, I could see some distance;
+found it would be impossible for me to take the horses along it; I
+therefore kept them where I had halted them, and allowed half the party
+to come on to the beach and gratify themselves by a sight of the sea,
+while the other half remained to watch the horses until their return. I
+dipped my feet, and washed my face and hands in the sea, as I promised
+the late Governor, Sir Richard McDonnell, I would do if I reached it.
+The mud has nearly covered all the shells; we got a few, however. I
+could see no seaweed. There is a point of land some distance off,
+bearing 70 deg.. After all the party had had some time on the beach, at
+which they were much pleased and gratified, they collected a few shells;
+I returned to the valley, where I had my initials (J.M.D.S.) cut on a
+large tree, as I did not intend, until I arrived at the mouth of the
+Adelaide, to put up my flag. Proceeded along the valley; at one mile and
+a half coming upon a small creek, with running water, and the valley
+being covered with beautiful green grass, I have camped to give the
+horses the benefit of it. Thus have I, through the instrumentality of
+Divine Providence, been led to accomplish the great object of the
+expedition, and take the whole party safely as witnesses to the fact,
+and through one of the finest countries man could wish to behold, good
+to the coast and with a stream of water within half a mile of the sea.
+From Newcastle water to the sea-beach, the main body of the horses have
+been only one night without water and then got it within the next day.
+If this country is settled, it will be one of the finest colonies under
+the Crown, suitable for the growth of any and everything--what a
+splendid country for producing cotton! Judging from the number of the
+pathways from the water to the beach, across the valley, the natives
+must be very numerous; we have not seen any, although we have passed
+many of their recent tracks and encampments. The cabbage and fan
+palm-trees have been very plentiful during to-day's journey down to this
+valley. This creek I named "Charles Creek," after the eldest son of John
+Chambers, Esq.; it is one by which some large bodies of springs
+discharge their surplus water into Van Diemen's Gulf; its banks are of
+soft mud, and boggy. Wind, south. Latitude, 12 deg. 13' 30".
+
+_Friday, 25th July._ Charles Creek, Van Diemen's Gulf. I have sent
+Thring to the south-west to see if he can get round the marsh. If it is
+firm ground I shall endeavour to make the mouth of the river by that
+way. After a long search he has returned, and informs me that it is
+impracticable, being too boggy for the horses. As the great object of
+this expedition is now attained, and the mouth of the river already well
+known, I do not think it advisable to waste the strength of my horses in
+forcing them through, neither do I see what object I should gain by
+doing so; they have still a very long and fatiguing journey in
+recrossing the continent to Adelaide, and my health is so bad that I am
+unable to bear a long day's ride. I shall, therefore, cross this creek
+and see if I can get along by the sea-beach, or close to it. Started and
+had great difficulty in getting the horses over, though we cut a large
+quantity of grass, putting it on the banks and on logs of wood which
+were put into it. We had a number bogged, and I was nearly losing one of
+my best horses, and was obliged to have him pulled out with ropes; after
+the loss of some time we succeeded in getting them all over safely. At
+two miles came upon an open part of the beach, went on to it, and again
+found the mud quite impassable for horses. Stopped the party, as this
+travelling is too much for the horses, and, taking Thring with me, rode
+two miles to see if the ground was any firmer in places; found it very
+soft where the salt water had covered it, in others not so bad. Judging
+from the number of the shells banked up in different places, the sea
+must occasionally come over this. I saw at once that this would not do
+for the weak state in which my horses were, and I therefore returned to
+where I left the party, resolving to re-cross the continent to the City
+of Adelaide. I now had an open place cleared, and selecting one of the
+tallest trees, stripped it of its lower branches, and on its highest
+branch fixed my flag, the Union Jack, with my name sewn in the centre of
+it. When this was completed, the party gave three cheers, and Mr.
+Kekwick then addressed me, congratulating me on having completed this
+great and important undertaking, to which I replied. Mr. Waterhouse also
+spoke a few words on the same subject, and concluded with three cheers
+for the Queen, and three for the Prince of Wales. At one foot south from
+the foot of the tree is buried, about eight inches below the ground, an
+air-tight tin case, in which is a paper with the following notice:
+
+"South Australian Great Northern Exploring Expedition. The exploring
+party, under the command of John McDouall Stuart arrived at this spot on
+the 25th day of July, 1862, having crossed the entire continent of
+Australia from the Southern to the Indian Ocean, passing through the
+centre. They left the City of Adelaide on the 26th day of October 1861,
+and the most northern station of the colony on 21st day of January,
+1862. To commemorate this happy event, they have raised this flag
+bearing his name. All well. God Save the Queen!"
+
+(Here follow the signatures of myself and party.)
+
+As this bay has not been named, I have taken this opportunity of naming
+it "Chambers Bay," in honour of Miss Chambers, who kindly presented me
+with the flag which I have planted this day, and I hope this may be the
+first sign of the dawn of approaching civilization.
+
+Exactly this day nine months the party left North Adelaide. Before
+leaving, between the hours of eleven and twelve o'clock, they had lunch
+at Mr. Chambers' house; John Bentham Neals, Esq., being present,
+proposed success to me, and wished I might plant the flag on the
+north-west coast. At the same hour of the day, nine months after, the
+nag was raised on the shores of Chambers Bay, Van Diemen Gulf. (On the
+bark of the tree on which the flag is placed is cut--DIG ONE FOOT, S.)
+We then bade farewell to the Indian Ocean, and returned to Charles
+Creek, where we had again great difficulty in getting the horses
+across, but it was at last accomplished without accident. We have passed
+numerous and recent tracks of natives to-day; they are still burning the
+country at some distance from the coast.
+
+[_Note._ The memorandum left by Stuart on top of the Central Mountain
+runs as follows:]
+
+John McDouall Stuart and party consisting of two men and himself arrived
+from Adelaide in the Centre of Australia on Saturday evening the twenty
+first day of April 1860, and have built this cone of stones and raised
+this flag to commemorate the event, on top of Mount Sturt; the centre is
+about two miles South South West at a small gum creek where there is a
+tree marked facing the south.
+
+(Signed) JOHN MCDOUALL STUART (Leader)
+WILLIAM DARTON KEKWICK
+BENJAMIN HEAD.
+
+_21st April 1860,_
+
+_Centre of Australia._
+
+The name of the Central Mountain appears in the published journal as
+_Stuart_. This is probably due to a mistake of the publisher's, which
+remained uncorrected, as Stuart was very ill when his journal was
+printed.
+
+
+
+
+FROM WEST TO EAST. I. ALONG THE BIGHT
+
++Source.+--Explorations in Australia (John Forrest, 1875), pp. 83-94,
+107-114, 121-135.
+
+     In 1870 Forrest set out to explore the country along the Bight. It
+     had previously been considered desert land, but the expedition
+     discovered valuable country behind the cliffs.
+
+
+We started from Perth on the afternoon of Wednesday, the 30th of March
+1870. His Excellency the Governor accompanied us for about three miles
+on the Albany Road. We had fifteen horses, and provisions sufficient for
+the journey to Esperance Bay, a distance of about 450 miles, where it
+was arranged further supplies would await us.
+
+_May 18th._ Esperance Bay. After starting the party went in advance with
+Billy to prepare camp at Israelite Bay. When we reached it, were
+delighted to find the _Adur_ lying safely at anchor there; proceeding on
+board found all well. Procured abundance of water by digging one foot
+deep in the sand-hills, and good feed a short distance from camp.
+
+Our friends on the _Adur_ were looking anxiously for us. We were two
+days behind the appointed time, and they feared some evil had befallen
+us, not taking into consideration the many delays incidental to such a
+journey through strange and difficult country as we had made.
+
+On the 24th of May we determined to celebrate the Queen's birthday. All
+hands from the _Adur_ came ashore, and I drew them up in line under the
+Union Jack, which was duly hoisted near the camp. We presented arms;
+sang "God Save the Queen" vigorously, and fired a salute of twenty-one
+guns, finishing with three cheers. I venture to record that our vocal
+efforts were as sincerely and heartily made in the Australian wilderness
+as any which rang that day in any part of Her Majesty's wide dominions.
+We were all highly delighted--not only feeling that we had done our duty
+as loyal subjects, but other celebrations in more civilized places were
+forcibly recalled to memory.
+
+_June 22nd._ Saddled up at dawn, and steering southerly over clear, open
+grassy plains for twenty-eight miles, we reached the cliffs, and rested
+an hour; after which we continued our journey and reached camp a little
+after dark, finding all well.
+
+_June 23rd._ Made preparations for a start for Eucla to-morrow, and put
+everything in travelling order. During my absence, Osborn had got the
+horses' feet in order, and the pack-saddles had been overhauled and
+repairs generally made. In looking round the camp, Tommy Windich found
+shoulder-blade of a horse and two small pieces of leather. They no doubt
+belonged to Mr. Eyre's equipment, and, on reference to his journal, I
+find he was here obliged to kill a horse for food.
+
+I cut off part of the shoulder-blade, and have since given it, together
+with the pieces of leather, to His Excellency Governor Weld.
+
+_June 24th._ Started at 8.30 a.m. _en route_ for Eucla. Steering in a
+N.N.E. direction for fifteen miles, reached the cliffs, and after
+following along them two miles, found a large rock water-hole, but in an
+almost inaccessible spot. While I was examining the cliffs near, to find
+a place where we could get the horses up, Tommy heard a coo-ey, and
+after answering it a good many times, we were surprised to see two
+natives walking up towards us, unarmed. I approached and met them; they
+did not appear at all frightened and at once began to eat the damper I
+gave them. We could not understand anything they said. I beckoned them
+to come along with us, which they at once did, and followed so closely
+after as to tramp on my spurs. They pointed to water further ahead.
+After walking about a mile, four more natives were seen running after
+us, who, on joining, made a great noise, singing and appearing very
+pleased. Shortly afterwards two more followed, making seven in all; all
+entirely naked. We found the water alluded to, on the top of the cliffs,
+but it being too late to get the horses up, we turned off to the
+southward half a mile, and camped on a small grassy flat, without water
+for the horses. The seven natives slept at our fire. We gave them as
+much damper as they could eat. They had not the least particle of
+clothing, and made pillows of each other's bodies, and resembled pigs
+more than human beings.
+
+_July 1st._ Descending the cliffs with difficulty, we followed along the
+foot of them, which was beautifully grassed, and, after travelling
+twelve miles, beheld the Eucla sand-hills. On my pointing them out,
+every heart was full of joy, and, being away some distance, I heard the
+long and continued hurrahs from the party! Eucla was all the
+conversation! I never before remember witnessing such joy as was evinced
+on this occasion by all the party. After travelling five miles further,
+we camped close to the cliffs at a small water-hole. We might have
+reached Eucla this evening, but I preferred doing so to-morrow, when we
+could have the day before us to choose camp. We are now again in safety,
+Eucla being only seven miles distant; after having travelled 166 miles
+without finding permanent water--in fact, over 300 miles with only one
+place where we procured permanent water. I trust we all recognized with
+sincerity and thankfulness the guiding and protecting Father who had
+brought us through in safety.
+
+_July 2nd._ Made an early start and steered straight for the anchorage,
+distant about five miles, having first ascended the range to have a view
+of the country, which was very extensive. Far as the eye could reach to
+the westward, the Roe Plains and Hampton Range were visible; while to
+the eastward lay Wilson's Bluff and the Delissier sand-hills; and three
+miles west of them we were delighted to behold the good schooner _Adur_,
+riding safely at anchor in Eucla harbour, which formed by no means the
+least pleasing feature of the scene to our little band of weary
+travellers. Made at once for the vessel, and on reaching her, found all
+well and glad to see us. She was anchored between the Red and Black
+Beacons. The latter had been blown down, but shall be re-erected. There
+being no water at the anchorage, moved on to the Delissier sand-hills,
+where we found water by digging two and a half feet from the surface.
+Camped on the west side of the sand-hills.
+
+Landed barley, etc., from the boat. There was a good feed for the horses
+under the Hampton Range, about a mile and a half distant.
+
+_July 11th._ Osborn busy with the shoeing. Went with Billy to Wilson's
+Bluff, and saw the boundary-post between South and Western Australia,
+placed by Lieutenant Douglas.
+
+_July 12th._ Erected the flagstaff with the Union Jack flying, and
+nailed a copperplate to the staff, with the following engraved on it:
+
+WESTERN AUSTRALIA. ERECTED BY J. FORREST,
+JULY 12TH, 1870.
+
+_July 17th._ Was obliged to get up twice to bring back the horses, and
+at 4 o'clock made a start. The horses were in a very exhausted state;
+some having difficulty to keep up. About noon I could descry the land
+turning to the southward, and saw, with great pleasure, we were fast
+approaching the Head of the Great Australian Bight. Reached the
+sand-patches at the extreme head of the Bight just as the sun was
+setting, and found abundance of water by digging two feet deep in the
+sand. Gave the horses as much as I considered safe for them to have at
+one time. I have never seen horses in such a state before and hope never
+to do so again. The horses, which four days ago were strong and in good
+condition, now appeared only skeletons, eyes sunk, nostrils dilated, and
+thoroughly exhausted. Since leaving Eucla to getting water at this spot,
+a period of nearly ninety hours, they had only been allowed one gallon
+of water each, which was given them from our water-drums. It is
+wonderful how well they performed this journey; had they not started in
+good condition they never could have done it. We all felt very tired.
+During the last sixty hours I have only had about five hours' sleep, and
+have been continually in a state of anxiety--besides which, all have had
+to walk a great deal.
+
+_July 18th._ This is a great day in my journal and journey. After
+collecting the horses we followed along the beach half a mile, when I
+struck N. for Peelunabie Well, and at half a mile struck a cart track
+from Fowler's Bay to Peelunabie. After following it one mile and a
+quarter, came to the well, and old sheep yards, and camped. Found better
+water in the sand-hills than in the well. There is a board nailed on a
+pole directing to the best water, with the following engraved on it: "G.
+Mackie, April 5th, 1865, water--120 yards." Upon sighting the road this
+morning, which I had told them we should do, a loud and continued
+hurrahing came from all the party, who were overjoyed to find signs of
+civilization again; while Billy, who was in advance with me, and whom I
+had told to look out, as he would see a road directly, which he
+immediately did, began giving me great praise for bringing them safely
+through a long journey. I certainly felt very pleased and relieved from
+anxiety, and, on reviewing the long line of march we had performed
+through an uncivilized country, was very sensible of that protecting
+Providence which had guided us safely through the undertaking.
+
+Before I conclude I have the pleasing duty to record my entire
+appreciation of every member of the party. I need not particularize as
+one and all had the interest and welfare of the expedition at heart, and
+on no occasion uttered a single murmur. Finally, sir, my best and most
+sincere thanks are due to His Excellency Governor Weld for the very
+efficient manner in which the expedition was equipped. It is chiefly
+owing to the great zeal and desire of His Excellency that I should have
+everything necessary, that the success of the enterprise is
+attributable.
+
+I have, etc.
+
+JOHN FORREST, Leader of Expedition.
+
+The Hon. F.P. Barlee, Esq., Colonial Secretary, W.A.
+
+
+
+
+FROM WEST TO EAST. II. THE INTERIOR
+
++Source.+--Explorations in Australia (John Forrest, 1875), pp. 149-162,
+188, 201, 257, 261
+
+     Four years after his successful journey along the Bight, Forrest
+     determined to explore the interior of Western Australia, and in so
+     doing added greatly to the knowledge of that somewhat neglected
+     State.
+
+
+The success which had attended my previous expeditions, and the great
+encouragement received from the Government and public of each colony,
+made me wish to undertake another journey for the purpose of
+ascertaining whether a route from Western Australia to the advanced
+settlements of the Southern colony was practicable. I also hoped to
+contribute, if possible, towards the solution of the problem, What is
+the nature of the Interior? My first journey, when I succeeded in
+penetrating for about 600 miles into the unknown desert of Central
+Australia, had convinced me that, although there might, and doubtless
+would, be considerable difficulties to be encountered, there were no
+insuperable obstacles, except a probable failure in the supply of water.
+That certainly was the most formidable of all the difficulties that
+would no doubt have to be encountered; but on the previous journey the
+scarcity of water had been endured, not without privation and suffering,
+but without any very serious result.
+
+Stuart's great feat of crossing the continent from south to north had
+been followed by other successful efforts in the same direction. Another
+result was the establishing a line of telegraph from Adelaide to Port
+Darwin. This might, therefore, be considered the eastern boundary of the
+unknown districts, and, moreover, was the point of departure for the
+South Australian expeditions in a westerly direction. It was also the
+limit I desired to reach, and reaching it, I should achieve the object I
+had so much at heart.
+
+On the 18th of March, 1874, the expedition quitted Perth. The 19th was
+Sunday, and, according to practice, we rested. Every Sunday throughout
+the journey I read Divine Service, and, except making the daily
+observations, only work absolutely necessary was done. Whenever
+possible, we rested on Sunday, taking, if we could, a pigeon, a parrot,
+or other such game as might come in our way as special fare. Sunday's
+dinner was an institution for which, even in those inhospitable wilds,
+we had a great respect.
+
+_June 13th._ About one o'clock Pierre saw a flock of emus coming to
+water, and went off to get a shot. Kennedy followed with the rifle. I
+climbed up on a small tree to watch them. I was surprised to hear
+natives' voices, and, looking towards the hills, I saw from forty to
+sixty natives running towards the camp, all plumed up and armed with
+spears and shields. I was cool, and told Sweeny to bring out the
+revolvers; descended from the tree and got my gun, and coo-ed to Pierre
+and Kennedy, who came running. By this time they were within sixty
+yards, and halted. One advanced to meet me, and stood twenty yards off:
+I made friendly signs; he did not appear very hostile. All at once, one
+from behind (probably a chief) came rushing forward, and made many
+feints to throw spears. He went through many manoeuvres, and gave a
+signal, when the whole number made a rush towards us, yelling and
+shouting, with their spears shipped. When within thirty yards, I gave
+the word to fire; we all fired as one man, only one report being heard.
+I think the natives got a few shots, but they all ran up the hill and
+there stood talking and haranguing and appearing very angry. We
+re-loaded our guns, and got everything ready for a second attack, which
+I was sure they would make. We were not long left in suspense. They all
+descended from the hill and came on slowly towards us. When they were
+about 150 yards off I fired my rifle, and we saw one of them fall, but
+he got up again and was assisted away. On examining the spot we found
+the ball had cut in two the two spears he was carrying; he also dropped
+his wommera, which was covered with blood. We could follow the
+blood-drops a long way over the stones. I am afraid he got a severe
+wound. My brother and Windich being away we were short-handed. The
+natives seem determined to take our lives and, therefore, I shall not
+hesitate to fire on them should they attack us again. I thus decide, and
+write in all humility, considering it a necessity, as the only way of
+saving our lives. I write this at 4 p.m., just after the occurrence, so
+that, should anything happen to us, my brother will know how and when it
+occurred. 5 p.m.--The natives appear to have made off. We intend
+sleeping in the thicket close to camp, and keeping a strict watch, so as
+to be ready for them should they return to the attack this evening. At
+7.30 my brother and Windich returned, and were surprised to hear of our
+adventure. They had been over fifty miles from camp E.S.E., and had
+passed over some good feeding country, but had not found a drop of
+water. They and their horses had been over thirty hours without water.
+
+_June 14th, Sunday._ The natives did not return to the attack last
+night. In looking round camp we found the traces of blood where one of
+the natives had been lying down. This must have been the foremost man,
+who was in the act of throwing his spear, and who urged the others on.
+Two therefore, at least, are wounded, and will have cause to remember
+the time they made their murderous attack upon us. We worked all day
+putting up a stone hut, ten by nine feet, and seven feet high, thatched
+with boughs. We finished it; it will make us safe at night. Being a very
+fair hut, it will be a great source of defence. Barometer 28.09;
+thermometer 68 deg. at 5 p.m. Hope to have rain, as without it we cannot
+proceed.
+
+_July 3rd._ Soon after starting, found a little water in a gully and
+gave our horses a drink. Ascended a spur of the range and had a good
+view ahead, and was very pleased with the prospect. Steering N.E.
+towards a large range about fifteen miles off, we found a great deal of
+spinnifex, although the country generally was thickly wooded. I rode
+Mission, who went along pretty well for about twelve miles, when
+Williams gave in again, and Mission soon did the same. For the next six
+miles to the range we had awful work, but managed with leading and
+driving to reach the range; spinnifex all the way and also on the top of
+it. I was very nearly knocked up myself, but ascended the range and had
+a very extensive view. Far to the N. and E. the horizon was as level and
+uniform as that of the sea; apparently spinnifex everywhere; no hills or
+ranges could be seen for a distance of quite thirty miles.
+
+The prospect was very cheerless and disheartening. Windich went on the
+only horse not knocked up in order to find water for the horses. I
+followed after his tracks, leading the two poor done-up horses. With
+difficulty I could get them to walk. Over, and through the rough range I
+managed to pull them along and found sufficient water to give them a
+good drink, and camped on a small patch of rough grass in one of the
+gorges. Spinnifex everywhere; it is a most fearful country. We cannot
+proceed farther in this direction, and must return and meet the party,
+which I hope to do to-morrow night. We can only crawl along having to
+walk and lead the horses, or at least drag them. The party have been
+following us, only getting a little water from gullies, and there is
+very little to fall back on for over fifty miles. I will leave what I
+intend doing until I meet them. I am nearly knocked up again to-night;
+my boots have hurt my feet, but I am not yet disheartened.
+
+[Forrest stayed in the Interior for nearly three more months.]
+
+_Sept. 26th._ Got off early and followed the river (Hamilton) about two
+miles when it took a bend to the north, and as it was rather boggy near
+it, we left it, and steered about east and E.N.E. for about twenty miles
+over most miserable country without any grass. We camped on a small
+gully with a little water in it, and some old dry grass in a flat. The
+horses were very tired, not having had anything to eat for the last two
+or three days; and some showed signs of giving in; in fact, all weak and
+knocked up, and we had to handle them very carefully. For the first
+thirteen miles we passed many clay-pans full of water--water nearly
+everywhere--after which there was very little; and the rain does not
+appear to have been heavy to the east. The river is about a mile and a
+half north of us, and we have not seen it for some miles. Latitude 27 deg.
+9' south. Hope to reach the telegraph line to-morrow.
+
+_Sept. 27th, Sunday._ Continuing E.N.E. for two miles, came to the
+Alberga, and following along its right bank, over many clay-pans with
+water, about east for twelve miles, and then E.N.E. for three miles, and
+reached the telegraph line, between Adelaide and Port Darwin, and
+camped. Long and continued cheers came from our little band as they
+beheld at last the goal to which we have been travelling for so long. I
+felt rejoiced and relieved from anxiety; and on reflecting on the long
+line of travel we had performed through an unknown country, almost a
+wilderness, felt very thankful to that good Providence that had guarded
+and guided us so safely through it. The telegraph line is most
+substantially put up and well wired, and is very creditable at this
+spot; large poles of bush timber, often rather crooked, and iron ones
+here and there. I now gave up keeping watch, having kept it regularly
+for the last six months. Marked a tree F. 104, being 104th camp from
+Geraldton.
+
+
+
+
+PART II
+
+GENERAL HISTORY
+
+
+
+
+
+THE FIRST SETTLEMENT
+
++Source.+--Historical Records of Australia. Vol. I, pp. 9-32, 373
+
+     In 1783 England recognized the Independence of her American
+     Colonies, and thus lost the settlements to which she usually
+     transported her criminals. By 1786 her gaols had become woefully
+     overcrowded, and consequently it was decided to establish a penal
+     colony at Botany Bay. Captain Phillip was selected as commanding
+     officer of the expedition.
+
+
+GOVERNOR PHILLIP'S FIRST COMMISSION
+
+GEORGE R.
+
+George the Third, etc., to our trusty and well-beloved Captain Arthur
+Phillip, greeting:
+
+We, reposing especial trust and confidence in your loyalty, courage and
+experience in military affairs, do, by these presents, constitute and
+appoint you to be Governor of our territory called New South Wales,
+extending from the northern cape or extremity of the coast called Cape
+York, in the latitude of 10 deg. 37' south, to the southern extremity of the
+said territory of New South Wales or South Cape, in the latitude of 43 deg.
+39' south, and of all the country inland to the westward as far as the
+one hundred and thirty-fifth degree of longitude reckoning from the
+meridian of Greenwich, including all the islands adjacent in the Pacific
+Ocean, within the latitude aforesaid of 10 deg. 37' south and 43 deg. 39' south,
+and of all towns, garrisons, castles, forts, and all other
+fortifications or other military works which now are or may be hereafter
+erected upon this said territory. You are therefore carefully and
+diligently to discharge the duties of Governor in and over our said
+territory by doing and performing all and all manner of things thereunto
+belonging, and we do hereby strictly charge and command all our officers
+and soldiers who shall be employed within our said territory, and all
+others whom it may concern, to obey you as Governor thereof; and you
+are to observe and follow such orders and directions from time to time
+as you shall receive from us, or any other your superior officer
+according to the rules and discipline of war, and likewise such orders
+and directions as we shall send you under our signet or sign manual, or
+by our High Treasurer or Commissioners of our Treasury for the time
+being, or one of our principal Secretaries of State, in pursuance of the
+trust we hereby repose in you.
+
+Given at our Court at St. James's the twelfth day of October, 1786, in
+the twenty-sixth year of our reign.
+
+By His Majesty's command.
+SYDNEY.
+
+
+GOVERNOR PHILLIP'S INSTRUCTIONS
+
+G.R.
+
+Instructions for our trusty and well-beloved Arthur Phillip, Esq., our
+Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief in and over our territory of New
+South Wales and its dependencies or to the Lieutenant Governor or
+Commander-in-Chief of the said territory for the time being. Given at
+our Court at St. James's the 25th day of April 1787 in the
+twenty-seventh year of our reign.
+
+You are to fit yourself with all convenient speed, and to hold yourself
+in readiness to repair to your said command, and being arrived, to take
+upon you the execution of the trust we have reposed in you, as soon as
+conveniently may be, with all due solemnity to cause our said Commission
+under our Great Seal of Great Britain constituting you our Governor and
+Commander-in-Chief as aforesaid to be read and published.
+
+And whereas we have ordered that about 600 male and 180 female convicts
+now under sentence or order of transportation whose names are contained
+in the list hereunto annexed should be removed out of the gaols and
+other places of confinement in this our kingdom, and be put on board of
+the several transport ships which have been taken up for their
+reception, it is our Royal will and pleasure that as soon as the said
+convicts, the several persons composing the civil establishments, and
+the stores, provisions, etc., provided for their use, shall be put on
+board the _Supply_, tender, and the transport ships named in the margin,
+and be in readiness to depart, that you do take them under your
+protection and proceed in the _Sirius_ with the said tender and
+transports to the Port on the coast of New South Wales, situated in the
+latitude of 33 deg. 41' called by the name of Botany Bay, agreeably to the
+instructions with which you will be furnished by the Commissioners of
+our Admiralty, in pursuance of our Royal commands already signified to
+them.
+
+According to the best information which we have obtained, Botany Bay
+appears to be the most eligible situation upon the said coast for the
+first establishment, possessing a commodious harbour and other
+advantages which no part of the coast hitherto discovered affords. It is
+therefore our will and pleasure that you do immediately upon your
+landing, after taking measures for securing yourself and the people who
+accompany you as much as possible from any attacks or interruptions of
+the natives of that country, as well as for the preservation and safety
+of the public stores, proceed to the cultivation of the land,
+distributing the convicts for that purpose in such manner, and under
+such Inspectors and Overseers, and under such regulations as may appear
+to you to be necessary and best calculated for procuring supplies of
+grain and ground provisions.
+
+The assortment of tools and utensils which have been provided for the
+use of the convicts and other persons who are to compose the intended
+settlement are to be distributed according to your discretion, and
+according to the employment assigned to the several persons. In the
+distribution, however, you will use every proper degree of economy, and
+be careful that the Commissary so transmit an account of the issues from
+time to time to the Commissioners of our Treasury to enable them to
+judge of the propriety or expediency of granting further supplies. The
+clothing of the convicts and the provisions issued to them, and the
+several civil and military establishments, must be accounted for in the
+same manner.
+
+The increase of the stock of animals must depend entirely upon the
+measures you may adopt on the outset for their preservation; and as the
+Settlement will be amply supplied with vegetable productions, and most
+likely with fish, fresh provisions, excepting for the sick and
+convalescents, may in a great degree be dispensed with. For these
+reasons it will become you to be extremely cautious in permitting any
+cattle, sheep, hogs, etc., intended for propagating the breed of such
+animals to be slaughtered until a competent stock maybe acquired, to
+admit of your supplying the settlement from it with animal food without
+having further recourse to the places from whence such stock may have
+originally been obtained.
+
+It is our will and pleasure that the productions of all descriptions
+acquired by the labour of the convicts should be considered as a public
+stock, which we so far leave to your disposal that such parts thereof as
+may be requisite for the subsistence of the said convicts and their
+families, or the subsistence of the civil and military establishments of
+the settlement may be applied by you to that use. The remainder of such
+productions you will reserve as a provision for a further number of
+convicts, which you may expect will shortly follow you from hence, to be
+employed under your direction in the manner pointed out in these our
+instructions to you.
+
+From the natural increase of corn and other vegetable food from a common
+industry, after the ground has once been cultivated, as well as of
+animals, it cannot be expedient that all the convicts which accompany
+you should be employed in attending only to the object of provisions.
+And as it has been humbly represented to us that advantages may be
+derived from the flax-plant which is found in the islands not far
+distant from the intended settlement, not only as a means of acquiring
+clothing for the convicts and other persons who may become settlers, but
+from its superior excellence for a variety of maritime purposes, and as
+it may ultimately become an article of export, it is, therefore, our
+will and pleasure that you do particularly attend to its cultivation,
+and that you do send home by every opportunity which may offer, samples
+of this article, in order that a judgment may be formed whether it may
+not be necessary to instruct you further upon this subject.
+
+And whereas we are desirous that some further information should be
+obtained of the several ports or harbours upon the coast, and the
+islands contiguous thereto, within the limits of your government, you
+are, whenever the _Sirius_ or the _Supply_ tender, can conveniently be
+spared, to send one, or both of them, upon that service.
+
+Norfolk Island, situated in the lat.----, and long.----[blanks in
+manuscript] east from Greenwich about----, being represented as a spot
+which may hereafter become useful, you are, as soon as circumstances
+will admit of it, to send a small establishment thither to secure the
+same to us, and prevent it being occupied by the subjects of any other
+European power; and you will cause any remarks or observations which
+you may obtain in consequence of this instruction to be transmitted to
+our Principal Secretary of State for Plantation Affairs for our
+information.
+
+You are to endeavour by every possible means to open an intercourse with
+the natives and to conciliate their affections, enjoining all our
+subjects to live in amity and kindness with them. And if any of our
+subjects shall wantonly destroy them, or give them any unnecessary
+interruption in the exercise of their several occupations, it is our
+will and pleasure that you do cause such offenders to be brought to
+punishment according to the degree of the offence. You will endeavour to
+procure an account of the numbers inhabiting the neighbourhood of the
+intended settlement, and report your opinion to one of our Secretaries
+of State in what manner our intercourse with these people may be turned
+to the advantage of this colony.
+
+And it is further our royal will and pleasure that you do by all proper
+methods enforce a due observance of religion and good order among the
+inhabitants of the new settlement, and that you do take such steps for
+the due celebration of public worship as circumstances will permit.
+
+And whereas many of our subjects employed upon military service at the
+said settlement and others who may resort thither upon their private
+occupations, may hereafter be desirous of proceeding to the cultivation
+and improvement of the land, and as we are disposed to afford them every
+reasonable encouragement in such an undertaking: It is our will and
+pleasure that you do, with all convenient speed, transmit a report of
+the actual state and quality of the soil at and near the said intended
+settlement, the probable and most effectual means of improving and
+cultivating the same, and of the mode, and upon what terms and
+conditions, according to the best of your judgment, the said lands
+should be granted, that proper instructions and authorities may be given
+to you for that purpose.
+
+[Having fairly established the first settlement of white men on the
+continent of Australia, Governor Phillip wrote an account of his work to
+the Colonial Secretary.]
+
+GOVERNOR PHILLIP TO LORD SYDNEY
+
+Sydney Cove, New South Wales, _May 15th, 1788._
+
+My Lord,
+
+I had the honour of informing your Lordship, by Captain Cox, who was
+returning to Europe from Madras that I was ready to sail from the Cape
+of Good Hope, and which I did, with the ships under my command, the 12th
+of November. The 25th, being eighty leagues to the eastward of the Cape,
+I left the _Sirius_, and went on board the _Supply_ tender, in hopes, by
+leaving the convoy, to gain sufficient time to examine the country round
+Botany Bay and fix on the most eligible situation for the colony before
+the transports arrived.
+
+The _Supply_, sailing very badly, had not permitted my gaining the
+advantage hoped for, but I began to examine the bay as soon as we
+anchored, and found that tho' extensive, it did not afford shelter to
+ships from the easterly winds; the greater part of the Bay being so
+shoal that ships of even a moderate draught of water are obliged to
+anchor with the entrance of the bay open, and are exposed to a heavy sea
+that rolls in when it blows hard from the eastward.
+
+Several small runs of fresh water were found in different parts of the
+bay, but I did not see any situation to which there was not some very
+strong objection. The small creek that is in the northern part of the
+bay runs a considerable way into the country, but it had only water for
+a boat. The sides of this creek are frequently overflowed, and the
+lowlands a swamp. The western branch runs up for a considerable
+distance, but the officers I sent to examine it could not find any
+water, except in very small drains.
+
+The best situation that offered was near Point Sutherland, where there
+was a small run of good water; but the ground near it, as well as a
+considerable part of the higher ground, was spongy, and the ships could
+not approach this part of the bay.
+
+Several good situations offered for a small number of people, but none
+that appeared calculated for our numbers, and where the stores and
+provisions could be landed without a great loss of time. When I
+considered the bay's being so very open, and the probability of the
+swamps rendering the most eligible situation unhealthy, I judged it
+advisable to examine Port Jackson; but that no time might be lost if I
+did not succeed in finding a better harbour, and a proper situation for
+the settlement, the ground near Point Sutherland was in the meantime to
+be cleared and preparations made for landing under the direction of the
+Lieutenant-Governor.
+
+As the time in which I might be absent, if I went in the _Supply_, must
+have been very uncertain, I went round with three boats, taking with me
+Captain Hunter, and several officers, that by examining different parts
+of the port at the same time less time might be lost.
+
+We got into Port Jackson early in the afternoon, and had the
+satisfaction of finding the finest harbour in the world, in which a
+thousand sail of the line may ride in the most perfect security, and of
+which a rough survey, made by Captain Hunter and the officers of the
+_Sirius_ after the ships came round, may give your Lordship some idea.
+
+The different coves were examined with all possible expedition. I fixed
+on the one that had the best spring of water, and in which the ships can
+anchor so close to the shore that at a very small expense quays may be
+made at which the largest ships may unload.
+
+This cove, which I honoured with the name of Sydney, is about a quarter
+of a mile across at the entrance and half-a-mile in length.
+
+We returned to Botany Bay the third day, where I received a very
+unfavourable account of the ground that was clearing.
+
+The ships immediately prepared to go round, and the 25th--seven days
+after I arrived in the _Supply_--I sailed in her for Port Jackson,
+leaving Captain Hunter to follow with the transports, it then blowing
+too strong for them to work out of the bay. They joined me the next
+evening, and all the transports were moored in the cove.
+
+Two sail had appeared off Botany Bay the 24th, under French colours, and
+anchored there before the _Sirius_ left it--the _Boussole_ and the
+_Astrolabe_. These ships were commanded by Monsieur La Perouse, who
+having expressed a desire of sending letters to Europe, I sent an
+officer over, it being only eight miles, to tell him in what time it was
+probable the ships might sail.
+
+The clearing the ground for the people and for erecting storehouses was
+begun as soon as the ships got round, a labour of which it will be
+hardly possible to give your Lordship a just idea.
+
+The necks of land that form the different coves, and near the water for
+some distance, are in general so rocky that it is surprising that such
+large trees should find sufficient nourishment, but the soil between the
+rocks is good, and the summits of the rocks, as well as the whole
+country round us, with few exceptions, are covered with trees, most of
+which are so large that the removing them off the ground after they are
+cut down is the greatest part of the labour; and the convicts, naturally
+indolent, having none to attend them but overseers drawn from amongst
+themselves, and who fear to exert any authority, makes this work go on
+very slowly.
+
+As there are only twelve convicts who are carpenters, as many as could
+be procured from the ships have been hired to work on the hospital and
+storehouses. The people were healthy when landed, but the scurvy has for
+some time appeared amongst them, and now rages in a most extraordinary
+manner. Only sixteen carpenters could be hired from the ships, and
+several of the convict carpenters were sick. It was now the middle of
+February; the rains began to fall very heavy, and pointed the necessity
+of hutting the people; convicts were therefore appointed to assist the
+detachment in this work.
+
+The great labour in clearing the ground will not permit more than eight
+acres to be sown this year with wheat and barley. At the same time the
+immense number of ants and field mice will render our crops very
+uncertain.
+
+Part of the live stock brought from the Cape, small as it was, has been
+lost, and our resource in fish is also uncertain. Some days great
+quantities are caught, but never sufficient to save any part of the
+provisions; and at times fish are scarce.
+
+Your Lordship will, I presume, see the necessity of a regular supply of
+provisions for four or five years, and of clothing, shoes and frocks in
+the greatest proportion. The necessary implements for husbandry and for
+clearing the ground brought out will, with difficulty, be made to serve
+the time that is necessary for sending out a fresh supply.
+
+The labour of the convicts shall be as is directed, for the public
+stock, but it is necessary to permit a part of the convicts to work for
+the officers, who, in our present situation, would otherwise find it
+impossible to clear a sufficient quantity of ground to raise what is
+absolutely necessary to support the little stock they have; and I am to
+request that your Lordship will be pleased to direct me to what extent
+that indulgence may be granted the officers of the garrison.
+
+The _Sirius_ shall be sent to the northward to barter for stock, and
+which shall be employed solely for the purposes of increasing the breed
+of such cattle as she may procure. The _Supply_ is in no ways calculated
+for this service, as in the least sea her decks are full of water.
+
+The beginning of May the rainy season was once more supposed to be set
+in, but after a week we had fine weather.
+
+The three transports for China sailed the 5th, 6th, and 8th of May; and
+the _Supply_ having been caulked sailed the 6th to Lord Howe Island, to
+endeavour to procure turtle, in hopes of checking the scurvy with which
+most of the people are affected, and near two hundred rendered incapable
+of doing any work. It is not possible to send the _Sirius_ to the
+northward, for she must then have her carpenters, and only three of
+those hired from the transports now remain; and tho' the detachment
+began to build barracks for the use of the men and huts for the officers
+the 14th of February, and near a hundred convicts were given to assist
+in this work, they are not yet finished, nor is the hospital or the
+storehouse that is to receive the provisions still remaining on board
+three transports, and on these works the carpenters of the _Sirius_ are
+employed. I have before pointed out the great labour in clearing the
+ground as one cause of our slow progress.
+
+Your Lordship will, I hope, excuse the confused manner in which I have
+in this letter given an account of what has passed since I left the Cape
+of Good Hope. It has been written at different times, and my situation
+at present does not permit me to begin so long a letter again, the
+canvas house I am under being neither wind nor waterproof.
+
+I have, etc.,
+A. PHILLIP.
+
+
+
+
+EARLY DIFFICULTIES
+
++Source.+--Historical Records of Australia. Vol. I, pp. 45-51
+
+     The young colony was threatened by many dangers, but Governor
+     Phillip with untiring energy and skill averted them, and with
+     unusual foresight prophesied the future greatness of the country.
+
+
+GOVERNOR PHILLIP TO UNDER-SECRETARY NEPEAN
+
+
+Sydney Cove, _July 9th, 1788._
+
+My Dear Sir,
+
+You will see by my letters to Lord Sydney that this colony must for some
+years depend on supplies from England.
+
+The _Sirius_ will be sent to the northward for live stock as soon as we
+can spare her carpenters; and from what Monsieur la Perouse said to
+Captain Hunter, one of the Isles des Navigateurs is the most likely to
+furnish us with what we want. But though these Islands supply two or
+three ships very abundantly, they will afford but very little towards
+the support of this colony, the situation of which I have particularly
+pointed out in my letter to Lord Sydney, and which I shall recapitulate
+in this, as the ship by which I now write may arrive before either of
+those that have my despatches on board.
+
+The Lieutenant-Governor has about four acres of land in cultivation. I
+have from eight to ten in wheat and barley. The officers will be able to
+raise sufficient to support the little live stock they have, and which
+is all that can be expected from them. All the corn raised this year and
+the next will be saved for seed, and if necessity should oblige us to
+use it, it would be only a few days' support for the colony; and from
+the rats and other vermin the crops are very uncertain.
+
+This country is subject to very heavy storms of thunder and lightning,
+several trees having been set on fire, and some sheep and dogs killed in
+the camp since we landed.
+
+All the provisions we have to depend on until supplies arrive from
+England are in two wooden buildings which are thatched. I am sensible of
+the risk but have no remedy.
+
+The greatest part of the stock brought from the Cape is dead, and from
+the inattention of the men who had the care of the cattle, those
+belonging to Government and two cows belonging to myself are lost. As
+they have been missing three weeks, it is probable they are killed by
+the natives. All my sheep are dead and a few only remain of those
+purchased for Government. The loss of two cows and four bulls falls very
+heavy. The horses do very well.
+
+With respect to any resources that the Cape of Good Hope might afford, I
+have only to observe that the strong westerly winds that prevailed all
+the year between the Cape and the southern extremity of this country
+would render a passage to the Cape very tedious if attempted to the
+southward, and little less so if ships go to the northward. Batavia and
+our own settlements are at a great distance; and when the transports are
+sailed I shall have only the _Sirius_ to employ on a service of this
+kind; and as I should not think myself at liberty to send either to the
+Cape or the East Indies unless in a case of the greatest necessity, it
+would in all probability then be too late. I mention these circumstances
+just to show the real situation of the colony, and I make no doubt but
+that supplies will arrive in time, and on which alone I depend. The
+provisions sent to support this colony for two years being put on board
+three ships, was running a very great risk, for had they separated and
+afterwards been lost the consequence is obvious, for this country at
+present does not furnish the smallest resource except in fish, and which
+has lately been so scarce that the natives find great difficulty in
+supporting themselves. Any accident of this kind will be guarded
+against, of course; and soldiers or convicts when sent out will be put
+on board the ships with provisions to serve them for two years after
+they land; and in our present situation I hope few convicts will be sent
+out for one year at least, except carpenters, masons, and bricklayers,
+or farmers, who can support themselves and assist in supporting others.
+Numbers of those now here are a burthen and incapable of any kind of
+hard labour, and, unfortunately, we have not proper people to keep those
+to their labour who are capable of being made useful.
+
+Officers decline the least interference with the convicts, unless when
+they are immediately employed for their (the officers) own conveniency
+or when they are called out at the head of their men; the saying of a
+few words to encourage the diligent when they saw them at work, and the
+pointing out the idle when they could do it without going out of their
+way, was all that was desired. The convicts were then employed in
+clearing the ground on which the officers were encamped, and this they
+refused; they did not suppose they were sent out to do more than
+garrison duty, and these gentlemen (that is, the majority of the
+officers) think the being obliged to sit as members of the Criminal
+Court an hardship, and for which they are not paid, and likely think
+themselves hardly dealt by, in that Government had not determined what
+lands were to be given to them. But I presume an additional force will
+be sent out when the necessity of making detachments in order to
+cultivate lands in the more open country is known, and from four to six
+hundred men, will, I think, be absolutely necessary.
+
+If fifty farmers were sent out with their families they would do more in
+one year in rendering this colony independent of the mother country _as
+to provisions_ than a thousand convicts. There is some clear land which
+is intended to be cultivated, at some distance from the camp, and I
+intended to send out convicts for that purpose, under the direction of a
+person that was going to India in the _Charlotte_, transport, but who
+remained to settle in this country, and has been brought up a farmer,
+but several of the convicts (three) have been lately killed by the
+natives, and I have been obliged to defer it until a detachment can be
+made.
+
+The natives are far more numerous than they were supposed to be. I think
+they cannot be less than fifteen hundred in Botany Bay, Port Jackson,
+and Broken Bay, including the intermediate coast. I have traced thirty
+miles inland, and the having lately seen smoke on Lansdown Hills, which
+are fifty miles inland, I think leaves no doubt but there are
+inhabitants in the interior parts of the country.
+
+Lists of what articles are most wanted will be sent by the Commissary,
+and I am very sorry to say that not only a great part of the clothing,
+particularly the women's, is very bad, but most of the axes, spades, and
+shovels the worst that ever were seen. The provision is as good. Of the
+seeds and corn sent from England part has been destroyed by the weevil;
+the rest is in very good order.
+
+The person I have appointed Provost-Marshal is likewise very useful in
+superintending the carpentry; the person sent out by the contractor, who
+assists the Commissary in the delivery of provisions, one that was clerk
+of the _Sirius_, a master smith, and two farmers, are very useful
+people, and I beg leave to recommend them to Government. The granting
+them lands would draw their attention from their present occupations.
+
+A convict who fled to the woods after committing a robbery returned
+after being absent eighteen days, forced in by hunger; he had got some
+small support from the people, and the few fish left by accident on the
+beach after hauling the seine, and had endeavoured to live amongst the
+natives, but they could but give him but little assistance; he says they
+are now greatly distressed for food, and that he saw several dying with
+hunger. It is possible that some of the natives at this time of year
+might find it easier to support themselves on birds and such animals as
+shelter themselves in the hollow trees, than on fish; but then, I think,
+they would not go to the top of the mountains, where at present it must
+be very cold. I intend going to Lansdown or Carmarthen Hills as soon as
+the weather permits, if it is possible, and which will explain what is
+at present a mystery to me--how people who have not the least idea of
+cultivation can maintain themselves in the interior part of this
+country. When I went to the westward, in hopes of being able to reach
+the mountains, we carried six days' provisions, and proceeded five days
+to the westward; returning we were very short of provisions, and our
+guns only procured us two scanty meals.
+
+I shall conclude with saying that I have no doubt but that the country
+will hereafter prove a most valuable acquisition to Great Britain,
+though at present no country can afford less support to the first
+settlers, or be more disadvantageously placed for receiving support from
+the mother country, on which it must for a time depend. It will require
+patience and perseverance, neither of which will, I hope, be wanting on
+the part of
+
+Dear Sir,
+Yours, etc.
+A. PHILLIP.
+
+
+PHILLIP'S RESIGNATION
+
+After four years of strenuous labour Phillip was forced to leave the
+work he had so well begun.
+
+
+GOVERNOR PHILLIP TO LORD GRENVILLE
+
+Sydney, _21st November, 1791._
+My Lord,
+
+I am honoured with your Lordship's letter of the 19th of February in
+answer to mine to Lord Sydney, and beg leave to assure your Lordship
+that I should not hesitate a moment in giving up my private affairs to
+the public service; but from a complaint which so very frequently puts
+it out of my power to use that exercise which my situation requires and
+the present state of this colony, in which I believe every doubt
+respecting its future independency as to the necessaries of life is
+fully done away, I am induced to request permission to resign the
+Government, that I may return to England in hopes of finding that relief
+which this country does not afford.
+
+I have, etc.
+A. PHILLIP.
+
+
+
+
+NEW SOUTH WALES CORPS
+
++Source.+--Historical Records of Australia. Vol. I, p. 122; Vol. II, pp.
+573-576
+
+     The New South Wales Corps was a body of soldiers forcibly recruited
+     to guard the convicts at Port Jackson. The soldiers quickly passed
+     from bullying the convicts to bullying the free population, and
+     assumed a high-handed attitude towards the Governor himself.
+
+
+THE RIGHT HON. W.W. GRENVILLE TO GOVERNOR PHILLIP
+Whitehall, _19th June 1789._
+Sir,
+
+The discontents which have prevailed in the marine detachment, and the
+desire expressed by most of the officers and men to return home as soon
+as they shall have performed the tour of duty they had undertaken, have
+led to the making arrangements for relieving them. With that view His
+Majesty has ordered a corps to be raised for that particular service,
+consisting of three hundred rank and file and a suitable number of
+officers under a Major-Commandant. This corps is ordered to be in
+readiness for embarkation on the 1st of October next, and will, it is
+expected, soon after that time proceed upon the voyage.
+
+
+GRENVILLE TO PHILLIP
+
+_Dec. 24th, 1789._
+
+The corps which I before informed you was to be raised to serve within
+your Government, instead of the marines now doing duty there, has been
+complete for some time past. A detachment from it, consisting of about
+100 officers and men, has been put on board the convict ships for their
+greater security against attempts which the convicts might meditate,
+and the remainder, under the command of Major Grose, amounting as you
+will see by the enclosed establishment to upwards of 200 more, will, I
+expect, embark at Portsmouth on board His Majesty's ship the _Gorgon_,
+in the course of a few days.
+
+GOVERNOR HUNTER TO THE DUKE OF PORTLAND
+
+Sydney, New South Wales,
+_10th Aug., 1796._
+
+My Lord,
+
+Having occasion in my letter, No. 9. by the ship _Marquis Cornwallis_,
+to notice very particularly a paragraph in your Grace's letter of the
+10th of June, 1795, which related to the conduct of the military serving
+upon Norfolk Island in 1794, and which gave me occasion to mention
+similar outrage having been committed by the soldiers here since my
+arrival, I signified in that letter that I thought it might be improper
+in me to suppress or keep from your Grace's knowledge that outrage, and
+that it should be communicated at a future opportunity. I therefore
+enclose for your Grace's information a paper, No. 1, containing the
+particulars, stated in as brief a manner as possible. I forbear, my
+Lord, to make any observations upon this violent and extraordinary
+conduct on the part of the soldiers. I transmit only a statement of the
+facts, leaving your Grace wholly uninfluenced by anything I might have
+occasion to remark upon so daring a violation of the peace and order of
+the settlement, as well as in defiance of those laws by which that peace
+is to be preserved.
+
+But as an alteration in the ration had at that time been ordered, I
+think it necessary to observe that their temper at the moment was so
+violent that they positively refused to take it unless they were served
+all flour, instead of part flour and part corn, a desire which could not
+be complied with without manifest injustice to others, and also insisted
+upon being paid short-allowance money for the time they were on short
+ration, which they say Governor Phillip had promised them. This last
+demand I must request your Grace's instructions upon.
+
+The paper No. 2 is the Public Order which I gave out immediately after
+the outrage; No. 3 is a copy of my letter to the commanding officer of
+the corps upon that occasion; and No. 4 is a paper which was intended
+to quiet the minds of the inhabitants of the settlement, who might
+naturally (if no steps were taken to punish the offenders in this case,
+nor any particular notice be taken of the offence committed by them)
+conceive themselves subject to such violence and oppression from the
+military whenever any soldier might think fit to take offence at them.
+These papers are all which I think it necessary to trouble your Grace
+with upon this occasion, as the facts will best speak for themselves,
+and prevent the possibility of a conjecture that any unfair
+representation could have been intended.
+
+I should feel myself deficient in that duty which I owe to His Majesty's
+service in this part of the world were I not to take a liberty which I
+have no reason to believe your Grace will be offended at--I mean, in
+remarking that the manner in which this corps has, since employed upon
+this service, been recruited, does in a great measure weaken the effect
+or service which we would expect to derive from the assistance of the
+military. Soldiers from the Savoy, and other characters who have been
+considered as disgraceful to every other regiment in His Majesty's
+service, have been thought fit and proper recruits for the New South
+Wales Corps, which, in my humble opinion, my Lord, should have been
+composed of the very best and most orderly dispositions. They are sent
+here to guard and keep in obedience to the laws when force may be
+requisite, a set of the worst, the most atrocious characters that ever
+disgraced human nature; and yet we find amongst those safeguards men
+capable of corrupting the heart of the best disposed, and often superior
+in every species of infamy to the most expert in wickedness amongst the
+convicts. Our stores, provisions, and granaries must be intrusted to the
+care of these men; what security can we have in the hands of such
+people? None, my Lord. Your Grace will see the impropriety of such
+recruits being sent to this country, and mixed with a corps who have the
+care of our most valuable concerns. Not to detain your Grace, I will beg
+permission to observe that a corps of military to be permanently
+established for the service of this colony, to which the dregs and
+refuse of our native country are directed by its laws to be sent as a
+punishment, cannot be attended with that advantage which may have been
+expected from it.
+
+This, I confess, my Lord, to be my opinion, and for this reason, that
+they will make connections with infamous characters here, whatever
+attention may be paid by their officers to prevent it; by this means
+they will in time be corrupted and rendered unfit people for the trust
+which we must repose in them. It might probably be thought expensive to
+relieve them as other garrisons, once in three, four, or five years; but
+I cannot help believing, my Lord, that the service would be much
+benefited by such a measure; and two forty-four-gun ships armed _en
+flute_ sailing at a proper season would complete the relief, and return
+in from twelve to fourteen months, frequently less. The expense
+attending this measure will probably be an objection; but, my Lord,
+although the saving to be made by it may appear too remote to merit
+immediate notice, yet I am convinced it would ultimately prove a saving,
+and no inconsiderable one.
+
+I have, etc.,
+JNO. HUNTER.
+
+(Enclosure No. 1)
+
+STATEMENT OF THE CASE OF JOHN BAUGHAN
+
+John Baughan who officiates as foreman of the carpenters working at
+Sydney, and a private soldier of the New South Wales Corps, of the same
+profession, had some dispute when formerly working together on an
+occasion when Baughan had the direction. This dispute, it appeared, had
+not subsided in the mind of the soldier, and probably was not wholly
+forgot by the other. It, however, was more conspicuous in the soldier,
+from the following circumstance:--One day when sentinel over a
+storehouse, knowing that Baughan was at work in a house some distance
+from his post, he set his arms down against the wall of the store, and
+seeing a man whom he knew, standing on the outside of the building in
+which Baughan was at work, entered into a conversation with him, of
+which Baughan was the subject, and in which much abuse was bestowed
+which it was meant that he, Baughan, should hear. Baughan went out at
+the back door unperceived, and seeing the soldier without his arms, went
+to his post, where he found the musquet, which he took up and carried to
+the guardhouse and delivered to the sergeant of the guard. The soldier
+was, of course, taken notice of and relieved, being without his arms.
+The next day, 5th February, at half-past nine o'clock in the forenoon
+the whole of the corps off duty at this place assembled, and in the
+most public and tumultuous manner proceeded to the dwelling of John
+Baughan, broke open his gates, doors and windows, entered his house,
+chopped the corner-posts of it, broke his bedsteads and bedding, chairs,
+window-frames, drawers, chests, and, in short, completely demolished
+everything within his possession to a considerable amount, for the man
+had by great labour and industry built himself a neat house and had it
+well furnished.
+
+Upon their first approach, having had a few minutes' notice, he armed
+himself with a loaded gun and defended himself by threats for some time,
+but their numbers were so many that they surrounded his paling which
+enclosed the house, which some tore down, and entered on the opposite
+side to that which he endeavoured to defend, came behind him, secured
+and threw him down with his face to the ground, whilst one held an axe
+over his neck, and swore if he offered to stir, he would chop the head
+from his body. During the time he remained in this situation they
+completed the ruin of his whole property, to the very great terror of
+the man's wife, after which they went off cheering, as if something
+meritorious had been effected, and marched in a body across the parade
+before their commanding officer's house.
+
+After so daring an attack in the open day, upon the dwelling-house of an
+inhabitant, and in direct defiance of all law, civil or military, they
+could only be considered as in a state of mutiny. I immediately issued
+in Public Orders the papers No. 2.
+
+
+(Enclosure No. 2)
+
+GOVERNMENT AND GENERAL ORDER
+
+_5th Feb., 1796._
+Parole--Milbrook.
+Countersign--Cawsand.
+
+The very riotous manner in which the soldiers have conducted themselves
+this morning, and the very unwarrantable liberty they have thought
+proper to take in destroying the dwelling-house of John Baughan, is so
+flagrant a crime against the laws established in this colony that
+nothing but the want of proof to substantiate who the principal actors
+in this disgraceful business were, could possibly prevent their being
+immediately tried for so glaring an offence against the peace of the
+colony.
+
+The Governor thinks it necessary to assure the soldiers that he
+considers their conduct upon this occasion to have been disgraceful to
+the character of a British soldier, and that he did hope to have found
+men amongst them who would have had pride enough to have stood forward
+and have pointed out the ringleaders of so mutinous a conduct, for in no
+other light can it be considered than that of mutiny when the military
+assemble in such numbers unknown to their officers, who are at all times
+ready to listen to any complaints they may have to make, and to see that
+agreeable to common justice they are redressed. If the soldiers expect
+that the Governor or any of the officers in this settlement can
+hereafter consider them as hereafter meriting the honourable appellation
+of British troops, it must be by their bringing forward the ringleaders
+or advisers of this disgraceful conduct, in order that the stigma may be
+wiped away by such worthless characters being brought to trial for this
+shameful conduct.
+
+
+(Enclosure No. 3)
+
+GOVERNOR HUNTER TO CAPTAIN PATERSON
+
+Sydney, _7th Feb. 1796._
+
+Sir,
+
+Since I saw you this morning I have turned in my mind the subject of our
+conversation, and I have in consequence changed my intention of speaking
+to the soldiers myself. I see that it would be a condescension on my
+part which their violent and unsoldierlike conduct does not entitle them
+to from me. I stand in this colony as the Chief Magistrate, and the
+representative of our Sovereign; anything, therefore, that could lessen
+me in the eye of the public would be degrading the King's authority,
+which shall never suffer in my person whilst I am capable of giving it
+its full power and consequence. I never can or will listen to the
+complaints of any set of men who feel themselves above preferring them
+with moderation, and a decent submission to the laws and regulations of
+the colony; they must not--they shall not--dictate laws and rules for
+the government of this settlement; they were sent here by His Majesty to
+support the civil power in the execution of its functions, but they seem
+disposed to take all law into their own hands, and to direct it in
+whatever way best may suit their own views.
+
+Their violence upon the late occasion shall be laid before the King,
+and the principal actors in it shall be pointedly marked, in order that
+justice the most perfect be done to everyone concerned in it. I must
+declare to you, sir, that the conduct of this part of the New South
+Wales Corps has been, in my opinion the most violent and outrageous that
+was ever heard of by any British regiment whatever, and I shall consider
+every step they may go farther in aggravation as rebellion against His
+Majesty's Government and authority, of which the most early notice shall
+be taken, and those concerned be in due time obliged to answer for it
+most probably with their lives. This is all I think it necessary to
+trouble you with. Their conduct will be pointedly marked thro' all its
+stages, and I will be firm and resolved in such steps as it may be
+necessary for me to pursue, and of this you, as their commanding
+Officer, will be pleas'd to inform them.
+
+I am, etc.,
+JNO. HUNTER.
+
+
+
+
+THE IRISH POLITICAL PRISONERS
+
++Source.+--Historical Records of Australia. Vol. II, p. 128
+
+     In 1795, while Great Britain was at war with France, a great
+     rebellion broke out in Ireland. During its suppression many of the
+     Irish were transported to Port Jackson, and caused much trouble and
+     disaffection among the convicts there.
+
+
+GOVERNOR HUNTER TO THE DUKE OF PORTLAND
+
+Sydney, New South Wales, _15 Feb. 1798._
+
+My Lord Duke,
+
+I have for some time been in doubt whether the representation I am about
+to make to your Grace should be private or public, but on considering
+that it might occasion the adoption of some measure interesting to the
+concerns of this colony, I have preferred the latter mode.
+
+In order that your Grace should have the earliest opportunity of taking
+into consideration the subject I am about to introduce, I could have
+wished to have been enabled to communicate it immediately.
+
+To come without further preface to the point in question, I have to
+inform your Grace that the Irish convicts are become so turbulent, so
+dissatisfied with their situation here, so extremely insolent,
+refractory, and troublesome, that, without the most rigid and severe
+treatment it is impossible for us to receive any labour whatever from
+them. Your Grace will see the inconvenience which so large a proportion
+of that ignorant, obstinate, and depraved set of transports occasion in
+this country by what I now state, and which has taken place since I
+wrote my letter No. 30, herewith forwarded.
+
+In addition to their natural vicious propensities they have conceived an
+opinion that there is a colony of white people in some part of this
+country in which they will receive all the comforts of life without the
+necessity of labour. They have lately taken away two of our breeding
+mares to carry them towards that part of the country and have made
+several attempts to possess themselves of others. This, my Lord, is a
+serious inconvenience to the colony. The loss of any part of our small
+stock of these useful animals is a matter of peculiar concern.
+
+A correspondence, it seems, has been carried on by these people from one
+district to another, and plans have been projected for their escaping
+from the colony, and a few have attempted by land, as well as by water,
+and for the want of our having earlier information they have succeeded.
+I have found it necessary to divide them as much as possible, to prevent
+such schemes being formed; but by this separation they have a better
+opportunity of irritating and inflaming the minds of those convicts who
+before such acquaintance have been found of better disposition.
+
+Having already mentioned in my letter, No. 30, the escape of those who
+had taken away two of our boats, and the disappointment of another gang,
+and similar attempt, I have now to inform your Grace of a far more
+numerous gang, who had provided what they thought necessary for their
+expedition, had fixed upon the place of general rendezvous, and were
+furnished with a paper of written instructions how they were to travel
+in point of direction from hence to this fancied paradise, or to China.
+This paper of directions will warrant my suspicion that some wicked and
+disaffected person or persons lurk somewhere in this colony, and I have
+done all in my power to discover them, but hitherto without success.
+Having received early information of the intention of this party, who
+were said to have increased to about sixty, I planted a party of armed
+constables, on whose vigilance I could depend, and they secured a gang
+of these Defenders of about twenty and brought them to prison. The next
+day I spoke to them, but observing a considerable degree of obstinacy
+and ignorance about them, I conceived there could be no better argument
+used to convince them of their misconduct than a severe corporal
+punishment, which was inflicted, and they have since been strictly
+looked after at their work. Some of those fellows had been provided with
+a figure of a compass drawn upon paper which, with written instructions,
+was to have assisted them as their guide. The ignorance of these deluded
+people, my Lord, would scarcely be credited if such positive proof of it
+were not before us, and yet (which seems to imply a kind of
+contradiction) it is extraordinary with what art and cunning they form
+their horrible plans of wickedness and villainy.
+
+In their schemes of desertion from the colony, their own death, if they
+succeed in getting away, is inevitable; but their minds have been worked
+up to such a pitch of folly, rashness, and absurdity, that nothing but
+experience will convince them; if we suffer them to escape into the
+country they are lost, not only to us but to the world, for perish they
+must.
+
+For the sake, therefore, of humanity, and a strong desire to save these
+men, worthless as they are, from impending death, I ordered four of the
+strongest and hardiest of their numbers to be selected by the people
+themselves, and to prepare for a journey of discovery for the
+satisfaction of their associates, in order that they might have an
+opportunity of relating upon their return whatever they saw and met
+with. I had, farther, for the safety and preservation of those four,
+directed three people, long accustomed to the woods, and acquainted with
+some of the mountain savages, to accompany them; these men had also a
+little knowledge of the language of the savages, from having lived some
+months amongst them, and they were instructed to lead them back when,
+fatigued and exhausted with their journey over steep and rocky
+mountains, through thick and extensive woods, and fording deep and rapid
+rivers, they should feel disposed to abandon their journey. This plan
+was no sooner settled than I received information that a party of these
+miscreants had agreed with the four above-mentioned to meet them at a
+certain place absolutely to murder the very persons intended to be their
+guides, and to possess themselves of their arms and munitions and
+provisions, in addition to what each was supplied with, and to take
+their own route. These circumstances will, no doubt, appear to your
+Grace wild and extravagant; but after having mentioned their ignorance
+in the manner I have it may serve to convince your Grace that there are
+improper persons in this colony who work upon that ignorance to a
+dangerous degree. In consequence of the information of this design
+against their guides, I ordered four soldiers to attend them to the foot
+of the first mountain with orders how to act if any others attempted to
+join them; none appeared, and the whole of them returned with the
+soldiers, most completely sick of their journey.
+
+Our flocks and our crops, my Lord, are all I feel any concern about;
+strict, rigid, and just punishment shall constantly hang over these
+delinquents, and this, I trust, they are already convinced of. I hope
+the return of the above three, and the story they can tell, will serve
+to make them more contented with their present lot, and open their eyes
+to the comforts which in this country they may derive and enjoy, and
+which are certainly superior to any they ever possessed in their own.
+
+Strange as such instances of human ignorance and depravity are, I have
+to inform your Grace that a small party of those very people, some short
+time after, actually contrived to make their escape, and after
+travelling for many weeks through the country, made shift to reach the
+sea-coast, near Botany Bay, but in a part where no boat has ever been
+seen. Providentially, however, a boat had lost her way in going to
+George's River and found those unhappy deluded wretches, on a place
+where they had been nine days, and where they must soon have perished
+but for this miraculous event. They were brought back almost exhausted
+from want of food, and from sad and powerful conviction have promised to
+warn their countrymen against such wild excursions in future.
+
+I will here take an opportunity of mentioning that those men who had
+left a part of their crew upon an island to the southward, and had
+returned and taken a larger boat at Broken Bay, and had been wrecked
+upon the coast to the northward, built out of the ruins of their vessel
+a small boat in which they reached the above Bay; but not being able to
+possess themselves of another, fit for their purpose, were, for want of
+food, driven to the necessity of travelling across the country; they
+wrote to me, but it was impossible to listen to their feigned story;
+they were armed and carried some appearance of an intention to defend
+themselves; they, however, surrendered themselves up, and were tried and
+severally pleaded guilty of the robberies wherewith they were charged,
+and two out of the six suffered death--an awful example, which, I hope,
+will have a proper effect and prevent such attempts in future. Several
+of them assured me that they had seen the wreck of the first boat--which
+I mentioned in my letter No. 30--and it is very probable the crew have
+perished.
+
+I have, etc.,
+
+JNO. HUNTER.
+
+
+
+
+THE BLIGH MUTINY
+
++Source.+--Historical Records of Australia. Vol. VI, pp. 208-213,
+240-242
+
+     As the free settlers became numerous and prosperous they became
+     self-assertive, and the most energetic naturally fell foul of a
+     tactless autocrat like Governor Bligh, who governed New South Wales
+     as if all were of the same status.
+
+
+MAJOR JOHNSTON TO VISCOUNT CASTLEREAGH
+
+Headquarters, Sydney, N.S.W.
+
+_11th April, 1808._
+
+My Lord,
+
+A series of almost incredible circumstances have imposed upon me the
+distressing task and responsibility of superseding the authority vested
+in Governor Bligh by His Majesty's Commission, and of assuming the
+Government of this colony until His Majesty's pleasure shall be
+signified, or until the arrival of an officer authorized to relieve me
+in the Command.
+
+Whenever the facts that have influenced me throughout so solemn a
+transaction shall be laid before my Gracious Sovereign, I humbly trust
+His Majesty will approve of my conduct, and that it will be apparent I
+had no alternative but to put Governor Bligh in arrest to prevent an
+insurrection of the inhabitants, and to secure him and the persons he
+confided in from being massacred by the incensed multitude, or, if the
+Governor had escaped so dreadful an end, and retained his authority, to
+see His Majesty's benevolent and paternal Government dishonour'd by
+cruelties and merciless execution.
+
+The event that I have the honour to report to your Lordship took place
+on the 26th of last January, and although such a space of time has since
+elapsed, I have found it impossible to prepare that arranged detail, and
+that connected chain of evidence which so uncommon a subject has made it
+my indispensable duty to transmit to your Lordship.
+
+Why I have been unable to perform this task, I shall, as I proceed,
+endeavour to explain, and I respectfully hope that the information and
+the evidence which I now propose to forward will prove to your Lordship
+that Governor Bligh has betrayed the high trust and Confidence reposed
+in him by his Sovereign, and acted upon a predetermined plan to subvert
+the Laws of his country, to terrify and influence the Courts of Justice,
+and to bereave those persons who had the misfortune to be obnoxious to
+him, of their fortunes, their liberty, and their lives.
+
+In the accomplishment of this plan, one act of oppression was succeeded
+in a progressive course by a greater, until a general sensation of alarm
+and terror prevailed throughout the settlement. Several inhabitants were
+dispossessed of their houses, and many others of respectable characters,
+or who had become opulent by trade, were threatened with the Governor's
+resentment if they presumed to build upon or alienate their own lands.
+
+These measures and various other acts of violence were projected and
+supported by the Governor and a junto of unprincipled men, amongst whom
+it was well known and has since been proved, the notorious George
+Crossley, sent to this colony for perjury, was the principal person, and
+the one most confided in by the Governor.
+
+Your Lordship will not be surprised that a Government conducted by the
+aid of such a Minister should be hated and detested as well as feared.
+
+All the inhabitants who were a little advanced in their circumstances
+beyond the common mass dreaded the approach of the moment when their
+turn would come to be sacrificed to the avarice, the resentment, or the
+fury of the Governor and his friends.
+
+But whilst they were trembling with apprehension for their own safety,
+the eyes of the whole were suddenly turned from the contemplation of the
+general danger to that of Mr. Macarthur, a gentleman who was many years
+an officer in the New South Wales Corps, and who now possesses a large
+property in this Country.
+
+The extent of Mr. Macarthur's estate, the number of his flocks and
+herds, it had been long seen, had made him extremely obnoxious to Gov'r
+Bligh. Mr. Macarthur, sensible how much he had to dread from the
+ill-will of an officer of the Gov'r's well-known character, endeavoured
+to provide for his security by the most scrupulous circumspection and
+prudence of conduct. Secluded in a profound retirement on his estate,
+and unceasingly engaged in its management and the care and education of
+his children, his name was never heard of in any public business; but
+neither caution nor prudence could long shield him from the hostile
+spirit of the Governor. The attack was first commenced upon his
+reputation, and terminated in the imprisonment of his person in the
+Common Gaol.
+
+After a variety of introductory measures, which your Lordship will find
+detailed in the copy of the proceedings of a Court of Criminal
+Judicature, to which I shall hereafter refer, Mr. Macarthur surrendered
+as a prisoner at its bar on the 25th of last January, charged with two
+separate misdemeanours. When the members of the Court had been sworn in,
+and they were proceeding to swear in Richard Atkins, Esq., the
+Judge-Advocate, Mr. Macarthur presented a protest, in which he urged a
+variety of objections against that officer's presiding at his trial. Mr.
+Atkins endeavoured to prevail upon the Court not to receive or hear the
+protest read; but the members being of opinion it ought to be heard,
+directed Mr. Macarthur to proceed. The Judge-Advocate then retired from
+his chair and waited until Mr. Macarthur had read the protest. When that
+was done he advanced again, and declared Mr. Macarthur should be
+immediately committed to Gaol.
+
+The Court then interfered on behalf of Mr. Macarthur, and after a long
+altercation the Judge-Advocate retired from the Court-House, leaving
+behind him his papers.
+
+These were immediately taken possession of and examined by the Members,
+and those papers led to a discovery that the whole plan of the trial had
+been arranged, and every question prepared that was to be asked the
+evidence of the prosecution by the infamous Crossley.
+
+A very awful impression was made upon the minds of the inhabitants, as I
+have been informed, when they saw Mr. Macarthur taken to the gaol; many
+respectable persons hastened to him; and when the Court assembled at 10
+o'clock his two bonds men presented a copy of the Warrant for his
+apprehension and a deposition from themselves.
+
+The Court directly wrote to the Governor a letter expressive of their
+concern and praying Mr. Macarthur might be restored to his bail. To this
+letter no answer was given, and the Court having waited till 3 o'clock
+adjourned.
+
+When it was known that the Court had broken up without having procured
+Mr. Macarthur's enlargement, the agitation of the town became greatly
+increased, and information was brought to me at four o'clock by Mr.
+Harris, Surgeon of the New South Wales Corps, that an insurrection of
+the Inhabitants was to be feared. In a few minutes after I had received
+this intelligence a Dragoon arrived with a letter from the Governor, in
+which I was informed that six of the officers of the New South Wales
+Corps had been charged with treasonable practices, and were summoned to
+appear before the Governor and the Magistrates at nine o'clock the next
+morning. I immediately set off in a carriage to the Town.
+
+On my arrival at the Barracks I saw all the Civil and Military Officers
+collected, and the most respectable inhabitants in conversation with
+them. The common people were also to be seen in various groups in every
+street murmuring and loudly complaining, whilst others were watching the
+movements of Crossley and the Magistrates who frequently passed from the
+Judge Advocate's to the Government House. At this moment it was also
+known that the Governor was shut up in Council with the depraved and
+desperate Crossley, Mr. Palmer, the Commissary, Mr. Campbell, a
+Merchant, and Mr. Arndell (the latter three, Magistrates) and that Mr.
+Gore (the Provost-Marshal) and Mr. Fulton (the Chaplain) were also at
+Government House, all ready to sanction whatever Crossley proposed or
+the Governor ordered.
+
+The gentlemen who had assembled on my arrival earnestly entreated me to
+adopt decisive measures for the safety of the inhabitants and to dispel
+the great alarm, as it was understood throughout the town that the
+Members of the Court of Criminal Judicature would be thrown into Gaol;
+and it was expected after such a measure nothing could limit the excess
+of the Governor's cruelties; the gentlemen also warmly urged me to bail
+Mr. Macarthur, so that he might consult with them on the measures most
+proper to recommend at so extraordinary a crisis.
+
+As I had no doubt of the illegality of Mr. Macarthur's confinement, I
+felt no difficulty in acceding to the request, and Mr. Macarthur being
+released from the Gaol directly joined the Assembly of Officers and
+inhabitants who were then at the Barracks.
+
+In a short time after, a letter was presented to me imploring me
+instantly to put Governor Bligh in arrest, and to assume the Command of
+the Colony. This letter was also approved of by all the Officers of the
+Corps present at Head-Quarters; and as the events I had myself witnessed
+left me no cause to doubt the propriety and necessity of complying with
+this requisition, I immediately ordered the Corps under Arms, and
+directed four Officers to proceed to Government House and summon
+Governor Bligh to resign his authority. The Corps quickly followed,
+attended by the Civil Officers and a considerable number of respectable
+inhabitants.
+
+The four officers who had carried the summons met me at the Governor's
+door and reported that he was nowhere to be found, nor any information
+to be obtained of him, although the strongest assurances had been given
+that his person should be strictly guarded from insult or violence.
+
+After a rigid search the Governor, however, was at last discovered, in a
+situation too disgraceful to be mentioned, and which I solemnly declare
+to your Lordship would have been most gratifying to my feelings had it
+been possible to have concealed from the public. As soon as Governor
+Bligh made his appearance, I assured him of his personal safety and of
+every attention in my power to offer him.
+
+Whilst the search was making for Governor Bligh I was entreated by the
+Civil Officers and the Inhabitants to proclaim Martial Law, and this
+request meeting my approbation, Martial Law was instantly proclaimed and
+continued in force until the next day. As not a single act of disorder
+or irregularity was committed during the interesting scene that I have
+had the honour to describe to your Lordship, and as the most perfect
+peace and tranquillity were restored throughout the whole settlement I
+published a Proclamation the next morning, revoking the order of the
+preceding evening and restoring the Civil Government.
+
+I ordered the Court of Criminal Judicature to assemble that Mr.
+Macarthur might be arraigned on the Indictment that was found amongst
+the Judge-Advocate's papers, and that the trial might proceed on the
+plan Crossley had suggested to secure his conviction. The evidences were
+examined in the order Crossley had prescribed, and every question asked
+that he had previously dictated. Your Lordship will discover from the
+copy of the Trial that Mr. Macarthur was acquitted without being put on
+his defence, and that a complete disclosure was made of the plans which
+had been deliberately formed for the ruin and destruction of that
+gentleman.
+
+I respectfully trust this trial and the confessions of the Magistrates
+and other confidential persons will convince your Lordship of the guilty
+intentions of Governor Bligh, and how little he regarded the sacred
+personage whom he represented by suffering himself to be guided by a
+wretch like that man Crossley to persecute and oppress His Majesty's
+subjects.
+
+I am now, my Lord, arrived at the most painful part of my task--an
+explanation of the causes that have prevented me from preparing a better
+arranged Statement of the transactions in which I have been engaged; and
+it is with deep concern I find myself obliged to report to your Lordship
+that the opposition from those persons from whom I had most reason to
+expect support has been one of the principal obstacles I have had to
+encounter.
+
+When the officers and inhabitants found themselves relieved from the
+oppressions of Governor Bligh, the general joy that was felt displayed
+itself in rejoicings, bonfires, illuminations, and in a manifestation of
+the most perfect unanimity. Even the lowest class of the prisoners were
+influenced by the same sentiments, and for a short time abandoned their
+habits of plundering. The contemplation of this happy scene more than
+repaid me for the increase of care, fatigue, and responsibility to which
+I had submitted for the public benefit; but the unanimity in which I
+felt so much pleasure I quickly discovered was not to be preserved
+without a sacrifice of His Majesty's interests, and a departure from the
+regulations that have been made to check the importation of Spirituous
+Liquors into the Colony.
+
+I shall no longer obtrude upon your Lordship on this occasion than to
+solicit that whenever the representation of what has taken place here
+shall be communicated to my Gracious Sovereign, your Lordship will have
+the goodness to offer my humble assurances that I have sacrificed
+comparative ease, and have taken upon myself so great a responsibility
+rather than submit to be a witness of His Majesty's sacred name being
+profaned and dishonoured by deeds of injustice and violence.
+
+I have, etc.,
+
+GEO. JOHNSTON.
+
+
+PROCLAMATION
+
+GEORGE JOHNSTON
+
+The Public Peace being happily and, I trust in Almighty God, permanently
+established I hereby proclaim the Cessation of Martial Law. I have this
+day appointed Magistrates and other Public Functionaries from amongst
+the most respectable officers and inhabitants, which will, I hope,
+secure the impartial Administration of Justice, according to the laws of
+England, as secured to us by the Patent of Our Most Gracious Sovereign.
+
+Words cannot too strongly convey my approbation of the behaviour of the
+whole body of the People on the late memorable Event. By their manly,
+firm and orderly conduct they have shown themselves deserving of that
+Protection which I have felt it was my duty to give them, And which I
+doubt not they will continue to merit.
+
+In future no man shall have just cause to complain of Violence,
+Injustice or Oppression; No free Man shall be taken, imprisoned, or
+deprived of his Home, Land or Liberty, but by the Law; Justice shall be
+impartially administered without regard to or respect of persons; and
+every man shall enjoy the fruits of his industry in Security.
+
+
+SOLDIERS!
+
+Your conduct has endeared you to every well-disposed inhabitant in this
+Settlement, Persevere in the same honourable path And you will establish
+the credit of the New South Wales Corps on a basis not to be shaken.
+
+God Save the King.
+
+By Command of His Honour the Lieutenant-Governor.
+
+(Signed) NICHOLAS BAYLY,
+
+Secretary.
+
+Head-Quarters, Sydney, 27th January, 1808.
+
+MR. NICHOLAS BAYLY TO GOVERNOR BLIGH
+
+Sydney, _28th January, 1808._
+
+I am directed by His Honour the Lieutenant-Governor to acquaint you that
+the late Magistrates and other persons (who it is proved you were in the
+habit of consulting) have been examined on Oath before Committees
+constituted under the Lieutenant-Governor's authority; that from the
+confessions of those Persons it appears that you have been acting upon a
+settled plan to subvert the Laws, to terrify and influence the Courts of
+Justice, and to deprive every person who had the misfortune to be
+obnoxious to you of their Property, Liberty, and Lives. The
+Lieutenant-Governor feeling that an offence of such magnitude must be
+productive of the most serious consequences, is impelled by sentiments
+of Humanity to give you this early notice that you may consider and
+seriously reflect on the measures which may be necessary for your
+Justification.
+
+His Honour has further directed me to assure you that as soon as the
+examinations are complete, you shall be furnished with a Copy, and that,
+if you think proper, all the Evidences shall be re-examined in your
+presence, and be directed to answer any questions you like to propose to
+them. His Honour has also desired me to assure you that it will give him
+the greatest satisfaction to contribute by every means in his power to
+the Alleviation of the distress of your present situation, and to the
+comfort and accommodation of you and your family.
+
+NICHOLAS BAYLY,
+
+Secretary.
+
+
+The British Government called the chief actors in the mutiny before a
+commission of inquiry. Johnston was dismissed from the army; MacArthur
+was forbidden to return to New South Wales for eight years; and Bligh
+was made a vice-admiral.
+
+
+
+
+THE BEGINNING OF THE WOOL INDUSTRY
+
++Source.+--Historical Records of Australia. Vol. V, pp. 510 and 566
+
+     The wool industry in Australia was founded by John MacArthur. Once
+     established, the flocks increased rapidly in numbers and quality,
+     and as it became possible to export wool, its manufacture was
+     stimulated in the older countries. The annual value of Australia's
+     wool export is now over L26,000,000.
+
+
+GOVERNOR KING TO EARL CAMDEN
+
+Sydney, N.S.W., _20th July, 1805._
+
+My Lord,
+
+By Mr. MacArthur, who arrived the 9th Ult'o, I had the honour of
+receiving your Lordship's Letters dated as per margin.
+
+It will be my Duty and Interest to pay the strictest attention to His
+Majesty's Commands and your Lordship's wishes in every point that can
+advance the increase and improvement of the breed of sheep for which a
+better foundation could not be laid, or the Success more ensured, than
+the progressive increase of the Stock throughout the Colony. Mr.
+MacArthur possesses at least a third of the Numbers, a considerable part
+of which were reported at the last muster to bear Wool of the finest
+kind, and the rest, as well as the other flocks, are continually
+improving from the hairy Coverings of the original breed to wool of
+different qualities, principally owing to the introduction of a few
+Spanish Rams some years ago.
+
+Soon after Mr. MacArthur's arrival we conversed together respecting the
+Objects of his laudable and, I hope, successful pursuits for the general
+benefit of the Colony, as well as for that of his Family, which he now
+regards as attached to the soil. His having bought a Ship to be employed
+in the Whale Fishery, I consider an object equally laudable and
+beneficial, exclusive of his being able to export the Wool of his
+increasing breed to England once in Eighteen Months or Two Years, and
+returning with Articles of use and Comfort to sell the Inhabitants. Nor
+ought I to doubt from his assurances, that every expected benefit may be
+derived from his exertions, as he is certainly very equal to conduct and
+promote the Object he has so earnestly and, I hope, successfully
+embarked in. To attain which he does and will possess every local
+advantage that a good Stock to begin with, a good Climate, and fine
+natural pastorage can offer.
+
+Taking your Lordship's Letter No. 18 as a data, respecting the Land to
+be located to Mr. MacArthur, wherein you do me the honour to signify His
+Majesty's Commands that "I will have a proper grant of Lands, fit for
+the pasture of sheep, conveyed to the said John MacArthur Esquire, in
+perpetuity, with the usual reserve of Quit-Rents to the Crown,
+containing not less than Five Thousand Acres," and Your Lordship having
+noticed that "It will be impossible for Mr. MacArthur to pursue this
+plan unless he shall be indulged with a reasonable number of Convicts
+(which he states to be not less than thirty) for the purpose of
+attending his sheep, and that as Mr. MacArthur will take upon himself
+the Charges of maintaining these Convicts, a saving will accrue to
+Government; and that you doubt not I will provide him with such as shall
+appear as most suitable to his Objects."
+
+In order to expedite Mr. MacArthur's Object of exporting fine Wool to
+England, I have directed One hundred of the finest woolled Ewes from
+Government Stock to be chosen for this gentleman to add to his own, for
+which he is to pay Grain into the Stores at the rate of Two Pounds
+sterling for each Ewe. As I do not consider it an Object for Government
+to interfere in this pursuit, Seeing that the greatest exertions will be
+made by Mr. MacArthur, And notwithstanding every attention has been paid
+to improve the Fleeces of Government Sheep, Yet that Stock will always
+be a reserve for supplying present and future Settlers with proportions
+thereof, which will at once save the Necessity of purchasing to Supply
+New Settlers who have Claims, and preserve a residue for those deserving
+characters who may be allowed the advantage of exchanging Grain for
+Ewes, agreeable to my Lord Hobart's Acquiescence with my proposal on
+that Subject.
+
+The number of Male Convicts assigned to Mr. MacArthur for the Care of
+his Stock, etc., previous to his return, was Sixteen; Since then they
+have been increased to Thirty, exclusive of those hired and retained in
+his service who have served their terms. Should Mr. MacArthur wish for
+an increase, they shall be assigned him when more arrive from England;
+but your Lordship will observe by the number and employment Return that
+the Public Labour absolutely necessary to be carried on, and in which
+Agriculture on the part of the Crown is nearly given up, will not allow
+of more Men being assigned at present until more arrive.
+
+I have, etc.,
+
+PHILLIP GIDLEY KING.
+
+
+MACARTHUR'S OBSERVATIONS ON SHEEP-FARMING
+
+A Report of the State of Mr. MacArthur's Flocks of Sheep, with some
+observations on the Advantages which may be expected from the Growth of
+fine Wool in New South Wales.
+
+Paramatta, N.S.W., _2nd Oct., 1805._
+
+The fine Woolled Sheep imported here from the Cape of Good Hope in the
+Year 1797 were said to be of the Spanish Breed. The excellence of the
+fleece of these Sheep combined with the consideration of their peculiar
+form, bears strong evidence in favour of the Correctness of this Report,
+tho' it is impossible to say whether they originally sprung from the
+best kind of Sheep that is bred in Spain. Be this as it may nothing is
+better established than that the Wool of this Breed of Sheep has
+considerably improved in this Climate, and as Mr. MacArthur has had the
+good fortune to bring out from England Four Rams and one Ewe, purchased
+from His Majesty's Flock of Spanish Sheep, It is to be hoped that these
+valuable animals will be the cause of a still further Melioration in the
+Quality of our Wool. Indeed there appears no reason to fear but that the
+Wool of this Country may by care and judicious Management be placed on
+an equality with the very best that is grown in Spain. It has been Mr.
+MacArthur's invariable practice to keep the Spanish Breed apart from all
+others, and as fast as Spanish Rams have been reared they have been put
+among the coarse-woolled Ewes. The result of this system has proved
+extremely satisfactory, his Flocks now consist of more than Five
+Thousand, of these Sixty are of the pure Spanish kind, and the whole are
+much improved in the quality of the Wool; he is of Opinion the best
+judge will be unable to discover any material difference between the
+perfect and the mixed Breed in Seven years.
+
+With respect to Constitution, Size, and Aptitude to fatten, he has tried
+all the Breeds he could obtain in the Colony, and he has found the
+Spanish surpass them all in every one of these qualities. In the
+representations that Mr. MacArthur had the honour to make in England to
+His Majesty's Ministers, he stated that he thought a Flock of Sheep
+would double itself in Two Years and a half, longer experience induces
+him to think it may be done in rather less time; but in the Estimate he
+now proposes to make, he will govern himself by the same data on which
+his original Calculations were made, for he is desirous rather to
+repress too sanguine Expectations than to encourage such as may prove
+fallacious.
+
+Estimating the Sheep in New South Wales at Twenty Thousand, a plain
+Arithmetical progression will prove that the present Stock may increase
+in Twenty Years to Five Millions, and calculating two pounds and a half
+of clear washed Wool to each Sheep, they would produce almost twice as
+much Wool as England now purchases from Spain at an Annual expense of
+One Million Eight Hundred Thousand pounds.
+
+Should Great Britain still require a much larger supply, Sheep can be
+easily multiplied to any Extent in the immeasurable Forest which
+Surrounds us.
+
+It is difficult for the Mind to embrace all the Advantages which must
+flow from the Successful Progression of this great National Object; for
+if we contemplate the progress of the Cotton Manufactory we shall see
+that at the commencement of the Eighteenth Century the quantities of raw
+cotton imported into England did not exceed Two Millions of Pounds
+weight. At this period it amounts to more than Twenty Millions; and
+altho' its price has considerably advanced, yet Manufactured Cotton
+Goods have fallen full Two Hundred per cent. This prodigious diminution
+in price is attributable to no other cause than the introduction of
+Machinery, by which the expense of Manual Labour is comparatively
+reduced to nothing.
+
+Now, repeated experiments have demonstrated that the same Machinery is
+equally applicable to every Branch of the Woollen Manufactory, and in
+truth it would long since have been adopted, but for the popular Clamour
+that thousands of Labourers would be thrown out of employment. "It
+cannot be denied," say its Opponents, "that Machinery would reduce the
+price of Woollen, as it has done that of Cotton Cloths, but the two
+Cases bear no Analogy, for when Machinery was applied in the Manufacture
+of Cotton the increased Quantity of the raw material furnished
+abundance of Employment in some other branch to those whose Labour the
+Machine superseded. Make but the same experiment in the Woollen
+Manufactory, and its fatal effects upon the poor will soon be felt; for
+as you cannot increase the quantity of Animal Wool now being brought
+into the Market, any Invention that has a tendency to diminish Manual
+Labour is, and must be, pernicious."
+
+This reasoning has had great weight on the Minds of best informed Men;
+but if we can by our united Efforts (as assuredly we can) raise in this
+Colony any Quantity of fine Wool, all its force would be at once
+demolished. Whatever the demands of Great Britain may be for that
+Commodity, we certainly may supply it. The universal use of Machinery
+might then be safely sanctioned, and the British Manufacturers would be
+enabled so to reduce the price of Woollen Cloths, as would assure
+throughout the world the most Monopoly that any people ever possessed.
+We also should largely participate in the profits of this gainful Trade
+and should enjoy the pleasing Consolation that our Labours were
+contributing to the Support and Prosperity of that parent Country to
+whom our debt of Gratitude can never be paid.
+
+JOHN MACARTHUR.
+
+
+
+
+EMANCIPIST CONTROVERSY
+
++Source.+--Historical Records of Australia. Vol. VII, pp. 245, 580-617
+
+     A storm of protest was aroused among the free settlers by the
+     action of Governor Macquarie in recognizing convicts as ordinary
+     members of society directly their terms of imprisonment had
+     expired. The free community became sharply divided into emancipists
+     and anti-emancipists.
+
+
+GOVERNOR MACQUARIE TO VISCOUNT CASTLEREAGH
+
+Sydney, N.S.W., _30 April, 1810._
+
+My Lord,
+
+I had the honour to address Your Lordship by Lieutenant-Colonel Foveaux
+in a brief Despatch, under dates the eighth and twelfth of last Month;
+but lest that Despatch may not get safe to Hand I shall in my present
+one recapitulate the substance of my last, and furnish your Lordship
+with a more detailed Account of my Proceedings.
+
+I was very much surprised and concerned on my arrival here, at the
+extraordinary and illiberal Policy I found had been adopted by all the
+Persons who had preceded me in Office respecting those men who had been
+originally sent out to this Country as Convicts, but who, by long habits
+of Industry and total Reformation of Manners, had not only become
+respectable, but by many degrees the most Useful Members of the
+Community. Those persons have never been countenanced or received into
+society. I have, nevertheless, taken upon Myself to adopt a new line of
+conduct, Conceiving that Emancipation, when united with Rectitude and
+long-tried good Conduct, should land a man back to that Rank in Society
+which he had forfeited, and do away, in as far as the Case will admit,
+all Retrospect of former bad Conduct. This appears to me to be the
+greatest Inducement that can be held out towards the Reformation of the
+Manners of the Inhabitants, and I think it is consistent with the
+gracious and Humane Intentions of His Majesty and His Ministers in
+favour of this class of people. I am aware it is a measure which must be
+resorted to with great Caution and Delicacy; but I am hopeful that in
+time it may be extended beyond the line within which I must restrict
+myself for the present. The Number of Persons of this Description whom I
+have yet admitted to my Table consist of only four. Namely: Mr. D'Arcy
+Wentworth, Principal Surgeon; Mr. William Redfern, Assistant Surgeon;
+Mr. Andrew Thompson, an opulent Farmer and Proprietor of Land; and Mr.
+Simeon Lord, an opulent Merchant. Three of these Persons have acquired
+Property to a large amount; they have long conducted themselves with the
+greatest Propriety, and I find them at all times ready to come forward
+in the most liberal manner to the assistance of the Government. In order
+to mark my sense of the merits of Mr. Andrew Thompson, I have already
+appointed him a Justice of the Peace and Magistrate of the Hawkesbury,
+where he has a large property, and I intend to confer the same Marks of
+Distinction on Mr. Wentworth and Mr. Simeon Lord when Vacancies in the
+Magistracy at Sydney, where they both reside, may occur.
+
+Before I conclude this Despatch, permit me to express my grateful
+acknowledgements to your Lordship for the Appointment I have now the
+Honour to Hold, and to assure your Lordship that, as far as my
+judgement and Abilities extend, I shall exert them in the faithful
+discharge of the Trust reposed in me, with the Hope that in the wide
+field for improvement here, my Services may not be unimportant, and that
+they will ultimately meet with the Approbation of my Sovereign and His
+Majesty's Ministers, and thereby Confirm the Opinion you did me the
+Honour to form in my Favour.
+
+I have, etc.,
+
+L. MACQUARIE.
+
+
+GOVERNOR MACQUARIE TO EARL OF LIVERPOOL
+
+Sydney, N.S.W., _17th Nov., 1812._
+
+My Lord,
+
+Since my last Public Despatch under Date 28th Oct. 1811, Transmitted per
+ship Friends, via Rio-de-Janeiro, I have been honoured with Your
+Lordship's Several Despatches, under Dates 26th July 1811, and 4th, 5th
+and 19th May, 1812; and also the several other Letters with their
+respective Enclosures and Accompanying Documents from Your Lordship or
+the Under-Secretary of State, as noted in the margin.
+
+In the first Despatch I had the Honour of addressing to Lord Castlereagh
+(Your Lordship's immediate Predecessor in Office) under date the 30th of
+April, 1810, I stated my Reasons for restoring those Persons _who had
+been Convicts_, to that Rank in Society, which they had lost, but which,
+by long habits of Rectitude and Meritorious Conduct in this Colony they
+were fully entitled to be restored to. I have found the greatest benefit
+to result from the adoption of this System of Policy. Some Men who had
+been Convicts have been appointed Magistrates by me; Some of the same
+Description of Men have been honoured with His Majesty's Commission,
+which in my Mind is alone a sufficient proof of the eligibility of these
+persons for any Society. On all occasions I have found and experienced
+very great assistance from those Persons in the Habitual and Zealous
+discharge of the Several Duties attached to their respective Situations;
+and they act at all times as if they conceived it to be their
+indispensable and first Duty to assist the Government of the Country.
+Altho' the principal Leaders, who headed the Faction which occasioned
+so much mischief and Anarchy in this Country (previous to my arrival),
+have left it, Yet the Seeds of it were so deeply sown that a
+considerable part of that factious spirit still exists among some
+discontented and disaffected Persons in this Colony, whose restless and
+Vicious Minds cannot endure any Control or legitimate form of
+Government. The only measure of mine which to my knowledge they have
+dared to attempt to counteract, is this extension of just and humane
+Indulgence to those Persons (who had formerly been Convicts), whom I
+have brought forward and patronised by admitting them to my Society, but
+whom the factious Persons herein alluded to found it advantageous to
+their Interests and illiberal Prejudices to consider as Outcasts,
+beneath their notice and for ever doomed to oblivion and Neglect.
+
+It would therefore be highly gratifying and Satisfactory to Me, if Your
+Lordship would have the goodness to honour me with a Communication of
+His Royal Highness the Prince Regent's Sentiments on this Subject which
+I consider as one of the greatest possible Interest and Importance to
+the Welfare, Prosperity and Happiness of this rising Colony; which, as
+it was originally settled for the Reception, Punishment, and eventual
+Improvement of Convicts, appears to Me to require that their
+Improvement, Welfare and Happiness should form the first and chief
+Object of Attention in the important Duties entrusted to the Governor of
+it.
+
+This Despatch will be delivered to your Lordship by Lieutenant Richard
+Lundin of the 73rd Regiment, to whom I take the liberty of referring
+Your Lordship for any particulars relative to the Colony that may have
+escaped my recollection in my Public Despatches; and I further beg leave
+to recommend him to your Lordship's Favour and Protection.
+
+I have, etc.,
+
+L. MACQUARIE.
+
+
+
+
+WESTERN AUSTRALIA
+
++Source.+--The State and Position of Western Australia, by Captain
+Frederick Chidley Irwin of H.M. 63rd Regiment; late Commandant of the
+Troops, and Acting Governor of the Colony, 1835, pp. 32-37, 42-46.
+
+     The settlement of Western Australia was undertaken in 1825, with
+     the purely philanthropic idea of relieving the overcrowded
+     population of Great Britain. The early difficulties were due to the
+     ignorance of conditions in the country, and the unsuitability of
+     the emigrants. Mr. Peel was chief promoter of the scheme.
+
+
+The reader's attention will now be drawn to some of the mis-statements
+with respect to the colony, which have appeared in recent publications.
+Under this head he would especially notice a work entitled "England and
+America." At page 33, Vol. 2 of the work in question, there is said to
+be, in Western Australia "abundance of good land and of land, too,
+cleared and drained by nature." After adverting to the amount of capital
+and live stock, and the number of labourers introduced by the first
+settlers, it is asked, what has become of all that capital, and all
+those labourers? Then comes the following passage: "Why this failure
+with all the elements of success--plenty of good land, plenty of
+capital, and enough labour? The explanation is easy: In this colony
+there never has been a class of labourers. Those who went out as
+labourers no sooner reached the colony than they were tempted by the
+superabundance of good land to become landowners."
+
+The writer proceeds to state, that Mr. Peel (who, as he had been
+informed, had brought out a capital of L50,000 and 300 persons of the
+labouring class) had been thus left without a servant to make his bed,
+or to fetch him water from the river; and that, in the absence of his
+people, his capital had perished. "The same thing," he adds, "happened
+in many cases." Further on, it is stated that some of the labourers, who
+had become independent landowners, died of hunger, at a period when a
+large supply of food had reached the colony, and that they were starved
+because where they had settled was not known to the Governor, nor even
+to themselves--"such," says this writer, "was the dispersion of these
+colonists, in consequence of superabundance of good land." It is added,
+that the settlers who remained had petitioned for convicts, though one
+of the chief inducements to settling in the colony was an undertaking,
+on the part of the English Government, that none should be sent thither.
+
+If this writer's statement be correct, that labourers on their arrival,
+tempted by the superabundance of good land, did with impunity desert
+their masters, leaving their property to perish, and did themselves
+become landowners, it will be apparent, either that there were then no
+laws in the colony, or that they were not in force. The reverse,
+however, is the fact--there were laws, and they were enforced.
+
+The following is No. 8 of the land regulations: "No grant of land will
+be made to servants under indenture; nor shall persons receive grants
+who shall appear to have come to the settlement at the expense of other
+individuals without sufficient assurance of their having fulfilled the
+condition of any agreement under which they may have come." The author
+does not remember an instance of this regulation being relaxed; and it
+is manifest that destruction of property and the ruin of the capitalist
+must have been inevitable, had the Government not enforced it.
+
+Equally without foundation is the statement that the indentured servant
+could desert his master with impunity. The indenture was binding equally
+on master and servant, and was strictly enforced by the colonial law. If
+the master failed to give the wages, food, or whatever else might have
+been stipulated for in the indenture, the servant, on establishing his
+complaint before a magistrate, obtained his discharge. On the other
+hand, if the master proved a breach of the indenture by the servant
+unduly absenting himself, refusing to work, etc., the magistrate was
+under obligation to imprison the servant. Also any person employing an
+indentured servant, without permission of the master, was subject to a
+very heavy fine.
+
+Mr. Peel and his people were in this manner circumstanced. The author
+has read many of their indentures; in all of these Mr. Peel was bound to
+pay them daily wages (generally three shillings) out of which their food
+and clothing were to be deducted. The capital imported by Mr. Peel,
+though very considerable, was understood to consist chiefly of stores
+and live-stock. However this may have been, he found it convenient after
+a time, to grant most of his people permission to work for other
+settlers, reserving a right to recall them when he chose; but allowing
+them the alternative of their discharge, on their reimbursing him the
+expense of their passage out. As his people could get higher wages when
+working for others, they gladly accepted the permission. Occasional
+misunderstandings took place between him and some of them, and it was
+not till after the Governor, accompanied by the Law-Adviser of
+Government, had more than once repaired in person to Mr. Peel's
+location, that an adjustment of those differences was effected. The
+author has known several servants of Mr. Peel to be imprisoned for
+breaches of indenture. A number of them, however, were excellent men,
+who would have conscientiously adhered to him, had he not given them the
+option of working for others.
+
+It is but justice here to acknowledge the great benefit conferred on the
+settlement by Mr. Peel, in the introduction of men who were not only of
+good conduct, but well acquainted with farming pursuits or with trades.
+For himself, the author feels happy in having this opportunity to
+express his sense of it, having had upwards of four years in his
+service, a family brought out by Mr. Peel. The father of this family is
+a man of intelligence and observation. Besides his own trade of brick
+and tile-making, he has a complete knowledge of farming, gardening,
+bricklaying, lime-burning, and brewing, in which various occupations he
+employs himself. Such is his industry that he has been seen working for
+hours in the garden by moonlight, after spending a long day at labour in
+the field. His wife is a regular dairywoman. One of the sons is a
+carpenter, and another a ploughman, besides having each a knowledge of
+their father's trade; and the rest of the family, down to the youngest,
+are training up habits of industry and labour.
+
+Although, as has been shown, the conditions of the indentures were by
+the colonial laws enforced, it will nevertheless be manifest, that no
+law, in any country, can prevent an artful and unprincipled servant
+(anxious to be rid of his engagement) from acting in so vexatious a
+manner, that some masters, in preference to keeping such a one, would
+forgo any benefit the indenture might offer. Such a course has been
+adopted in the colony by some masters thus circumstanced. Those,
+however, who had been careful to bring out men of good character, and to
+whom they allowed an equitable compensation for their services, have
+rarely had cause for complaint; and, on the contrary, have generally
+been rewarded by the cheerful obedience of their servants.
+
+The author is the more desirous of disproving the alleged lawless state
+of society in the colony, as the implied reproach is totally unmerited
+by the Governor, Sir James Stirling, who has been most indefatigable and
+self-denying in his exertions for the public welfare; and it is equally
+so by the magistracy, who have, from the outset, administered the laws
+with vigour and impartiality.
+
+With reference to the assertion that some individuals had perished with
+hunger from not having been able to inform the Governor as to where they
+had settled, the author can only say, that he did not hear of any such
+circumstance while in the colony, and that he considers it very
+improbable; as, with the exception of the people connected with Mr.
+Peel, the settlers at the period alluded to were located on the Swan and
+the Canning, by following down which rivers they could have reached in
+the course of a single day the towns of Perth or Freemantle.
+
+He has also to confess his ignorance of the colonists having, as stated,
+petitioned for convicts--he knows that such a wish was not expressed in
+their memorial drawn up in 1832, and laid before His Majesty's
+Government by Sir James Stirling in person. The colonists having had
+before their eyes, in the neighbouring penal settlements, the serious
+evils inflicted on society by the employment of convicts (especially as
+indoor servants) have firmly resisted the temptation to seek such a
+remedy for their wants. The extreme difficulty, which it is notorious
+respectable families there experience, to sufficiently guard the morals
+of their offspring, and to secure their being brought up in the
+necessary principles of virtue and integrity, is alone a consideration
+which, it is believed, will keep the colonists in Western Australia
+stedfast on that point. No mere worldly prosperity whatsoever can
+compensate for the tremendous risk to which children in a penal
+settlement are exposed, as many a heart-broken parent can testify.
+
+It now remains for the author to offer a few observations
+
+1. On the failures that occurred among the early settlers.
+
+2. On the origin of the reports so widely circulated to the prejudice of
+the country.
+
+3. On the tardy progress of the colony, compared with what had been
+expected.
+
+The following extract from one of the earliest despatches of the
+Governor (written in January 1830, and addressed to the Secretary of
+State) will serve to preface these remarks, as it bears immediately on
+the first point. Adverting to the circumstances under which the first
+settlers came out, he thus proceeds: "There could not be a great number
+with minds and bodies suited to encounter the struggle and distresses of
+a new settlement. Many, if not all, have accordingly been more or less
+disappointed on arrival, with either the state of things here, or their
+own want of power to surmount the difficulties pressing round them. This
+has been experienced, in the beginning, by every new colony; and might
+have been expected to occur here, as well as elsewhere. The greater
+part, incapable of succeeding in England, are not likely to prosper here
+to the extent of their groundless and inconsiderate expectations. Many
+of the settlers who have come should never have left in England a safe
+and tranquil state of life; and, if it be possible to discourage one set
+of people, and to encourage another, I would earnestly request that for
+a few years, the helpless and inefficient may be kept from the
+settlement; whilst, as to the active, industrious, and intelligent they
+may be assured with confidence of a fair reward for their labours."
+
+If, after what has been said, it be granted that Western Australia, as
+far as natural advantages go, is well suited for the purpose of
+colonization, still it will be apparent, from the principle on which the
+colony was founded, that its success must be greatly dependent on the
+capital and exertions of the settlers. The charge of maintaining a
+military and a civil establishment being all His Majesty's Government
+was pledged to, every other expense was to be borne by the emigrant;
+such as his outfit, voyage, and settlement in the colony.
+
+No arrangement prior to leaving England having been made by the
+emigrants to ensure the advantages of co-operation on the part of their
+friends at home, and among themselves in the colony, each depended on
+his own energy and resources for his success; and the foregoing
+description of many of the original settlers will account for the
+disappointments that ensued in various instances.
+
+Few who abandoned the settlement under such circumstances, were willing
+to admit their failure was the result of their own want of exertion, or
+their unfitness for the enterprise in which they had embarked;
+accordingly, wherever they went, and in their letters home, the blame
+was laid on the country. Thus many of the evil reports respecting it,
+which were current at home and in the neighbouring colonies, may be
+traced to this source.
+
+A prevalent cause of distress among the early settlers arose from their
+having generally brought out with them little ready money, compared with
+their other property. This was chiefly owing to the Government
+regulations admitting of land being assigned to those only who
+introduced labourers, and various kinds of property required by farmers.
+Many of the settlers, therefore, to the extent of their means, were in
+this way amply provided; but having understood in England that money
+would be of little use in a new country, numbers, without questioning
+what they wished to be true, incautiously expended most of their means
+in the property that would entitle them to obtain land in the colony.
+However, when they had been some time in the settlement, they discovered
+that there, as in other places, money was needful; and on wishing to
+procure some by the sale of part of their property, they found it
+difficult to do so without loss, in consequence of most other settlers
+having brought out similar investments.
+
+Another cause of depression, which has borne seriously on the settlers,
+has been the occasional high price of the necessaries of life. With a
+view of remedying this evil, cargoes of provisions have been repeatedly
+imported by the Local Government--the actual cost alone being charged to
+the settler. Even a shipload of bullocks and pigs was introduced from
+Java. But, numbers of the bullocks and pigs getting loose, soon became
+as wild and difficult to recapture as if they had been natives of the
+woods, whither they had betaken themselves.
+
+Experience has shown that the system of free grants, which was the first
+adopted in Western Australia, is decidedly injurious to the prosperity
+of a settlement, from the facility it affords to persons possessed of
+comparatively little capital to acquire extensive tracts of land, the
+greater part of which, for want of means, they cannot use for
+agricultural or pastoral purposes. It also occasions the too wide
+dispersion of the settlers; thus necessarily increasing the expense of
+Government, and, at the same time, producing serious inconvenience to
+the farmer.
+
+
+
+
+WAKEFIELD'S SCHEME OF COLONIZATION
+
++Source.+--A Letter from Sydney. E.G. Wakefield (Gouger, 1829), Appendix
+
+     The failure of the first attempt to settle Western Australia gave
+     rise to much thought upon the theory of colonization. The ideas
+     most generally accepted were those of Edward Gibbon Wakefield, who
+     summarized his theory as follows:
+
+
+OUTLINE OF A SYSTEM OF COLONIZATION
+
+It is suggested:
+
+Article I.
+
+THAT a payment in money of---- per acre, be required for all future
+grants of land without exception.
+
+Article II.
+
+THAT all land now granted, and to be granted, throughout the colony, be
+declared liable to a tax of---- per cent. upon the actual rent.
+
+Article III.
+
+THAT the proceeds of the tax upon rent, and of sales, form an EMIGRATION
+FUND, to be employed in the conveyance of British labourers to the
+colony free of cost.
+
+Article IV.
+
+THAT those to whom the administration of the Fund shall be entrusted, be
+empowered to raise money on that security, as money is raised on the
+security of parish and county rates in England.
+
+Article V.
+
+THAT the supply of labourers be as nearly as possible proportioned to
+the demand for Labour at each Settlement; so that Capitalists shall
+never suffer from an urgent want of Labourers, and that Labourers shall
+never want well-paid employment.
+
+Article VI.
+
+THAT in the selection of Emigrants, an absolute preference be given to
+young persons, but that no excess of males be conveyed to the colony
+free of cost.
+
+Article VII.
+
+THAT Colonists providing a passage for emigrant Labourers, being young
+persons, and equal numbers of both sexes, be entitled to a payment in
+money from the Emigration Fund, equal to the actual contract price of a
+passage for so many labouring persons.
+
+Article VIII.
+
+THAT Grants be absolute in fee, without any condition whatever, and
+obtainable by deputy.
+
+Article IX.
+
+THAT any surplus of the proceeds of the tax upon rent and of sales, over
+what is required for Emigration, be employed in relief of other taxes,
+and for the general purposes of Colonial Government.
+
+
+
+
+FOUNDATION OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA
+
++Source.+--Six Months in the new Colony of South Australia (J. Horton
+James, 1839), pp. 1, 28-37
+
+     The settlement of South Australia was undertaken to test
+     Wakefield's theory; but instead of turning their land to good
+     account the colonists left it idle, hoping to sell at a high price.
+     The result was disastrous.
+
+
+SITUATION AND EXTENT
+
+The New Province, called South Australia, which, by an Act of the
+Imperial Parliament, was erected into a free British colony on 15th
+August, 1834, is situate on the South Coast of the Great Island
+Continent of New Holland, in the Southern or Indian Ocean, extending
+from 132 deg. to 141 deg. E. longitude, and from 38 deg. to 26 deg. S. latitude, and
+contains nearly two hundred millions of acres. It is twelve thousand
+miles distant from Great Britain.
+
+This distance of twelve thousand miles ought to be performed by a fast
+sailing ship in twelve weeks, at the rate of a thousand miles per week,
+which is the fair average running of a good ship on distant voyages; but
+it is better to allow something for light winds and calms near the
+Equator, and to say in round numbers one hundred days in all, which is
+rather more than fourteen weeks.
+
+This is Port Adelaide! Port Misery would be a better name; for nothing
+in any other part of the world can surpass it in everything that is
+wretched and inconvenient, packages of goods and heaps of merchandise
+are lying about in every direction as if they had cost nothing. Stacks
+of what were once beautiful London bricks crumbling away like
+gingerbread, and evidently at each returning tide half covered with the
+flood; trusses of hay, now rotten, and Norway deals, scattered about as
+if they had no owner--iron ploughs and rusty harrows--cases of
+door-frames and windows that had once been glazed--heaps of the best
+slates half tumbling down--winnowing-machines broken to pieces--blocks
+of Roman cement, now hard as stone, wanting nothing but the staves and
+hoops--Sydney cedar, and laths and shingles from Van Diemen's Land in
+every direction; whilst on the high ground are to be seen pigs eating
+through the flour-sacks, and kegs of raisins with not only the head out,
+but half the contents; onions and potatoes apparently to be had for
+picking up. The sight is disheartening. What with the sun and the
+rain--the sand and the floods--the thieves with four legs and the
+thieves with two--the passengers hug themselves at the recollection that
+_they_ have brought no merchandise for sale, glad enough to be able to
+take care of themselves. The sooner they get out of this horrid hole the
+better, so they enquire if there is any coach to the town--they are
+answered by a careless shake of the head, and so, like good settlers,
+they determine to set off and walk, carrying their light parcels with
+them, and leaving the heavy things with a friend who refuses to go any
+further. They ask for a drink of water before starting--there is not
+such a thing to be had; but the bullock carts are expected down every
+minute with the usual supply! "What, no water?" exclaims our passenger.
+"No, sir, but the Commissioners are sinking a well, though they have not
+yet found any but salt water; but they are going to dig in another
+place, shortly, we understand."
+
+Away they start for the City of Adelaide, and after ten minutes of rough
+walking through the loose sand, which is fatiguing enough, they gain the
+firm and beaten road, with the cheerful hills before them, glad enough
+to have overcome their morning troubles. Though very warm the walk is
+agreeable, and out of a cloud of dust before them, they soon descry a
+dray or two, each drawn by a long line of bullocks. They perceive by the
+splashing of the water from the open bungs that the casks contain the
+daily supply for the port, and the drivers very cheerfully give them
+all a drink; this enables them to walk on with renewed spirits, over the
+naked plain, and, tired and dusty, in about seven miles more they reach
+another iron store, the property of the Commissioners, where they now
+begin to see a few marquees and huts, and people walking about. They
+step across the "Torrens," without knowing it, and enquire for the inn.
+They are directed to the Southern Cross Hotel, then kept by a German Jew
+of the name of Levy, considered the best house in this settlement, and
+here we will leave them for the present, hungry, thirsty, and
+fatigued--covered with dust and perspiration--and with feelings of shame
+and disappointment at being so taken in!
+
+
+CITY OF ADELAIDE.
+
+
+"When things are at the worst, they mend," is a common saying, and a
+true one; and so it was with our passengers. Though rough, dirty and
+uncomfortable, they enjoyed the Jew's dinner or table d'hote, though it
+consisted merely of a baked leg of mutton at the top, with a baked
+shoulder at bottom and a dish of small potatoes in the middle--nothing
+else whatever--neither pie, pudding, or cheese; but they had given
+themselves a good wash, and a change of linen, and a bottle of Barclay
+and Perkins at dinner had now restored them to good humour.
+
+They found that the company at the table was much better than the
+dishes, and that they had all gone through the same miserable landing at
+the Fort, and some of them had even suffered considerably by falling
+down in the mud; so, as we draw comfort out of other men's misfortunes,
+and it is better to laugh than weep, our newly-arrived emigrants began
+to think the place was not so bad after all. They were, at any rate,
+great travellers, and were determined to make light of troubles and
+inconveniences, as all travellers do. They saw that the gentlemen at
+table were a very nice set of fellows, and as they had evidently had to
+rough it, much more formerly, than was necessary at the present day,
+they should make up their minds to think well of everything--to look
+only at the advantages of the Colony--and in their letters to any London
+friends, they were resolved decidedly to recommend the place--but not a
+word about the mud.
+
+The Town of Adelaide, as depicted on the maps, is the very beau ideal of
+all possible cities--there is an elegance and vastness of design about
+it, that almost makes one blush for the comparative insignificance of
+London and Stromboul; of Paris and Canton;--but on going to the spot,
+like many other works of art and imagination, it resembles the picture
+very slightly--it is altogether on too large a scale; and of all the
+follies committed by the inexperience of the surveyor-general, who is,
+nevertheless, in every other respect a most gentlemanlike, entertaining,
+and intelligent person, next to its inland situation, this monstrous
+extent of Adelaide will turn out to be the most fruitful of complaints.
+You may lean against any tree in the City and exclaim, "This shadowy
+desert, unfrequented woods, I better brook than flourishing peopled
+towns."
+
+And yet there are sprinkled up and down the place a few substantial
+buildings; one belonging to the Company, on an enormous scale--another
+good brick house to Mr. Hack--another to the enterprising Mr.
+Gilles--one to Mr. Thomas, and a couple of new taverns. The rest of the
+dwellings are made of very slight materials, and the number of canvas
+tents and marquees give some parts of the settlement the appearance of a
+camp. Most of the new-comers settle down on what is called the Park
+Lands, where they are handy to the little rivulet, and they run up a
+Robinson Crusoe sort of hut, with twigs and branches from the adjoining
+forest, and the climate being fine and dry, they answer well enough as
+temporary residences. The principal streets have been laid out in the
+survey of the town 132 feet wide, which is nearly twice as wide as
+Portland Place, and the squares are all on such a scale of magnitude,
+that if there were any inhabitants in them, a cab would almost be
+required to get across them.
+
+Before any person has been ashore at Adelaide twenty-four hours, even
+the greenest and most inexperienced put these two very natural
+questions; First--Why did you make the plan of the future town so large?
+Answer--Because the land was of no value, and it was a pity to be
+crowded when there was so much room! And the Second question is--Why did
+you select the town eight miles from the landing-place? Answer--Because
+we preferred being away from the nasty sailors, and thought it better
+not to be annoyed with the demoralizing influence of a Sea Port!
+
+Unless this is promptly remedied, the "Wisdom of our ancestors" will not
+become such a favourite saying in South Australia, as it is in the Old
+Country, for the town, including the park lands, is already eight miles
+round, with 3,000 inhabitants only. This, from persons who are all for
+concentration, seems strange; and the consequence is as might have been
+expected, that in the daytime persons are constantly losing themselves
+in the midst of the city. Whilst at night it is impossible to move out
+of the house without company, unless you have any desire to sleep under
+a tree. This has happened to the oldest inhabitants, about whom many
+droll stories have been told. Some of the highest officers in the
+colony, after wandering about for hours in the dark, either running
+against trees, or falling over logs, or into holes, have chosen rather
+to give it up in despair, content to take a night's lodging beneath a
+tree, than run the risk any longer of breaking their necks although in
+the midst of the township, and when day-light appeared, not perhaps more
+than a pistol-shot from their own hut. It is hardly possible that such a
+blunder as this is, this Adelaide and Port Adelaide, can much longer be
+tolerated by the respectable parties about proceeding to the Colony, and
+there is not the remotest chance that the unnatural abortion can ever
+come to good. Another town of more modest and moderate pretensions will
+rise up in the land-locked basin of Port Lincoln, along the margin of
+the deep water, consisting of 640 acres, divided into building lots of
+one rood each, which will be enough for a population of 50,000 persons,
+which is as many as the most sanguine friend of the Colony can
+anticipate for a century to come. There, under the shelter of Boston
+Island, or in Spalding Cove, the merchant may leave his office and walk
+across a plank into the last ship that arrived from England, and all the
+hundreds of bullocks now employed dragging up waggon loads of rubbish
+and merchandise from Adelaide Swamp to Adelaide Township, may then be
+dispensed with and go a-ploughing, as they ought to have done long
+since, which will save L20,000 a year to the settlers in the item of
+land carriage alone, and by being employed on the farms instead of on
+the road the Colony will not require such frequent importations of farm
+produce from Van Diemen's Land, to the great impoverishment of the
+community. What, abandon Adelaide! I think I hear the carriers exclaim.
+Oh no, let Adelaide remain as before, it will always answer well enough
+for a country village, and stand a monument to the folly of the
+projectors, but let the Governor and Civil Establishment move their
+head-quarters without loss of time, to Port Lincoln, before more money
+is thrown away. Every month that this measure is delayed it is made
+more difficult and therefore should not be postponed at all. The buyers
+of the 1,200 town acres would feel much disappointment at the measure,
+as the market would be spoiled for the sale of their building lots, but
+they would be rightly served for asking a monopoly price to respectable
+new-comers, who ought to be enabled to obtain a town allotment for a
+trifle of the Government.
+
+In New South Wales they are sold by auction as applied for, and put up
+at 20_s._ each, at which price they are generally knocked down; but with
+a view to prevent any monopolizer buying them up, to the injury of the
+_bona fide_ settler, every purchaser must sign a bond to the Government
+in a penalty of L20, that he will build a house on the allotment, of a
+certain value, within three years, or otherwise the land reverts
+absolutely to the Crown, and the penalty is enforced too. This is as it
+should be, and the evil working of the old system ought to have been
+forseen, but at South Australia the Commissioners and Survey Department
+disdained to copy anything from such a colony as Sydney and made the old
+saying good about advice, that those who want it most like it least. Now
+the late Governor, Captain Hindmarsh, was quite the opposite of this,
+and was most diligent in seeking out the best way of doing everything,
+and was not above learning even from those ignorant neighbours, New
+South Wales and Van Diemen's Land. Here is a proof.
+
+(Copy)
+
+"Government House, _25th April, 1838._
+
+"The Council being about to meet this morning to discuss a subject with
+which Mr. Horton James is particularly well acquainted; the Governor
+will thank Mr. James, if he would do him the favour to attend the
+Council this morning about half-past nine o'clock, to give the Council
+his opinion on the subject.
+
+"T.H. JAMES, ESQ., Adelaide."
+
+The character of the late Governor, Capt. Hindmarsh, pleased me
+exceedingly, not only for the frankness of his manner towards strangers,
+and the easy terms on which he admitted every respectable resident to
+his table, but by his constant, steady, and unremitting attention to
+business. Many difficulties of a new and serious nature would sometimes
+suddenly involve him, during my residence in the colony, especially in
+reference to the native blacks, who had been committing some violences
+in the camp. The settlers were very violent and rash, calling loudly for
+immediate and strong measures of retaliation, and going up in mobs to
+Government House, thirsting for revenge against the natives. But the
+Governor on all occasions acted with a praiseworthy and becoming
+firmness, and would listen to nothing like reprisals on an unarmed and
+naked population; and while he took the most upright, they turned out to
+be the wisest and most successful measures he could have adopted for the
+pacification of the place, which in a day or two became as quiet as
+ever, and the danger so much talked of was disregarded and forgotten,
+entirely owing to His Excellency's pacific treatment. Notwithstanding
+his severe and inflexible adherence to these measures, in accordance to
+his instructions, and in opposition to the murderous wishes of some of
+the settlers, Captain Hindmarsh, after the hours of business, surrounded
+by his amiable and accomplished family, was just the same as ever,
+zealous, enthusiastic and humane, when speaking of the colony and its
+black population; and gentle and sincere in his intercourse with his
+friends; never exhibiting the slightest degree of reserve, parade or
+affectation, but winning all hearts by his attention to his guests. It
+is hard to say why such a suitable person was recalled. He seems to have
+been sacrificed to clamour; but to accuse, and prove, are very
+different, and in any enquiry that may be hereafter instituted, Captain
+Hindmarsh will, I am sure, come off without reproach.
+
+
+
+
+FOUNDATION OF VICTORIA
+
++Source.+--Batman's Journal, Victorian Pamphlets, Vol. cxxvii, pp.
+10-13, 16-22
+
+     Convictism in Tasmania caused great dissatisfaction among the free
+     settlers; in 1835 John Batman crossed the Strait in search of fresh
+     pastures. Melbourne stands on the site he selected for "the future
+     village."
+
+
+_May 29th._ Daylight had no sooner broke this morning--and never had its
+cheerful return been so ardently longed for--than we were again greeted
+by the sight of Port Phillip Heads, at a distance not apparently
+exceeding eight miles. By 9 a.m. we were between the Heads, with the
+tide running out, and nearly at low water; a heavy surf and the wind
+light and baffling. We effected an entrance with difficulty at a part of
+the bay where the width was about a mile and a quarter. We succeeded,
+however, in entering one of the finest bays, or basins of water, well
+sheltered, that we remember to have seen. Within the Bay the water was,
+compared to our late tossing in the boiling and foaming waters outside,
+as smooth as a mill-pond, and our little bark floated gently along like
+a sleeping gull. I shall, however, take this opportunity to remark that
+it will be desirable to enter its mouth only at the times of the tide
+running in. We continued our course down the bay, and found the country
+everywhere of the same richly-grassed character.
+
+_May 30th._ Robinson Crusoe was never better pleased with the appearance
+of the first ship which arrived, and rescued him _from_ his desolate
+island, than I was with the vessel which proved the means of thus
+opening to view a country capable of supporting a future nation, and
+which, we trust, will be the means of relieving the Hobart Town country
+of its over-stocked cattle, and the Mother Country of her surplus and
+half-starved peasantry. Futurity must develop this prophecy! Further
+travelling and examination only added to my pre-conceived estimate of
+this extremely interesting and extensive territory; consisting of plains
+or downs at least twenty miles long by a width of 10 miles, and the
+distance may have been greater, but for the interruption of hills more
+than ordinarily high, which broke the horizon in different directions.
+One of these vistas, which I have at present in view, cannot form a less
+area than 100,000 acres. Its general character presents that of
+cultivated pasture for centuries past; the few trees appear as though
+they owed their plantation to the hand of man. All the high hills are
+covered with grass to their summits.
+
+I discovered the fires of the natives or aboriginal inhabitants of this
+marvellously fertile country, and felt delighted beyond expression that
+the task of its discovery should have devolved upon myself.
+
+_June 2nd._ My Sydney natives came on board this morning for the purpose
+of assisting in packing up, and otherwise making preparations for our
+contemplated expedition into the interior. As it continued to rain
+heavily and a heavy bank of fog prevailed, and prevented our seeing any
+distance, I proposed, rather than lose time to go with the vessel to the
+river (Saltwater), and from thence take my departure for the bush. We
+made the river by 3 p.m., and observed that the whole of the coast at
+the head of the bay was clear of timber, and a constant plain covered
+with grass.
+
+Near the head of the river, on the point, was a plantation of she-oak.
+We endeavoured to sail up the river, but found the water not more than a
+fathom deep.... To-morrow, weather permitting, I intend taking my
+departure up the river.
+
+_June 3rd._ Everything being in readiness, we left the vessel about 9
+a.m., and proceeded in a boat up the river for about five miles.... In
+travelling further up we passed over several rich flats, about a mile
+wide, by two or three miles long, destitute of trees, and covered
+knee-deep with grass, from which hundreds of tons of good hay might be
+made. The land was of the best description, equal to anything in the
+world, nor does it appear subject to being flooded. For twenty-six miles
+we continued following the course of this river, and found on both sides
+of it, as far as the eye could stretch, fine open plains, with a few
+trees of the oak species; one striking object was the absence of fresh
+water all throughout this distance. Just before sundown as we were
+preparing to camp on the bank of the river, I caught sight of a damp
+place, and, on sending one of my men, Gumm, to make a hole with a stick
+to the depth of two feet, we had in the course of an hour a plentiful
+supply of good water.... I have named this place Gumm's Well.
+
+_June 4th._ Recommenced our journey up the river at 8 a.m.; after
+travelling four or five miles, I turned off to obtain a view of Mounts
+Collicott, Cottrill, and Solomon.... We continued travelling over the
+plains, and in eight miles again made the river. Having crossed the
+river, we travelled over the richest land I had ever seen in my life;
+marsh mallows with leaves as large as those of the cabbage tribe, and as
+high as my head. We recrossed at a native ford, and we observed on a
+wattle tree, which they had been stripping of the bark, scratches or
+marks of figures, representing blacks in the act of fighting. These
+figures I copied as near as I was able.
+
+_June 6th._ We made an early breakfast and resumed our journey in order
+to reach the camp of the blacks, the smoke of whose fires we had seen
+yesterday. We travelled over land equal to any that we had seen, a deep
+black diluvium with grass three or four feet high, and thinly-timbered.
+After travelling eight miles we struck the trail of the natives which in
+a short time led us to a branch of the tribe, consisting of one chief,
+his wife, and three children--fine, plump, chubby, healthy-looking
+urchins they were. To this distinguished royal chieftain of the prairies
+I gave one pair of blankets, handkerchiefs, beads, and three
+pocket-knives; upon the receipt of these presents, he undertook the part
+of guide. We crossed a fresh water creek with good land on either bank.
+Our new guide informed us that he would take us to his tribe, at the
+same time naming many of their chiefs. After travelling about eight
+miles, we were surprised to hear a number of voices calling after us,
+and on looking round encountered six men, armed with spears fixed in
+their wommeras. We stopped; and they at once threw aside their spears,
+and came up to us in a most friendly manner possible. We all shook hands
+and I gave them knives, tomahawks, etc., whereupon they took the lead,
+and brought us back about a mile, to where we found huts, or gunyahs,
+and a number of women and children. We sat down in the midst of these
+sooty and sable aboriginal children of Australia; amongst whom we
+ascertained were eight chiefs belonging to the country near Port
+Phillip, over which we had travelled, and with which we had so much
+reason to be pleased. The three principal chiefs were brothers. Two of
+them were fully six feet high and tolerably good-looking; the third was
+not so tall but much stouter than the others. The other five chiefs were
+equally fine men. And a question, to myself, here arises, and the answer
+as speedily follows, viz., now is the time for entering into and
+effecting a purchase of their land. A full explanation, that my object
+in visiting their shores was to purchase their land, they appeared to
+understand; and the following negotiation or agreement was immediately
+entered into. I purchased two large blocks or tracts of land, about
+600,000 acres, more or less, and, in consideration therefor, I gave them
+blankets, knives, looking-glasses, tomahawks, beads, scissors, flour,
+etc. I also further agreed to pay them a tribute or rent yearly. The
+parchment, or deed was signed this afternoon by the eight chiefs, each
+of them, at the same time, handing me a portion of the soil; thus giving
+me full possession of the tracts of land I had purchased.
+
+This most extraordinary sale and purchase took place by the side of a
+lovely stream of water, from whence my land commenced. A tree was here
+marked in four different ways, to define the corner boundaries. Good
+land, to any extent, either for stock or tillage, with good water was
+here in abundance, ready for sheep, cattle, or the plough. Our
+negotiation was terminated by my Sydney natives giving our
+newly-acquired friends a grand corroborree at night, much to their
+delight. The group consisted, altogether, of forty-five men, women, and
+children.
+
+Sunday, _June 7th._ I awoke this morning with the agreeable
+consciousness of my being able, like Alexander Selkirk, of school-boy
+memory, to say: "I am monarch of all I survey; my right there is none to
+dispute." With a view, however, of securing this right more permanently,
+I busied myself with drawing up triplicates of the deeds of the land I
+had purchased, and in delivering over to the natives more property. This
+was done on the banks of the lovely little creek which I have named
+Batman's Creek, as a memento of the novel and interesting transaction
+occurring on its banks. After the purchase and payment at the conclusion
+of the preliminaries, I had made preparation for departing, when two of
+the principal chiefs approached, and laid their royal mantles at my
+feet, begging my acceptance of them. Upon my acquiescing, the gifts were
+placed around my neck and over my shoulders by the noble donors, who
+seemed much pleased at their share in the transaction, and begged of me
+to walk a pace or two in their (now my) princely vestments. I asked them
+to accompany me to the vessel, to which request I received a rather
+feeling reply, by their pointing, first to their children, and next to
+their own naked feet, importing that they could not walk so fast as
+ourselves, but would come down in a few day. In the course of the late
+transaction, I had no difficulty in discovering their sacred and private
+mark, so important in all their transactions, and universally respected.
+I obtained a knowledge of this mark by means of one of my Sydney
+natives, Bungit, who, going behind a tree, out of sight of the females
+made the Sydney aboriginal mark. I afterwards took two others of my
+natives, and the principal chief of Port Phillip to whom I showed the
+mark on the tree, which he instantly recognized, and pointed, also, to
+the knocking out of the front tooth. This mark is always made
+simultaneously with the loss or extraction of the tooth. I requested
+the chief through the interpretation of my Sydney natives, to give the
+imprint of his mark. After a few minutes hesitation, he took a tomahawk
+and did as he was desired, on the bark of a tree. A copy of this mark is
+attached to the deed, as the signature and seal of their country.
+
+About 10 a.m. I took my departure from these interesting people. The
+principal chief could not be less than six feet four inches high, and
+his proportions gigantic; his brother six feet two inches, also a fine
+man. I recrossed Batman's Creek, and travelled over thinly-timbered
+country of box, gum, wattle, and she-oak, with grass three of four feet
+high. Travelling twelve miles down we came, subsequently, upon a
+thinly-timbered forest of gum, wattle and oak. Here, for the first time,
+the land became sandy, with a little gravel. The grass was ten inches
+high, and resembled a field of wheat. We have not seen the slightest
+appearance of frost. After leaving this forest, we came upon the river I
+had gone up a few days before. Intending to come down on the opposite
+side and hail the vessel, I crossed on the banks of the river, a large
+marsh, one mile and a half broad by three or four long, of the richest
+diluvium; not a tree was to be seen. Having crossed this marsh we passed
+through a dense tea-tree scrub, very high, expecting to make the vessel
+in the course of an hour or two, but, to our great surprise, when we got
+through, we found ourselves on the banks of a much larger river than the
+one we had originally gone up.
+
+As it was now near sundown, and at least two days would be required to
+head the river, I decided upon allowing two of my Sydney natives to swim
+across it, and go to the vessel, distant about seven miles, to fetch the
+boat. Bullet and Bungit started on this enterprise, and returned in
+about three hours from the time of their departure. Their return with
+the boat was most opportune as we had got on the point of junction of
+the two rivers, where the tide had set in, and was already up to my
+ankles. I first despatched the party with the dogs in the boat to the
+opposite bank, and, on the return of the boat, myself and old Bull, who
+had cut his foot, went in first-rate style, to the vessel. I hope my
+travelling on foot will terminate, at least for some time. I had now
+accomplished a most arduous undertaking, and, in order to secure the
+fruits of my exertions I intend leaving Gumm, Dodds, Thomson, and three
+of my Sydney natives--Bungit, Bullet, and old Bull--as overseers and
+bailiffs of my newly acquired territory, and of the possession of which
+nothing short of a premature disclosure of my discovery on the part of
+my companions, can possibly deprive me. These people I intend leaving at
+Indented Heads, as my head depot, with a supply of necessaries for at
+least three months. The chiefs of the Port Phillip tribe made me a
+present of three stone tomahawks, some spears, wommeras, boomerangs, and
+other weapons of warfare.
+
+_June 8th._ This morning the winds set in foul for Indented Heads, and,
+having made several attempts to get out of the river, we gave it up as
+hopeless. We went in the boat, up the large river coming from the east,
+and after examination six miles up, I was pleased to find the water
+quite fresh and very deep. This will be the place for the future
+village.
+
+
+
+
+TRANSPORTATION
+
++Source.+--Report from the Select Committee of the House of Commons on
+Transportation (Molesworth, 1838), pp. 8-10, 31-33, 43
+
+     As Australia was shown to offer greater and greater attractions to
+     free settlers the agitation against transportation increased. In
+     1838 the British Government appointed a Select Committee to inquire
+     into and report upon the whole system. Their verdict is given
+     below.
+
+
+To plant a colony, and to form a new society, has ever been an arduous
+task. In addition to the natural difficulties arising from ignorance of
+the nature of the soil, and of the climate of a new country, the first
+settlers have generally had to contend with innumerable obstacles, which
+only undaunted patience, firmness of mind, and constancy of purpose,
+could overcome. But, whatever the amount of difficulties attendant on
+the foundations of colonies, those difficulties were greatly augmented,
+in New South Wales, by the character of the first settlers. The
+offenders who were transported in the past century to America, were sent
+to communities the bulk of whose population were men of thrift and
+probity; the children of improvidence were dropped in by driblets
+amongst the mass of a population already formed, and were absorbed and
+assimilated as they were dropped in. They were scattered and separated
+from each other; some acquired habits of honest industry, and all, if
+not reformed by their punishment, were not certain to be demoralized by
+it. In New South Wales, on the contrary, the community was composed of
+the very dregs of society; of men, proved by experience to be unfit to
+be at large in any society, and who were sent from the British gaols,
+and turned loose to mix with one another in the desert, together with a
+few task-masters, who were to set them to work in the open wilderness;
+and with the military, who were to keep them from revolt. The
+consequences of this strange assemblage were vice, immorality, frightful
+disease, hunger, dreadful mortality among the settlers; the convicts
+were decimated by pestilence on the voyage, and again decimated by
+famine on their arrival; and the most hideous cruelty was practised
+towards the unfortunate natives. Such is the early history of New South
+Wales.
+
+After sentence of transportation has been passed, convicts are sent to
+the hulks or gaols, where they remain till the period of their departure
+arrives. On board convict vessels the convicts are under the sole
+control of the surgeon-superintendent, who is furnished with
+instructions, as to his conduct, from the Admiralty. The precautions
+which have been taken against disease, and the better discipline now
+preserved in these ships, have applied an effectual remedy to the
+physical evils of the long voyage to Australia, and prevented the
+mortality amongst the prisoners which prevailed to a fearful extent
+during the earlier periods of transportation. Little diminution,
+however, has taken place in those moral evils, which seem to be the
+necessary consequences of the close contact and communication between so
+many criminals, both during the period of confinement previous to
+embarkation, and during the weariness of a long voyage.
+
+As soon as a convict vessel reaches its place of destination, a report
+is made by the surgeon-superintendent to the governor. A day is then
+appointed for the colonial secretary or for his deputy to go on board to
+muster the convicts, and to hear their complaints, if they have any to
+make. The male convicts are subsequently removed to the convict
+barracks; the females to the penitentiaries. In New South Wales,
+however, regulations have lately been established, by which, in most
+cases, female convicts are enabled to proceed at once from the ship to
+private service. It is the duty of an officer, called the principal
+superintendent of convicts, to classify the newly-arrived convicts, the
+greater portion of whom are distributed amongst the settlers as
+assigned servants; the remainder are either retained in the employment
+of the government, or some few of them are sent to the penal
+settlements.
+
+On the whole, your Committee may assert that, in the families of
+well-conducted and respectable settlers, the condition of assigned
+convicts is much the same as the condition of similar descriptions of
+servants in this country; but this is by no means the case in the
+establishment of all settlers. As the lot of a slave depends upon the
+character of his master, so the condition of a convict depends upon the
+temper and disposition of the settler to whom he is assigned. On this
+account Sir George Arthur, late Governor of Van Diemen's Land, likened
+the convict to a slave, and described him "as deprived of liberty,
+exposed to all the caprice of the family to whose service he may happen
+to be assigned, and subject to the most summary laws; his condition"
+(said Sir George) "in no respect differs from that of the slave, except
+that his master cannot apply corporal punishment by his own hands or
+those of his overseer, and has a property in him for a limited period.
+Idleness and insolence of expression, or of looks, anything betraying
+the insurgent spirit, subject him to the chain-gang or the triangle, or
+hard labour on the roads."
+
+On the other hand, a convict, if ill-treated, may complain of his
+master; and if he substantiate his charge the master is deprived of his
+services; but for this purpose the convict must go before a bench,
+sometimes a hundred miles distant, composed of magistrates, most of whom
+are owners of convict labour. Legal redress is therefore rarely sought
+for, and still more rarely obtained by the injured convict.
+
+With regard to the general conduct of assigned agricultural labourers,
+there was a considerable diversity of opinion. The evidence, however, of
+Sir G. Arthur, appears to your Committee to be conclusive on this point,
+with regard to which he wrote to the Secretary of State for the Colonies
+in the following terms:
+
+"You cannot, my Lord, have an idea of the vexations which accompany the
+employment of convicts or of the vicissitudes attendant upon their
+assignment. Their crimes and misconduct involve the settlers in daily
+trouble, expense, and disappointment. The discipline and control of the
+convicts in Van Diemen's Land is carried, perhaps, to a higher degree
+than could have ever been contemplated. Many of the convicts have been
+greatly reformed when in the service of considerate and judicious
+masters; but, with all this abatement, there is so much peculation, so
+much insubordination, insolence, disobedience of lawful orders, and so
+much drunkenness, that reference to the magisterial authority is
+constant, and always attended with loss of time and expense to the
+settlers. There can be no doubt things appear better in the colony than
+they really are; for, in numberless instances, masters are known to
+submit to peculation rather than incur the additional expense of
+prosecuting their servants. Two hundred felons, after having been for a
+longtime under confinement in the gaols or hulks of England, and
+subsequently pent up on board a transport, are placed in charge of the
+masters or their agents to whom they have been assigned. The master has
+then to take the convict to his home (either to the other extremity of
+the island, a distance of 140 miles, or nearer, as the case may be), and
+well would it be if he could get him quietly there, but the contrary is
+of too frequent occurrence. Either with some money the convict has
+secreted, or from the bounty of some old acquaintance, the assigned
+servant, now relieved for the first time for some months from personal
+restraint, eludes the vigilance of his new master, finds his way into a
+public-house, and the first notice the settler has of his servant, for
+whom he has travelled to Hobart Town, for whose clothing he has paid the
+Government, for whose comfort he has, perhaps, made other little
+advances, is, that he is lodged in the watch-house with loss of half his
+clothing, or committed to gaol for felony."
+
+The members of the anti-emancipist party in New South Wales attribute
+the increase of crime in that colony partly to alleged relaxation of
+convict discipline under Sir Richard Bourke; partly to the action of the
+Jury Laws, which permit persons who have been convicts to become jurors;
+and lastly, to the increasing number of emancipists.
+
+The first-mentioned cause of the increase of crime in New South Wales
+refers to the Quarter Session Act, passed in 1833; by that Act, the
+summary jurisdiction of single magistrates over convicts, was somewhat
+diminished, and a magistrate was prevented from inflicting more than 50
+lashes for a single offence, instead of 150 which he might have given
+before at three separate inflictions. These complaints do not seem to
+your Committee to have the slightest foundation in fact, and Sir Richard
+Bourke appears to have acted with wisdom, justice, and humanity in his
+treatment of the convict population.
+
+With regard to the second alleged cause of the increase of crime,
+namely, the jury laws, your Committee need hardly repeat, that the
+well-proven effect of transportation is to demoralize, not to reform an
+offender; therefore, in a community like New South Wales, wherein so
+large a proportion of the population are persons who have been convicts,
+to permit such persons generally to sit upon juries must evidently have
+an injurious effect. Your Committee, however, must observe, that under a
+good system of punishment, an offender should, at the expiration of his
+sentence, be considered to have atoned for his crimes, and he should be
+permitted to commence a new career without any reference to his past
+one.
+
+With regard to the last alleged cause of the increase of crime, namely,
+the increasing number of emancipists; little doubt, your Committee
+think, can be entertained of the pernicious consequences of annually
+turning loose a number of unreclaimed offenders on so small a community
+as that of New South Wales.
+
+One of the supposed advantages of transportation is, that it prevents
+this country from being burthened with criminal offenders, after the
+expiration of their sentences. It is now, however, evident that
+transportation does not tend to diminish the sum total of offences
+committed in the British Dominions; it may, perhaps, relieve Great
+Britain and Ireland from a portion of their burthen of crime; though,
+from the little apprehension which transportation produces, that fact
+may be reasonably doubted. On the other hand, it only transfers and
+aggravates the burthen upon portions of the British Dominions, which,
+like New South Wales, and Van Diemen's Land, are least able to bear it.
+
+In 1836, the free population of New South Wales amounted to 49,255, of
+whom about 17,000 had been convicts. In 1834, the free population of Van
+Diemen's Land did not exceed 23,315, of whom about 3,000 were expirees.
+
+Of the state of society in the towns of these colonies, a general idea
+may be formed from a description of Sydney, according to the accounts
+given of it, by the Chief Police Magistrate and by Mr. Justice Burton.
+In 1836 Sydney covered an area of about 2,000 acres and contained about
+20,000 inhabitants; of this number 3,500 were convicts, most of them in
+assigned service, and about 7,000 had probably been prisoners of the
+Crown. These, together with their associates amongst the free
+population, were persons of violent and uncontrollable passions, which
+most of them possessed no lawful means of gratifying; incorrigibly bad
+characters, preferring a life of idleness and debauchery by means of
+plunder to one of honest industry. Burglaries and robberies were
+frequently perpetrated by convict servants in the town and its vicinity,
+sometimes even in the middle of the day. No town offered so many
+facilities for eluding the vigilance of the police as Sydney did. The
+unoccupied bush near and within it afforded shelter to the offender and
+hid him from pursuit. He might steal or hire a boat and in a few minutes
+place an arm of the sea between himself and his pursuers. The want of
+continuity in the buildings afforded great facilities for lying in wait
+for opportunities of committing crime, for instant concealment on the
+approach of the police, and for obtaining access to the backs of houses
+and shops; and the drunkenness, idleness, and carelessness of a great
+proportion of the inhabitants afforded innumerable opportunities and
+temptations, both by day and night, for those who chose to live by
+plunder. The greater portion of the shopkeepers and the middling class
+had been convicts, for the tradesmen connected with the criminal
+population have an advantage over free emigrants.
+
+Those of the emancipists who were possessed of property had generally
+acquired it by dishonest means, by keeping grog-shops, gambling-houses,
+by receiving stolen goods, and by other nefarious practices; they led a
+life of gross licentiousness; but their wealth and influence were such
+that one-fourth of the jurors who served in the civil and criminal
+courts during the years 1834, 1835, and 1836, belonged to their number.
+More immorality prevailed in Sydney than in any other town of the same
+size in the British Dominions; there, the vice of drunkenness had
+attained its highest pitch; the quantity of spirits consumed in Sydney
+was enormous; even throughout the whole of New South Wales the annual
+average, for every human being in the colony had reached four gallons a
+head. Such, according to the authorities already quoted, are the towns
+to which transportation has given birth; and such are the inmates
+furnished to them by the criminal tribunals of this country.
+
+Your Committee having, in the preceding pages of their Report, discussed
+the nature and effects of transportation, and what alterations can be
+made in the existing system, now consider that they have submitted the
+most unquestionable proofs that the two main characteristics of
+transportation, as a punishment, are inefficiency in deterring from
+crimes, and remarkable efficiency, not in reforming, but in still
+further corrupting those who undergo the punishment; that these
+qualities of inefficiency for good, and efficiency for evil, are
+inherent in the system, which, therefore, is not susceptible of any
+satisfactory improvement; and lastly, that there belongs to the system,
+extrinsically from its strange character as a punishment, the yet more
+curious and monstrous evil of calling into existence, and continually
+extending, societies, or the germs of nations most thoroughly depraved,
+as respects both the character and degree of their vicious propensities.
+Your Committee, therefore, are of the opinion that the present system of
+transportation should be abolished, and will now proceed to offer a few
+observations as to the description of punishment which, in their
+opinion, ought to be substituted in the stead of transportation.
+
+
+
+
+INDEPENDENCE OF VICTORIA
+
++Source.+--Port Phillip Gazette
+
+     In 1844 New South Wales (including the Port Phillip and Moreton Bay
+     districts) was granted representative government, but the distance
+     between Sydney and Melbourne and the disproportion of
+     representatives made it a farce as far as Port Phillip was
+     concerned. Melbourne proceeded to demonstrate to the British
+     Government the necessity for Separation. Victoria was established
+     as a separate colony in 1851.
+
+
+_Jan. 3rd, 1848._ The Separation Despatch.--To such writers as cannot
+comprehend the policy of the Russell administration, it is common to
+decry everything which they have attempted, as stupid and impracticable;
+but we, who deem ourselves wiser in our generation, view their conduct
+in a very different light, and give them credit for no ordinary talent;
+great energy, and more perseverance in our affairs, than can be, under
+existing circumstances, ascribed to any Ministry in our day. They took
+office at a period of great political excitement, and still they have
+devoted much attention to Colonial interests; and they have
+extraordinary claims upon our beloved Victoria, having granted us that
+boon we long demanded in vain from former Ministers.
+
+The Despatch officially announces that Earl Grey is to bring in a Bill
+for the Separation of this, from the Middle District at last, and that
+we will form a Colony of our own, under the new name of Victoria. The
+Constitution of this Colony will to some extent be identified with those
+of the other Australian Colonies.
+
+At present, Earl Grey has put forth simply the general principles; the
+details, he says, will form matter for serious consideration and anxious
+deliberation.
+
+We anticipate some of the Sydney papers will be coming out with a
+cart-load of nonsense; running down Earl Grey's plan, but we will defend
+it from their senseless and ignorant declamation.
+
+Monday, _July 10th, 1848._ Political Gazette. The Elections.
+
+Our readers must be aware that the writs for the election of members to
+serve in the new Legislative Council of the Colony of New South Wales,
+have been issued, and that his Worship the Mayor of Melbourne will hold
+a meeting of the electors of the City of Melbourne, in front of the
+Supreme Court House, La Trobe St. on Tuesday, 25th day of July, for the
+nomination of a member to serve in said Council for the Electoral
+District of Melbourne.
+
+Wednesday, _July 19th, 1848._ The Elections.
+
+The outrageous attempt to thrust Mr. Adam Bogue upon the District, as
+one of our members for the Legislative Council, has displayed that we
+are looked upon as a refuge for the destitute; and that the opinion of
+Port Phillip in Sydney is, that any beardless boy without name,
+character, or property may be raised upon our shoulders into an office
+of great influence, and almost supreme importance.
+
+We have the welfare of the district sincerely at heart, and we advise
+the electors to return no members from Sydney. Let them nominate Port
+Phillip men and Port Phillip residents whether they can go to Sydney or
+not. We entreat the electors not to be made the instrument of
+destruction to themselves; let them not elect Sydney members to plunder
+Port Phillip.
+
+Electors, place five Port Phillip men in nomination, and one half of
+them may go up to Sydney, who would be worth a thousand Sydney Adam
+Bogues.
+
+Remember that the nomination will take place to-morrow, opposite the
+Court House at noon. We have no wish to treat the pretensions of any
+person who comes forward as a candidate for a public office with
+disrespect; but we cannot regard the attempt of a young man of neither
+standing nor capital to thrust himself into the Legislative Council on
+Port Phillip influence, other than a piece of impertinence. We should,
+however, have passed it unnoticed, had not this very same person
+insulted every man in this Province so recently, by endeavouring to
+throw Port Phillip out of the line of steam communication with
+England--when Port Phillip wanted a friend he gave her a kick, and this
+should have been the last district for Mr. Bogue to make an offer of his
+services to.
+
+Wednesday, _July 26th, 1848._ To-day's Election.
+
+We approved of the principle of returning no members for the Legislative
+Council (so far as the District was concerned) and we regret that an
+attempt is about to be made to overthrow these proceedings, by returning
+a Member for Melbourne in the person of J.F.L. Foster, Esq.
+
+This is a question upon which, we are aware, some difference of opinion
+exists; but, having commenced the principle, so far as the District is
+concerned, we ought to carry it out; if we act otherwise it will be
+thrown in the teeth of the citizens of Melbourne that they disfranchised
+the District and then returned a Member on their own account to
+represent their city.
+
+There required, however, to be unanimity to accomplish this, and some of
+the electors having proposed Mr. Foster as a fit and proper person to
+represent the City; those who were in favour of carrying out the
+principle already adopted at the District Meeting, had nothing left but
+to bring forward an opponent to Mr. Foster, and in the person of the
+Right Hon. Earl Grey has this opponent been found.
+
+True, did the City wish to send a practical man, we are willing to
+accede that Earl Grey is not in a position to sit and work for us in the
+Council, but we wish, by electing a man who cannot act, at any rate for
+eighteen months, to carry out the principle which the Electors of the
+District have already agreed to be correct; we deem it then the duty of
+every honest man in this community to give his vote to Earl Grey, not so
+much out of respect for His Lordship, as to carry out a principle; a
+principle to which we consider the honour of Melbourne to be pledged.
+
+Mr. Foster is, no doubt, a very excellent kind of man, but having been
+withdrawn by his friends, on the morning of the District Election, we
+must look upon him as shelved for the present. Let us then return Earl
+Grey as one member, and it may do us more good than we can well conceive
+at present, as it will give His Lordship a practical illustration of our
+helplessness, and thus hasten on Separation.
+
+Hasten then, electors to the poll! and record your vote in favour of
+Earl Grey and SEPARATION!!
+
+The Poll commences at Nine o'clock this morning.
+
+Saturday, _July 29th._ Domestic Gazette. Election of a Representative
+for the City of Melbourne.--On Wednesday last, no little commotion was
+created by the election of a member (nominally) to represent the
+interests of the Citizens of Melbourne in the Legislative Council, but
+the thinking portion of the community having arrived at the conclusion
+that representation in the Legislative Council at Sydney, under existing
+circumstances, was a farce, had determined, virtually, upon adopting a
+similar course to that pursued at the nomination of Candidates for the
+District, and the Right Hon. Earl Grey was consequently proposed as a
+fit and proper person to represent our interests in the Legislative
+Council, and this proposition, with two or three exceptions, met with
+unanimous approval at the meeting. After the first hour's polling, it
+was clear that Mr. Foster had no chance, and as this became more and
+more apparent as the day advanced, some hundreds of voters who had
+intended to support the favourite were deterred from doing so under a
+conviction that their votes would not be required, and the unfavourable
+state of the weather counteracted the desire to be present at the scene
+of action. It was understood that the Mayor would, on the following day,
+declare on whom the election had fallen, and at noon, many hundred
+persons and, notwithstanding the still unfavourable state of the
+weather, assembled outside the supreme Court House, and a few minutes
+afterwards the excellent Band of the Total Abstinence Society, might be
+seen wending their way to the spot, headed by Mr. J.P. Fawkner.
+
+The Mayor addressed the Meeting as follows:--"Gentlemen, I have called
+you together again for the purpose of declaring on whom the late
+election has fallen, but previously to doing so I will read two
+protests, one of which has been sent to a deputy returning officer, and
+the other to myself." His worship then read the protests, which are as
+follows:--"I, the undersigned burgher of Bourke Ward, do hereby protest
+against the Returning Officer receiving any votes for the Right Hon.
+Earl Grey, on the following grounds:--
+
+"First, that Earl Grey as a Peer of the British Parliament cannot hold a
+seat in a Colonial House of Legislative Representation.
+
+"Second, That he cannot move Her Majesty in two distinct Legislatures.
+
+"Third, That he is not qualified according to the Act.
+
+"Fourth, That he is an absentee, and there is no one present to
+represent him--to state that he will sit if elected.
+
+(Signed) "Sidney Stephen, Barrister-at-law."
+
+The Mayor remarked that these protests were very respectably signed, and
+were deserving of attention, but although they were signed by numerous
+lawyers he believed he was relieved of all difficulty on the subject by
+being guided by the 96th clause of the Constitutional Act which rendered
+it imperative that all complaints of this nature must be addressed in
+the form of a petition to the Governor and must be addressed by one of
+the candidates, or one-tenth of the whole of the electors. Several other
+authorities were then referred to by His Worship, who expressed himself
+thoroughly satisfied as to the course he ought to pursue, and announced
+the following as the final state of the Poll in the Respective Wards.
+
+        WARDS            GREY       FOSTER
+     Gipps Ward     .  .   50  .  .   17
+     La Trobe Ward  .  .  102  .  .   15
+     Bourke Ward    .  .   43  .  .   32
+     Lonsdale Ward  .  .  100  .  .   28
+                          ___        ___
+                          295         92
+
+leaving a majority for Earl Grey of 203, who was declared amidst
+enthusiastic cheering, to be duly elected as a member of the Legislative
+Council for the Electoral District of the City of Melbourne.
+
+
+
+
+GOLD
+
++Source.+--A Lady's Visit to the Gold Diggings of Australia in 1852-53
+(Mrs. Charles Clacy), pp. 19-29, 82-85
+
+     Gold was discovered in Australia at a time when the people of every
+     nation in Europe were demanding a greater share in their respective
+     governments. Many who immigrated in search of gold took a leading
+     part in making the Australian Governments democratic.
+
+
+Melbourne, 1852.--The non-arrival of the Mail-steamer left us now no
+other care save the all-important one of procuring food and shelter.
+Scouts were accordingly despatched to the best hotels; they returned
+with long faces--"full." The second-rate, and in fact every respectable
+inn and boarding or lodging-house were tried, but with no better
+success. Here and there, a solitary bed could be obtained, but for our
+digging-party entire, which consisted of my brother, four shipmates, and
+myself, no accommodation could be procured, and we wished, if possible,
+to keep together. "It's a case," ejaculated one. At this moment the two
+last searchers approached, their countenances not quite so woebegone as
+before. "Well?" exclaimed we all in chorus, as we surrounded them, too
+impatient to interrogate at greater length. Thank Heavens! they had been
+successful! The housekeeper of a surgeon, who with his wife had just
+gone up to Forest Creek, would receive us to board and lodge for thirty
+shillings a week each: but as the accommodation was of the indifferent
+order, it was not yet as _une affaire arrangee_. On farther inquiry, we
+found the indifferent accommodation consisted in there being but one
+small sleeping-room for the gentlemen, and myself to share the bed and
+apartment of the temporary mistress. This was vastly superior to
+gipsying in the dirty streets, so we lost no time in securing our new
+berths; and ere very long, with appetites undiminished by these petty
+anxieties, we did ample justice to the dinner which our really kindly
+hostess quickly placed before us.
+
+The first night on shore after so long a voyage could scarcely seem
+otherwise than strange, one missed the eternal rocking at which so many
+grumble on board ship. Dogs (Melbourne is full of them) kept up an
+incessant barking; revolvers were cracking in all directions till
+daybreak, giving one a pleasant idea of the state of society. The next
+few days were busy ones for all, though rather dismal to me, as I was
+confined almost entirely indoors, owing to the awful state of the
+streets; for in the colonies, at this season of the year, one may go out
+prepared for fine weather, with blue sky above, and dry underfoot, and
+in less than an hour, should a _colonial_ shower come on, be unable to
+cross some of the streets without a plank being placed from the middle
+of the road to the pathway, or the alternative of walking in water up to
+the knees.
+
+Our party, on returning to the ship the day after our arrival, witnessed
+the French-leave-taking of all her crew, who, during the absence of the
+Captain, jumped overboard, and were quickly picked up and landed by the
+various boats about. This desertion of the ships by the sailors is an
+every-day occurrence; the diggings themselves, or the large amount they
+could obtain for the run home from another master, offer too many
+temptations. Consequently, our passengers had the amusement of hauling
+up from the hold their different goods and chattels; and so great was
+the confusion, that fully a week elapsed before they were all got to
+shore. Meanwhile, we were getting initiated into colonial prices--money
+did, indeed, take to itself wings and fly away. Fire-arms were at a
+premium; one instance will suffice--my brother sold a six-barrelled
+revolver for which he had given sixty shillings at Baker's, in Fleet
+Street, for sixteen pounds, and the parting with it at that price was
+looked upon as a great favour. Imagine boots, and they were very
+second-rate ones, at four pounds a pair. One of our between-deck
+passengers who had speculated with a small capital of forty pounds in
+boots and cutlery, told me afterwards that he had disposed of them the
+same evening he landed at a net profit of ninety pounds--no trifling
+addition to a poor man's purse. Labour was at a very high price,
+carpenters, boot and shoe makers, tailors, wheelwrights, joiners,
+smiths, glaziers, and, in fact, all useful trades, were earning from
+twenty to thirty shillings a day--the very men working on the roads
+could get eleven shillings per diem, and many a gentleman in this
+disarranged state of affairs, was glad to fling old habits aside and
+turn his hand to whatever came readiest. I knew one in particular, whose
+brother is at this moment serving as a Colonel in the army in India, a
+man more fitted for a gay London life than a residence in the Colonies.
+The diggings were too dirty and uncivilized for his taste, his capital
+was quickly dwindling away beneath the expenses of the comfortable life
+he led at one of the best hotels in town, so he turned to what as a boy
+he had learnt as an amusement, and obtained an addition to his income,
+of more than four hundred pounds a year as house carpenter. In the
+morning you might see him trudging off to his work, and before night
+might meet him at some ball or soiree among the elite of Melbourne.
+
+I shall not attempt an elaborate description of the town of Melbourne,
+or its neighbouring villages. The town is very well laid out; the
+streets (which are all straight, running parallel with and across one
+another) are very wide, but are incomplete, not lighted, and many are
+unpaved. Owing to the want of lamps, few, except when full moon, dare
+stir out after dark. Some of the shops are very fair; but the goods all
+partake too largely of the flash order, for the purpose of suiting the
+tastes of successful diggers, their wives, and families; it is ludicrous
+to see them in the shops--men who before the gold-mines were discovered
+toiled hard for their daily bread taking off half-a-dozen thick gold
+rings from their fingers, and trying to pull on to their rough,
+well-hardened hands the best white kids, to be worn at some wedding
+party, whilst the wife, proud of the novel ornament, descants on the
+folly of hiding them beneath such useless articles as gloves.
+
+The walking inhabitants are of themselves a study; glance into the
+streets--all nations, classes, and costumes are represented there.
+Chinamen, with pigtails and loose trousers; aborigines, with a solitary
+blanket flung over them; Vandemonian pick-pockets, with cunning eyes and
+light fingers--all, in fact, from the successful digger in his blue
+serge shirt, and with green veil still hanging round his wideawake, to
+the fashionably attired, newly-arrived "gent" from London, who stares
+round him in amazement and disgust. You may see, and hear too, some
+thoroughly colonial scenes in the streets. Once, in the middle of the
+day, when passing up Elizabeth Street, I heard the unmistakable sound of
+a mob behind, and as it was gaining upon me, I turned into the enclosed
+ground in front of the Roman Catholic Cathedral to keep out of the way
+of the crowd. A man had been taken up for horse-stealing, and a rare
+ruffianly set of both sexes were following the prisoner and the two
+policemen who had him in charge. "If but six of ye were of my mind,"
+shouted one, "it's this moment you'd release him." The crowd took the
+hint, and to it they set with right good will, yelling, swearing, and
+pushing with awful violence. The owner of the stolen horse got up a
+counter demonstration, and every few yards the procession was delayed by
+a trial of strength between the two parties. Ultimately, the police
+conquered; but this is not always the case, and often lives are lost and
+limbs broken in the struggle, so weak is the force maintained by the
+colonial government for the preservation of order.
+
+
+THE DIGGINGS
+
+Of the history of the discovery of gold in Australia I believe few are
+ignorant. The first supposed discovery took place some sixty years ago
+at Port Jackson. A convict made known to Governor Phillip the existence
+of an auriferous region near Sydney, and on the locality being examined
+particles of real gold-dust were found. Every one was astonished, and
+several other spots were tried without success. Suspicion was now
+excited, and the affair underwent a thorough examination, which elicited
+the following facts: The convict, in the hope of obtaining his pardon as
+a reward, had filed a guinea and some brass buttons, which, judicially
+mixed, made a tolerable pile of gold-dust, and this he carefully
+distributed over a small tract of sandy land. In lieu of the expected
+freedom, his ingenuity was rewarded with close confinement and other
+punishments. Thus ended the first idea of a gold-field in these
+colonies.
+
+Suddenly, in 1851, at the time that the approaching opening of the
+Crystal Palace was the principal subject of attention in England, the
+colonies of Australia were in a state of far greater excitement; as the
+news spread like wildfire, far and wide, that gold was really there. To
+Edward Hammon Hargreaves be given the honour of this discovery. This
+gentleman was an old Australian settler, just returned from a trip to
+California, where he had been struck by the similarity of the geological
+formation of the mountain ranges in his adopted country to that of the
+Sacramento district. On his return he immediately searched for the
+precious metal; Ophir, the Turon, and Bathurst well repaid his labour.
+Thus commenced the gold-diggings of New South Wales.
+
+The good people of Victoria were rather jealous of the importance given
+by these events to the other colony. Committees were formed and rewards
+were offered for the discovery of a gold-field in Victoria. The
+announcement of the Clunes diggings in July 1851 was the result; they
+were situated on a tributary of the Lodden. On 8 September those of
+Ballarat, and on the 10th those of Mount Alexander completely satisfied
+the most sceptical as to the vast mineral wealth of the colony. Bendigo
+soon was heard of, and gully after gully successfully attracted the
+attention of the public by the display of their golden treasures.
+
+
+
+
+EFFECTS OF THE GOLD DISCOVERY
+
++Source.+--The Gold Digger (Rev. David Mackenzie, M.A.), pp. 28-31
+
+
+The excitement produced throughout the colonies, but especially in
+Sydney and Melbourne, by the publication of the gold discovery, may be
+inferred from the following facts: In one week upwards of 2,000 persons
+were counted on the road to the Bathurst diggings, and only eleven
+coming down. Hundreds of men, of all classes and conditions, threw up
+their situations, and leaving their wives and families behind them,
+started for the diggings. Whole crews ran away from their ships, which
+were left to rot in our harbours, the men having willingly forfeited all
+their wages, clothes, etc. Within one week the prices of the following
+goods rose twenty-five per cent. in Sydney: flour, tea, sugar, rice,
+tobacco, warm clothing, and boots. Throughout all the towns nothing was
+saleable but provisions and diggers' tools and clothing. Every man who
+could handle a pick or spade was off, or preparing to be off, for the
+gold-fields. The roads were crowded with travellers, carriages, gigs,
+drays, carts, and wheelbarrows; mixed up in one confused assemblage
+might be seen magistrates, lawyers, physicians, clerks, tradesmen, and
+labourers.
+
+The building of houses, bridges, etc., was suspended for want of
+tradesmen, nearly all of them having gone to the diggings. Many houses
+might be seen half-finished for want of men to proceed with the work,
+though the owners or contractors were offering enormously high wages to
+any that would complete the work. The fields were left unsown, flocks of
+sheep were deserted by their shepherds. With one stockholder who has
+twenty thousand sheep, there remained only two men. Masters were seen
+driving their own drays; and ladies of respectability and ample means
+were obliged to cook the family dinner. Servants and apprentices were
+off in a body; and even the very "devils" bolted from the newspaper
+offices; in short, the yellow fever seized on all classes of society. In
+twenty-four hours prices of provisions doubled at Bathurst and the
+neighbouring places. In all our steamers and trading vessels the rate of
+passage was raised, in consequence of the necessary increase in the
+wages of seamen. All the trades held their meetings, at which a new
+tariff of charges was agreed upon; and even the publicans raised at
+least twenty-five per cent. the prices of their wines, beer, and
+spirits.
+
+Van Diemen's Land and New Zealand poured upon our shores shiploads of
+adventurers, attracted by the golden news; and South Australia is now
+almost drained of its labouring population, one of the consequences of
+which is that the shares in the famous Burra Burra copper mines there
+have fallen from L230 to L45, a fall which has entailed ruin on
+hundreds.
+
+In walking along the streets of Sydney or Melbourne you hear nothing
+talked about but gold; you see nothing exhibited in shop windows but
+specimens of gold, or some article of equipment for the gold-digger. In
+every society gold is the interminable topic of conversation; and
+throughout the colonies the only newspapers now read are those which
+contain intelligence from our golden fields.
+
+Soon after the discovery the Government of New South Wales, seeing that
+it could not prevent the community from digging for gold on Crown lands,
+quietly made virtue of necessity, and merely sought to legalize and
+regulate the diggings by the following announcement, published in the
+"Official Gazette":
+
+
+THE GOLD MINES
+
+Colonial Secretary's Office, Sydney, _23rd May, 1851._
+
+Licenses to Dig and Search for Gold.
+
+With reference to the Proclamation issued on the 22nd May instant,
+declaring the rights of the Crown in respect to Gold found in its
+natural place of deposit within the territory of New South Wales, His
+Excellency the Governor, with the advice of the Executive Council, has
+been pleased to establish the following Provisional Regulations, under
+which Licenses may be obtained, to search for, and remove the same:
+
+1. From and after the first day of June next, no person will be
+permitted to dig, search for, or remove gold on or from any land,
+whether public or private, without first taking out and paying for a
+License in the form annexed.
+
+2. For the present, and pending further proof of the extent of the
+Gold-field, the License fee has been fixed at L1 10_s._ per month, to be
+paid in advance; but it is to be understood that the rate is subject to
+future adjustment, as circumstances may render expedient.
+
+3. The Licenses can be obtained on the spot, from the Commissioner who
+has been appointed by His Excellency the Governor, to carry these
+regulations into effect, and who is authorized to receive the fee
+payable thereon.
+
+4. No person will be eligible to obtain a License, or the renewal of a
+License, unless he shall produce a certificate of discharge from his
+last service, or prove to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that he
+is not a person improperly absent from hired service.
+
+5. Rules, adjusting the extent and position of land to be covered by
+each License and for the prevention of confusion, and the interference
+of one License with another will be the subject of early regulation.
+
+6. With reference to lands alienated by the Crown, in fee simple, the
+Commissioner will not be authorized for the present to issue Licenses
+under the regulations to any persons but the proprietors, or persons
+authorized by them in writing to apply for the same.
+
+By his Excellency's command,
+
+E. FEAS THOMSON.
+
+
+
+
+VICTORIA IN 1854
+
++Source.+--The Golden Colony (G.H. Wathen, 1855), pp. 49-53, 78-81
+
+
+Even on the spot it is often very difficult to learn when, by whom, and
+in what manner, a new gold district is first discovered. When the yield
+of an old working begins to fail, the diggers throw out small
+"prospecting" parties of twos and threes, to explore promising
+localities. These "prospectors" may occasionally make important
+discoveries; but far more frequently they are the result of chance, or
+of the desultory efforts of shepherds and other servants of the settlers
+resident in the particular locality. It sometimes happens that a digging
+party, travelling from one district to another, camp for a night in a
+valley which they may think looks very promising. Being delayed here,
+perhaps, by the loss of their horse, or some other accident, they sink a
+pit or "hole" in a "likely spot." At length some one strikes a rich
+deposit. If so, it cannot long remain a secret. A few dozens or scores
+are shortly at work on the adjacent ground; and if these too are
+successful the news spreads like wild-fire, and within a week all the
+roads and tracks leading to the spot are covered with diggers and their
+carts, on the way to the new Dorado--the _newest_ being always by report
+the _best_ and richest. In a few days the hills around the new working
+are dotted over with white tents, the forest around them quickly
+disappears, being felled for firewood. Government, on hearing of the
+discovery, sends down a Commissioner with a body of horse and foot
+police. These establish a camp on some central elevated position, and an
+irregular wide street of tents springs up like magic in the valley
+below. There are stores, large and small; butchers' shops; doctors'
+little tents; and innumerable refreshment booths, where, under the guise
+of selling lemonade and home-made beer, an extensive illicit trade is
+carried on in vile, adulterated, and often poisonous spirits. The
+blacksmith is always one of the first on the ground, and presently
+extemporises a forge out of a few loose stones or turf-sods. Flags are
+flying from the stores and shops, and give gaiety to the scene. The
+Union Jack floats proudly above the Government camp on the hill, and
+military sentinels are on duty before the gold-tent.
+
+As the diggers reach the spot they pitch their tents on the lower slopes
+of the hills or in the green flats. At night their watch-fires gleam far
+and wide, and from a neighbouring height the place has the appearance of
+a large town illuminated. A new goldfield is the favourite resort of
+horse stealers, thieves, and miscreants of all kinds, who, lost in the
+crowd and confusion, here find ample opportunities for carrying on their
+nefarious practices. Their common haunts are the "sly grog-shops" which
+spring up like weeds on all sides. Here they rendezvous, and concoct
+those deeds of darkness which have given the colony such an unenviable
+fame.
+
+Horses are stolen and ridden off to Melbourne, Geelong, or to the
+nearest goldfield and sold by auction. The roads leading to the new
+diggings become infested with bushrangers; stories of being "stuck up"
+(or robbed) are more and more frequent; till at length a cartload of
+ruffians, heavily handcuffed, is seen moving towards the Government Camp
+well guarded by mounted troopers. These are the bushrangers who have
+been hunted down and just captured by the troopers. And now for a time
+the roads are safe.
+
+No life can be more independent and free than that of the Australian
+digger; no travelling more agreeable than summer travelling in the Bush;
+carrying about with you in your cart your tent, your larder, and all
+your domestic appointments. In choosing a halting place for the night
+you have the whole country open to you--no walls or hedges to shut you
+in to a dusty turnpike road. You drink from the clear running creek; the
+soft green turf is your carpet; your tent your bedroom. Your horse duly
+hobbled, enjoys the fresh pasturage around. The nearest fallen tree
+supplies you with fuel for your evening fire.
+
+One of the most fruitful sources of discontent was the method of
+collecting the gold revenue. When the first discoveries were made at
+Ballarat, the Melbourne Government, following the example of that at
+Sydney, issued regulations by which all miners were required to procure
+a monthly license to dig for gold, and to pay 30_s._ for the same. But
+how was this tax to be enforced among a migratory population, living in
+tents scattered through a forest? The mode adopted was, to send out
+armed bands of police, who, coming down suddenly on a gully or flat,
+spread themselves over it demanding of everyone his license. A few
+mounted troopers formed part of the force to cut off defaulters who
+might attempt to fly. All who could not produce their license were
+captured and marched off, probably some miles, to the nearest
+magistrates, and, after some detention, were either fined L5, or
+imprisoned for a month. Such a system naturally led to great discontent
+and irritation. At some of the goldfields a curious plan was hit upon
+for evading these inquisitorial visits. No sooner was a party of police
+seen approaching than the diggers raised the cry of "Joe! Joe!" The cry
+was taken up, and presently the whole length of the gully rang with the
+shouts "Joe! Joe! Joe!" and of course all defaulters instantly made off
+for the depths of the forest.
+
+The dissatisfaction was exasperated by the method of collecting the
+license fee. The collector did not call on the tax payer, but the latter
+had to seek the collector. The digger was compelled to walk from his own
+gully to the Commissioner's Camp--distant, perhaps, several miles--and
+then often wait for hours under a fierce sun while a crowd of others,
+who had arrived before him, were paying their 30_s._, or weighing their
+half ounce of gold. Greater facilities were indeed subsequently offered
+for the payment of the fee, but the mode of enforcing it continued the
+same. The diggers complained loudly and unceasingly of these harsh and
+un-English measures. "First you tax our labour," said they, "and then
+you collect your tax at the point of the bayonet." The dislike of the
+system was universal; disputes were frequent, and collisions between the
+police and diggers sometimes occurred.
+
+Another of the diggers' grievances was the extreme insecurity of life
+and property on the mines. While the police force were snugly housed at
+headquarters, in a peaceable and orderly neighbourhood, the populous and
+remote gullies were the nightly scenes of deeds of robbery and violence.
+Every evening men were knocked down and brutally treated or "stuck up"
+and robbed. Every night horses were stolen, tents broken into, and
+"holes" plundered of gold by the "night fossickers"--miscreants who
+watched for the richest "holes" during the day, marked them, and
+plundered them at night. In October 1852 at a place called Moonlight
+Flat (near Forest Creek), these desperadoes had become so numerous and
+shameless, and their outrages so frequent, that the miners rose _en
+masse_ against them. A public meeting was convened; blue-shirted diggers
+made stirring appeals to their auditory; a deputation was appointed to
+proceed instantly to Melbourne to remonstrate with the Government, and
+to implore it to adopt energetic measures for extirpating the "hordes of
+ruffians" that infested their neighbourhood, and the persons of many of
+whom were well known there.
+
+
+
+
+THE BUSHRANGERS
+
++Source.+--The Golden Colony (G.H. Wathen, 1855), pp. 138, 143-150
+
+     The combination of convictism in Tasmania and gold in Victoria and
+     New South Wales produced bushranging on a large scale. Convicts now
+     had a chance of living well if they escaped, and many took
+     advantage of the opportunity.
+
+
+If the Australian roads in winter may be well likened to those English
+roads of 200 years ago, out of which the King's Coach had to be dug by
+the rustics, so may the Australian Bushranger be regarded as the
+legitimate representative of the traditionary highwayman who levied toll
+at Highgate, or stopped the post-boy and captured the mailbags in Epping
+Forest. The real, living bushranger is, however, more of a ruffian and
+less of a hero than our ideal highwayman; for time, like distance,
+softens down the harsh and the coarse, and gives dignity to the ignoble.
+
+Never, perhaps, did a country offer so tempting a field to the public
+robber as Victoria did during the first year or two after the gold
+discovery. The interior was wild and uninhabited, abounding with lonely
+forests. Travellers were numerous, and mostly carried money or gold; for
+none were poor. The roadside public-houses were daily the scenes of
+drunken revelry. The police were few and untrained; and the mixed and
+scattered population at the several diggings offered a ready asylum in
+case of pursuit. Add to all this that, separated from Victoria by a mere
+strait, was the depot for the most accomplished villains of Great
+Britain, and it needed no prophet to foresee that the roads of the new
+gold country would very soon be swarming with thieves and desperadoes.
+
+It is no uncommon occurrence in the Australian Colonies for a large
+number of shearers or others collected in the hut in the country to be
+"stuck up," that is, subdued and bound, by two or three determined
+bushrangers. Fifteen or sixteen strong active men may be thus treated,
+and have been, frequently. At first, one is ready to conclude either
+that they must have a private understanding with the robbers or else be
+the veriest poltroons. I thought so myself till I had an account of one
+of these affairs from a man who had been one of a large party thus
+"stuck up" by two very notorious bushrangers, the life and death of
+whom, would furnish materials for a romance. Their names were Dalton
+and Kelly, and they will long be famous in the annals of daring and
+outrage in Van Diemen's Land.
+
+Dalton was a stout, powerful man, and about thirty years of age at the
+time of the rencontre I am about to describe. His accomplice Kelly, was
+about twenty-three years old. They were both prisoners of the Crown in
+Van Diemen's Land. Dalton was transported at an early age, and had for a
+time been confined in the "Ocean Hell" of Norfolk Island, the gaol of
+the double-damned convict; but was afterwards taken back to Van Diemen's
+Land. From the same informant I learned some particulars of their
+escape. They were confined in a penal establishment on a strait or an
+arm of the sea, wide enough, it was thought, to preclude the possibility
+of flight. Dalton, Kelly, and five or six other prisoners, however,
+weary of a wretched life, determined to risk that life for liberty; and
+having one day eluded the vigilance of their guards, attempted, though
+their legs were weighed down with fetters, to swim to the opposite
+shore. One after another their strength failed them; they sank and
+disappeared till at length only Kelly and Dalton survived. Kelly's
+strength was rapidly waning, when Dalton called out to him "Catch hold
+of me, Kelly! I can swim another hour yet."
+
+When at last they both got safe to land, Dalton exclaimed, "Well, thank
+God, I shall have one comrade at any rate."
+
+They now quickly freed themselves from their irons, procured arms, and,
+knowing that they would certainly be hotly pursued they at once started
+on a marauding expedition, visiting the neighbouring stations in
+succession, and pillaging each; intending eventually, to make their way
+across Bass's Straits to Victoria. Dalton was a very formidable fellow;
+strong, active, and resolute, reckless of human life, and now rendered
+desperate by despair. He was, too, a first-rate marksman, and could
+"stick up a glass bottle."
+
+What follows is an account given me by my informant. Kelly came up to
+the hut, which was full of men. I was standing at the door at the time,
+but did not know who the man was. When he came close he asked me if I
+had heard that the bushrangers were out. I answered "Yes, I had." Then
+he pointed his gun at me, and said "I'm one of them. Go into the hut." I
+went in, but on turning round I saw one of my mates standing against the
+hut in a corner, with another man standing over him, covering him with
+his gun. The other was Dalton, Kelly's mate. After I had gone into the
+hut, Kelly stood at the open doorway, with his gun pointed at those
+inside, swearing he would murder the first man who moved an inch. There
+were about fourteen men in the hut. Then he asked if there were any
+prisoners among them. One man said that he was. Kelly then ordered him
+to tie their arms together, one by one.
+
+While doing so, one man complained that he was being tied too tight; but
+this only drew forth another volley of oaths and threats from Kelly.
+When all were secured, Kelly went out to assist Dalton who still stood
+over the man whom he had pinned to the wall of the hut, threatening to
+shoot him if he stirred. Kelly then tied up his hands while Dalton
+continued covering him with the gun. He was then marched into the hut to
+join the others. And now Dalton began walking up and down the hut
+haranguing his prisoners. "He'd no doubt" he said "that some of them
+might be good and honest men, and some scoundrels. That for his part, he
+wouldn't hurt a hair of any good man's head, if he could help it. But he
+had been forced to take to this sort of life. It wasn't his fault. He
+had been lagged (transported) when only twelve years of age; had since
+then over and over again tried to obtain his freedom by good conduct;
+but they wouldn't give it him, and it was useless to try any more by
+fair means. And he had now sworn to gain his freedom, or lose his life
+in the attempt. He didn't want to hurt anyone. What he wanted was money;
+and money he would have, come what, come might. He'd show them presently
+whether he was game or not. He'd go into the master's house and bring
+out, single-handed the man he wanted, no matter how many he might find
+there. But let them beware. If any man dared to move or tried to escape
+he swore he'd scatter his brains about the yard, and blow the roof off
+his head."
+
+Dalton now left the hut, and went to the house of the settler, their
+master, which was close at hand. All this time the household knew
+nothing of what had been passing in the hut. He entered, and went
+straight up to the sitting-room, where several gentlemen and ladies
+happened to be collected. He opened the door, and deliberately advanced
+with his gun pointed at those within. But a lady, who chanced to be
+behind the door, on seeing the levelled gun, slammed the door in the
+robber's face. This was a timely diversion, and the signal for a
+general scattering of those present.
+
+The men in the hut were subsequently tried for collusion with the
+bushrangers; but when asked how they could suffer two men to "stick up"
+so many, one replied to the magistrate, that, with their permission, he
+would himself "stick up" the whole Bench.
+
+The free servants were acquitted; those of the party who were prisoners
+of the Crown were sentenced to imprisonment; but on Government being
+petitioned by their free mates, who protested the innocence of all, they
+were liberated.
+
+After this the two bushrangers boldly carried on their depredations,
+roaming about from station to station, "sticking up" the men, and
+robbing the masters; while a large party of the police were following on
+their track. One day they came to a hut full of men, and, opening the
+door, tried the old plan of intimidation by standing with loaded
+double-barrelled pieces in the doorway, and threatening with deep oaths
+to "drop" the first man of them, who moved hand or foot. But it happened
+that several of the pursuing constables were within the hut. One of
+them, named Buckmaster, rushed towards Dalton. The robber fired and the
+constable fell dead. Dalton still stood unmoved in the doorway, with his
+levelled gun, and calmly said "Ah, how d'ye like that? Now, then, I'm
+ready for another!" This coolness saved them both and for a time they
+escaped capture. But such an outrage on one of their officers roused the
+Government. A large reward was offered for the capture of the two
+bushrangers, and they were hunted through the island more hotly than
+ever.
+
+Driven to desperation, they seized upon a whaleboat; by threats pressed
+four boatmen into their service, and actually compelled them to work the
+boat across Bass's Straits to the opposite shores of Victoria. Here they
+safely landed on the solitary coast of Western Port and made their way
+up to Melbourne. News of the escape of these formidable and
+blood-stained freebooters had been immediately transmitted to the
+authorities of Victoria. As they had left Van Diemen's Land in an open
+whaleboat, there was no doubt but that they would make for the Western
+Port shores; and the Victoria police, stimulated by the hope of a large
+reward, were keenly looking out for two persons answering to the
+published description of the robbers. The boatmen who had conveyed them
+across the Strait were seen and arrested at Dandenong, between Western
+Port and the Capital; but no further trace of the bushrangers could be
+obtained. The Melbourne newspapers furnish us with the conclusion of the
+tragedy.
+
+The following account of the capture of the chief of these desperadoes,
+from the Melbourne "Argus" is more like a page from a romance than a
+passage in real life. It is one more instance of what appears like a
+special Providence laying its resistless hand on a murderer at the very
+moment when he seemed to have secured his escape, and dragging him forth
+to public justice. Within four hours after his capture, Dalton would
+have been on board a ship bound for England.
+
+"Between eleven and twelve o'clock on Friday night, Dalton entered a
+coffee-shop in Bourke Street, in company with a man who had engaged to
+put him on board the _Northumberland_ at daylight the next morning from
+Sandridge, and for which he was to pay L4. This man, we understand, was
+quite ignorant of the person he was bargaining with. Dalton asked the
+proprietors of the shop, if they could change him some Van Diemen's Land
+Notes for gold, as he was about to embark for England. They could not do
+it, but a gentleman named Brice, formerly a cadet in the police force,
+suspecting all was not right, said that he could, as he was a
+gold-broker, if Dalton would only accompany him to his office. To this
+Dalton consented, and placed three L20 and one L10 notes of the
+Launcestoun Bank in his hands. They then left the shop together; the
+night was extremely dark; the stranger, however, led the way, Dalton and
+the boatman following close behind. After proceeding some little way,
+they turned into Little Collins St. and by the back entrance, into the
+yard of the Police Court. Here it was so dark that the outline of the
+building could not be distinguished. The guide then showed them the door
+of his alleged office which was no other then the clerk's room of the
+Swanston St. watch-house. The man at the door was in plain clothes, and
+within were several of the detective officers, and two
+watch-housekeepers at the books, all, however, in private costume. Once
+in, Mr. Brice stated that he had brought these men to the station on
+suspicion of having come by the notes wrongfully.
+
+"Dalton at this time must have known where he was, but made no
+observation beyond affirming that they were his, and making some
+remarks relative to his being brought there on so paltry an accusation.
+During this he was smoking a cigar, and behaving himself in a careless
+nonchalant manner. Meanwhile, the detectives were making use of their
+eyes, and seeing if the descriptions they possessed corresponded with
+the figures before them. The watch-house keeper finding that Mr. Brice
+had no charge to prefer against him, returned Dalton his notes, who was
+about to leave the office, when Detectives Williams, Murray, and Eason
+pounced upon him, and fixed him in a corner. Dalton endeavoured to draw
+a pistol from his belt, but was prevented and overpowered. Finding
+himself mastered, he said, 'You have got the reward of L500. My name is
+Dalton!' He then said if he had only seen the bars of the station-house
+window, as he was entering, he would have sent a ball through his
+conductor. He further said that he had been in the Police Court that
+morning, and had recollected going up a flight of steps which he did not
+see that night, as he had been led in the back way, and had he but seen
+these steps, his guide would have been a dead man. He was then
+handcuffed and searched, and two large horse-pistols heavily loaded and
+capped, besides a small one, were taken from his belt; he was then
+locked up."
+
+Kelly, the other accomplice, was arrested the next day, and both were
+sent back to Van Diemen's Land, tried, and executed.
+
+
+
+
+ANTI-TRANSPORTATION MOVEMENT
+
++Source.+--Port Phillip Gazette, 21st January 1851
+
+     The uselessness of protests against Transportation from the various
+     states, proved the necessity for the whole of Australia to act
+     together in external affairs. Thus the inauguration of the
+     Anti-Transportation League was the first step towards Federation.
+
+
+BREAKFAST TO THE TASMANIAN DELEGATES
+
+On Monday, the members and promotors of the Launceston Association for
+securing the cessation of transportation, entertained at Public
+breakfast the gentlemen delegated to represent the interests of the
+Colony at the Australian Conference, which is about to be held in
+Melbourne. A cold collation was prepared at the Cornwall, and about 100
+gentlemen sat down, amongst whom were many magistrates and gentlemen
+representing the most influential and respectable portions of the
+northern and midland districts. Breakfast being concluded, the Chairman
+rose, and said, it was a matter of pleasure to him to meet so large and
+respectable a body of gentlemen, some of whom he had known for a quarter
+of a century. They had not assembled to petition; it was a truth
+deplorable and sad that petitions had hitherto been unavailing and they
+were now met to force from Her Majesty's Government, relief from an evil
+of which history presented no parallel. (Hear, hear.) Petition after
+petition had been transmitted home, but the prayers of the Community had
+been constantly rejected. It now remained to try other means.
+
+The Rev. J. West rose and said he felt some embarrassment in addressing
+that meeting. He, however, felt grateful for their recognition of his
+appointment, and should rely on their indulgence during the few moments
+he might address them. The colonists had been led up to a position from
+which it was impossible to recede. Van Diemen's Land must obtain a share
+in the general freedom, or for ever sink. They had petitioned for a
+cessation of transportation; whilst there was a possibility of the other
+colonies receiving a portion of the convicts annually sent from Britain,
+they expected by the more general distribution to experience some
+relief. But the resistance of the other colonies had removed the faint
+anticipation, and shut up to us this last hope--to our union with them.
+When it was proposed to solicit the co-operation of the adjacent
+colonies, some persons prophesied a failure; it was thought by some,
+improbable that the colonies would feel any interest in our fate. But
+the heart of an Englishman is ever susceptible of pity; and when we
+spoke of our wrongs they listened; and when we exposed the enormous
+danger, they consulted their own safety, and came forward to our help.
+Let us look well to our position. We have to change the policy and
+contend against the power of a mighty Empire. In the effervescence and
+excitement of public speaking it was not at all surprising that a threat
+should sometimes be uttered; but many years must elapse before an appeal
+to physical force would bear even the semblance of reason. We have, then
+a mighty Empire to contend against--one which can laugh our threatening
+to scorn. And what are the weapons we must employ? What, but the weapons
+of truth? We must diffuse right information; we must expose our
+wrongs--and we must appeal to the justice of the British Nation. Let
+the evils and injuries under which this fair domain of the Crown now
+suffers, be laid before the English people, and a cry will be heard from
+Land's End to the opposite shore, "transportation shall cease because it
+degrades the British name." (Cheers.) The injuries resulting from
+transportation to the colony are various. A gentleman, however eminent
+his station and virtues, going to a distant part of the world must
+cautiously suppress the fact, that he came from Van Diemen's Land, or
+even this quarter of the globe. (Hear, hear.) Yes, Sir, our sons, who
+have quitted this colony in search of a home denied them in the land of
+their birth, have been compelled to conceal the place from which they
+came, and to drop into the box, by stealth, those letters which were to
+relieve parental anxiety, and express their filial affection. And is
+this to be for ever endured? Shall our own children never know the
+pleasure and pride of patriotism? Shall we not ask all the colonies of
+the Australian empire to aid us in our struggle? Shall we not confide in
+the justice of Australasia?
+
+When it is said that England cannot support 4,000 or 5,000 offenders the
+question naturally occurs: What has she not done? Did not England for
+her Continental wars incur a debt of L800,000,000: did she not give
+L20,000,000 to free her West India slaves; did she not expend L7,000,000
+to combat the famine of Ireland? Is not the proposed expenditure for the
+National Executive of the present year an evidence of her boundless
+opulence? And yet to save a trifling outlay compared with the injustice
+now done, the representative of Her Majesty is compelled to carry about
+under his skirts a parcel of convictism; to deposit these tokens of
+imperial interest he is driven to have recourse to artifice, trickery
+and falsehood. (Hear, hear.) As England glories in her past history, and
+has found means to keep afloat that flag which has never been lowered;
+so she must find means to carry on a nobler struggle with her own
+poverty and crime. Hitherto, Van Diemen's Land has not been heard at
+home; but if by the united voices of the other colonies, a sort of
+telegraphic communication can be opened with Britain, if a speaking
+trumpet be formed, we shall be heard. When he (Mr. West) heard that
+Ministers had departed from their promise that transportation should
+cease, he was astonished and desponding--he thought that if a promise so
+solemnly given could be so recklessly broken, hope was delusion. But as
+in the moral, so it is in the political world. The Divine Being
+frequently ordains that good shall arise out of apparent evils; that a
+tedious delay shall make the remedy more perfect. Had we been relieved
+when Ministers promised; then, transportation to the other colonies
+would have been continued, and its evils accumulate there. (Hear, hear.)
+When it was proposed that all the colonies should receive a share of
+convicts, all things considered, he, (the speaker) for one could not
+have then objected to Van Diemen's Land being joined in the co-partnery.
+Had such been the case a century might have elapsed before the reproach
+of convictism had been removed from this hemisphere. But the refusal of
+the other colonies occasioned by the injuries inflicted on this, has
+roused us all into action, and now all declare that not a man, no, not
+one--in fetters shall be landed in Australia. (Tremendous cheering.)
+
+If an unfortunate offender becomes as a penitent desirous of amending
+his life, and disposed to conform to the usages, and claims of honest
+society, he will find no man here spitefully to remind him of his former
+errors. But if he is brought wearing the badge of disgrace we will not
+have him. We will say to the British Government "Until you can with
+safety discharge him into your community, he shall not enter ours."
+(Loud Cheers.) This is the righteous principle upon which we have taken
+our stand. Whilst we were disputing among ourselves who should bear the
+load, we were likely to be sacrificed by our ungenerous divisions. But
+we have now a new principle; and a principle is a wedge--if sufficient
+force is applied, every obstacle will be riven into shivers. We now say
+that no man should be an involuntary gaoler, much less shall the
+inhabitants of these colonies be the penal slaves and gaolers of the
+British Empire. (Cheers.) We assert that a community should deal with
+its own crime, at least so deal with it that in its disposal it shall
+not injure those who never offended--so at least that the honest and
+industrious labourer should not be brought into unfavourable comparison
+and competition with the hardened criminal, so that, at all events our
+sons shall not be driven from their homes to seek employment in distant
+lands--to meet there suspicion and contempt. These are the wrongs of
+which we complain--wrongs which could never have been perpetrated but in
+oblivion of that first great Law, alike the basis of private and public
+virtue: "do unto others as ye would that they should do unto you." The
+Rev. gentleman resumed his seat amidst loud and prolonged cheering.
+
+W.P. WESTON, ESQ.--It was with mingled feelings that he rose to address
+that meeting; but when he ascertained that Mr. West was to accompany
+him, he lost all fear, and at once accepted the invitation.
+
+It had not been considered necessary to furnish them with written
+instructions how to act; it was left entirely to their own judgement;
+they had, as it were, a _carte blanche_; but he thought it advisable to
+mention one or two points towards which he and his colleague would
+direct public attention on the other side of the Straits. The first was,
+that transportation as hitherto conducted, was altogether and entirely
+rotten. He anticipated no very great difficulty in establishing that
+point. The next was, that no country had a right to force its crime upon
+a distant and unoffending one; it was a moral wrong. He was much struck
+at a remark which appeared in the Public journals in Melbourne. It seems
+to have been the custom of some persons to collect all the filth and
+rubbish from their persons and during the night to force it upon the
+premises of their neighbours. Now, these persons were designed
+miscreants, the paragraph commenced "the miscreants have been at work
+again." But he considered that the Government who would force a mass of
+moral filth upon a small and helpless colony were miscreants in the very
+worst sense of the term. (Hear, hear.) However severely the evils of
+convictism may have been felt in this community, they will be felt at
+Melbourne in a greater degree. Any evil may be counter-balanced and
+perhaps removed, if it can only be seen. The convicts come to this land
+under restraint and are completely at the disposal of the Government,
+but after completing their education in a chain-gang, and filling up, as
+it were, the measure of their iniquity they go over there where they are
+unknown to the police and consequently their crimes escape detection.
+The very worst characters amongst us proceed to the neighbouring
+colonies as soon as an opportunity offers. This fact accounts for the
+insecurity of property at Melbourne. A short time ago he was there and
+not more than two or three days after his arrival the linen which had
+been put out for washing, was stolen. Shortly after whilst the family
+were sitting at tea, information was given that the bedroom window was
+open and upon proceeding to ascertain the cause it was discovered that
+a thief had effected an entrance and carried off whatever he could lay
+his hands upon.
+
+A letter lately received mentions that six gentlemen's horses in one
+locality had been robbed and that Melbourne was full of thieves. (A
+laugh.) No opportunity had previously offered of talking to the
+Melbourne people upon the subject, they were so occupied in endeavours
+to obtain separation from Sydney that every question was lost sight of;
+but now the matter was settled he did not apprehend any difficultly in
+establishing this point also.
+
+We are a loyal people, and have given abundant proof of our loyalty; but
+it is not an unalterable principle. There is an old Spanish
+proverb--"The sweetest wine makes the sourest vinegar," and so it will
+be with us.
+
+But the British Government must, and will yield, for they will find it
+will be to their interest, as well as their duty to grant the reasonable
+request of the Australian Colonies. (Cheers.)
+
+Three cheers were then given for the Chairman, and three more for the
+Queen, and the meeting terminated.
+
+
+
+
+THE LAND QUESTION
+
+The adjustment of the English land laws to Australian requirements was a
+difficult task. The question was discussed in New South Wales in 1855,
+but South Australia, under the leadership of Torrens, was the first to
+effect reform (1859).
+
+
+
+
+LAND QUESTION IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA
+
++Source.+--Speeches on the Reform of the Law of Real Property (Torrens,
+1858), pp. 5-6, 8-11
+
+     Extract from an address to the Electors of the City of Adelaide
+     delivered in the Theatre on 31st January, 1857. (From the South
+     Australian Register of February 2nd, 1857).
+
+
+The next topic which I have put down to address you upon, is one with
+respect to which I should have wished to have had time to arrange my
+thoughts--it is the cheapening of the law of Conveyancing of real
+property. (Applause.) Next to affording fair facilities for obtaining
+possession of the waste lands of the Crown, and converting them into
+cornfields and homesteads of independent yeomanry, it is the duty of
+the State to afford a cheap and at the same time a secure mode of
+conveying that property from man to man. (Hear, hear.) I have for years
+felt that the law of England in that respect, which we brought with us,
+required amendment. In looking also to the laws of other countries with
+respect to the transfer, mortgage, or encumbrance of real property, I
+have come to the conclusion that the law of England is inferior to most
+of them with regard to cost and security of title. The old Conservative
+feeling of England adheres with a sort of veneration to laws and usages
+respecting title which originated under the feudal system, and is loath
+to abandon them for a system adapted to the requirements of modern
+civilization. I would illustrate my views by observing that, in ancient
+times, before the Wars of the Roses, a baron, or even a yeoman, would
+surround his residence with a moat to be crossed only by a drawbridge,
+and instead of the convenient door of modern times, he would have a
+portcullis, which he would raise or let fall to admit a friend, or
+exclude a foe. A visitor, too, would have instead of gaining immediate
+access, to sound a horn at an outer gate, and hold parley with a warder
+upon a lofty tower, before he could gain admission. There could be no
+doubt that all these ceremonies and parleyings were necessary in those
+days, but it does not follow that we should carry them out in our times.
+Were any person now, to surround his residence with a deep and broad
+ditch, and observe those ceremonies when a visitor called upon him, we
+would call him insane; yet, that is precisely what we do with regard to
+the transfer of real estate, observing still the tortuous roundabout
+methods of conveying, resorted to in those days for the purpose of
+evading the oppressions of feudalism. Nay, the analogy is so strong,
+that in our Law Courts, and Deeds we still use the same barbarous Norman
+French jargon in which the parley was in those ancient days held at the
+gate of the baronial residence. (Hear, and applause.) It is perhaps
+presumptuous of a person who has not received a legal education, to
+address his mind to this question; seeing, however, that the persons
+who, by ability, and education, are best fit to cope with the subject,
+are not willing, or, at least have not done so, I have taken the task
+upon myself. (Hear, hear). With your permission, I will give you an
+outline of the plan. The purchaser of land from the Crown shall receive
+a title deed, a land grant, as at present to be executed in duplicate,
+and one copy filed in the Registrar-General's office. When an original
+purchaser sells the land to another, he shall transfer it by a simple
+memorandum, which being brought to the office of the Registrar-General
+the original land grant must be surrendered, and then the Registrar will
+issue a new title to the second purchaser direct from the Crown. (Hear,
+hear.) This will get over the difficulty of tracing title through all
+manner of intricate transactions between purchasers, and instead of a
+man having to carry about an immense bale of papers, he would have one
+simple document, which would, nevertheless, be a title valid and
+indisputable, because it would be an original land grant. (Great
+applause.)
+
+     Speech delivered on 4th June, 1857, in the Legislative Assembly by
+     the Hon. the Treasurer, Mr. Torrens, on the introduction of his
+     Bill for amending the law relating to the Transfer of Real
+     Property.
+
+Mr. Speaker, I do not attempt to remedy the evils complained of, by
+amendment of the existing law; that I believe to be impossible: I
+propose to abolish a system irremediably wrong in principle, and to
+substitute a method which I believe will, when explained, commend itself
+to the House as consistent with common sense, perfectly feasible, and
+effectual for all purposes required.
+
+The first and leading principle of the measure which I introduce, is
+designed to cut off the very source of all costliness, insecurity,
+litigation, by abolishing altogether the system of retrospective titles
+and ordaining that as often as the fee simple is transferred, the
+existing title must be surrendered to the Crown, and a fresh grant from
+the Crown issued to the new proprietor.
+
+The principle next in importance prescribes that registration _per se_
+and alone shall give validity to transactions affecting land. Deposit of
+duplicate of the instrument, together with the record of the transaction
+by memorandum entered in the book of registration and endorsed on the
+grant by the Registrar-General, to constitute registration. This method
+is designed to give confidence and security to purchasers and
+mortgagees, through the certainty that nothing affecting the title can
+have existence beyond the transactions of which they have notice in the
+memoranda endorsed on the grant.
+
+My third principle aims at simplicity and economy by prescribing certain
+stereotyped forms of instruments available to each occasion to be
+supplied at the Registry Office, so that any man of ordinary sense and
+education may transact his own business, without the necessity of
+applying to a solicitor, except in complicated cases of settlements or
+entails, which are unusual in this colony.
+
+Many will admit that the system which I recommend might have been
+introduced at the first founding of this colony, with facility and very
+great advantage, but doubt its practicability now that titles have
+become complicated. Admitting a difficulty, I deny that it is
+insurmountable, or such as should cause us to hesitate in securing the
+advantage of transfer by registration. I do not propose a scheme
+involving violent or arbitrary interference with existing titles, but
+would leave it optional with proprietors to avail themselves of it or
+not. It will thus be gradual in its operation, yet will put titles in
+such a train that the desired result will eventually be obtained.
+
+Mr. Speaker, I cannot conclude without expressing my grateful sense of
+the compliment which the House has paid me, in listening with such
+marked attention to an address extended to an unusual length upon a
+subject admitted to be dry and unexciting.
+
+I propose, it is true, a sweeping measure of reform, yet not more
+thorough than the nature of the case imperatively demands. In this view,
+I am again borne out by the high authority of Lord Brougham, who, in a
+speech which I have before quoted, thus expresses himself: "The present
+system has grown out of ingenious devices to evade the oppressions of
+feudal tyrants, but under it we are subject to the tyranny of the legal
+profession, and burdens little less grievous. The reform, to be
+effectual, must be thorough. _Delenda est Carthaga_ must be our motto."
+
+
+
+
+THE LAND QUESTION IN NEW SOUTH WALES
+
++Source.+--Fifty Years in the Making of Australian History (Sir Henry
+Parkes, 1892), pp. 70-71, 81-90, 148, 153
+
+
+On July 3, 1855, I, (Sir Henry Parkes) moved for the "appointment of a
+Select Committee to enquire into the state of agriculture, with special
+reference to the raising of wheaten grain, and to the causes of
+hindrance or failure in that pursuit, whether arising from the habits of
+the people, the policy of the Government, or the physical character of
+the country." To understand the interest that fairly attached to my
+motion, we must review, or rather glance at, the state of the colony.
+The colony still included the whole of Queensland, and embraced an area
+of 978,315 square miles. Men of leading positions with seats in the
+Legislature, described it for the most part, as incapable of tillage,
+and only fit for grazing sheep and cattle, and for "nomadic tribes." A
+population not numbering more than 277,579 souls imported largely its
+breadstuffs from South America and other foreign countries. It is now
+well known that in all divisions of the colony--north, south, or
+west--there are as rich wheat lands as in any part of the world; but
+then the mass of the population were densely ignorant of the true
+character of the country, and those who knew better, were in too many
+instances personally interested in keeping them ignorant. The stories
+that were told of the fruitless endeavours of industrious men to obtain
+patches of land for a freehold home under the Order-in-Council seem, to
+the present generation, like cruel bits of romance.
+
+
+
+
+APPENDIX TO EVIDENCE OF MR. J. ROBERTSON (before Select Committee.)
+
+
+On entering upon the subject under enquiry by the Committee, it is my
+purpose to assume that the state of agriculture in general, and of wheat
+culture in particular in the colony, is exceedingly unsatisfactory, and,
+if not absolutely declining instead of progressing, is at least so with
+reference to population. The causes of hindrance or failure of
+agriculture generally, and of the raising of wheat, in particular, I
+take to be the first and greatest, that for many years the policy of the
+Government of the colony, whatever may have been its object, has
+unquestionably tended not only to check the formation of new agriculture
+establishments, but to depress existing ones.
+
+While the agriculturist has been absolutely excluded from leasing any
+portion of the public land, and thwarted, harassed and dispirited at
+every turn in his efforts to obtain the submittal of such lands to sale,
+and subjected to public competition at auction before suffered even then
+to purchase, the grazier has been allowed to use them under a system of
+leases, affording him the greatest possible facility of possession, and
+at the lowest imaginable rental, namely, at the rate of 10_s._ per annum
+for 640 acres, with the right, in an overwhelming majority of cases, to
+purchase choice spots therefrom, without the slightest delay or trouble
+and at the lowest legal price, namely, 20_s._ per acre, and absolutely
+without competition.
+
+Some of the difficulties above alluded to, as attending the purchase of
+a farm from the Crown, by any other than the favoured pastoral class,
+may be stated thus: The person seeking to do so must first make his
+selection--a matter not very easy of attainment, for persons holding
+land in a neighbourhood, instead of helping with information, almost
+invariably place every possible obstacle in the way of the newcomer. The
+selection made, the next step to be taken is to apply by letter to the
+Surveyor-General to have it measured. Shortly thereafter, that officer
+will reply and inform the writer that his application has been received
+and submitted to the District Surveyor for his report as to whether the
+land is fit for agriculture, etc., etc. and that when it is received the
+Surveyor-General will communicate the result, intimating at the same
+time that, should the District-Surveyor consider the land suitable for
+agriculture, and should there be no other difficulty, such as its being
+held under a squatting lease, or any of several others, it will be
+submitted to sale by auction.
+
+The applicant may now expect to hear no more of the land for three or
+four months, when, if all goes on favourably, he will be informed that
+the District-Surveyor, having reported satisfactorily, has received from
+the Surveyor-General instructions to measure it. Now another wearying
+delay of several months' duration will in all probability occur, before
+the expiration of which, if the applicant is not a person possessed of
+considerable determination of character, he will abandon, in despair,
+all hope of ever becoming an Australian farmer, and help to swell one or
+other of our overgrown towns, by accepting employment there. If,
+however, he possess sufficient perseverance, he may visit the
+District-Surveyor, and probably learn from him that the land cannot then
+be measured, because the district under that officer is so very large,
+that it would be highly inconvenient for him to move from one portion of
+it to another to measure a single farm; that when several are applied
+for in the same vicinity, he will proceed there; in the meantime he has
+several months' work where he is, or the District-Surveyor may, after
+expressing sympathy with the applicant's loss from delay, candidly
+assure him that, in consequence of the great delay in receiving pay for
+his public work, he is absolutely necessitated to accept private
+employment in order to obtain sufficient cash to keep himself and party
+of four men on, until the Government make him his remittance, now three
+or four months due.
+
+These and other preliminary difficulties the applicant must prepare to
+encounter; but even when all are surmounted and the land measured there
+will be two or three months' delay--in all probability eighteen months
+or two years from the date of his first application--before it is
+offered for sale. Then, at last, the applicant will obtain his land, if
+he be fortunate enough to escape the determined opposition of some
+wealthy person in the neighbourhood, or has money enough, and
+determination enough to purchase it, that opposition notwithstanding.
+
+If it is a fact that the agricultural interests of the country are
+subjected to more climatic difficulties than are the pastoral interests,
+I take it that that circumstance cannot, properly, be brought forward as
+a reason why the agricultural interest should not, under our laws, have
+a fair field and no favour, as compared with the pastoral interest, in
+entering the market to borrow money in time of doubt and general want of
+confidence in monetary matters. If the agriculturist, in borrowing money
+to secure his crop, has to encounter a higher rate of interest than the
+grazier has to encounter, in consequence of the risk of damage to his
+crops from an unfavourable season being greater than the same in the
+case of the produce of the grazier, surely there is no reason why he
+should be compelled to submit to a still greater increase of interest,
+to compensate the capitalist for the additional risk of the borrower's
+insolvency before the crops are realised, especially when the grazier
+is, through the aid of "The lien on Wool Act" exempted from paying for
+such risk.
+
+The effects of the policy of the Government, which I have described, may
+be found, on the one hand, in the fact that the number of persons who
+have been bred to agricultural pursuits, at present residing in the
+towns of the colony, is, beyond example, excessive, showing our social
+conditions in that regard to be in a most unsatisfactory state; and, on
+the other hand, in the other fact, that the wholesale price of flour in
+the colony is three times higher, per pound, than the wholesale price of
+animal food, of the very best description--a state of things not to be
+found in any other civilized country.
+
+I am aware that the deficiency of agriculture, which is so remarkable
+in this country, is attributed to the aridity of the climate by many
+gentlemen whose experience entitles their opinions to respect; but, as I
+have during the eighteen years last past annually cultivated and sown
+with wheat a large quantity of land, in various parts of the Upper
+Hunter District--a district generally considered to be unfavourable for
+the purpose--and have, in that long period, only failed twice in
+obtaining crops, and have reaped two self-sown, which in a great measure
+compensated for even their loss. I can come to no other conclusion than
+that, whatever may be the disadvantages of the climate they are not
+sufficient to cause such neglect of agriculture as has occurred.
+
+On the whole, I am confident that the difficulties placed in the way of
+agriculture by the climate are as nothing compared with the overwhelming
+obstacles furnished by the policy of the Legislature and Government of
+the Colony.
+
+Before concluding this communication, I cannot resist the opportunity it
+affords to place on record my opinion, that even should all other means
+fail of providing the country with an ample supply of agricultural
+produce, a remedy may be found by allowing any person to enter upon and
+occupy 80 acres of waste land, without competition or delay, and pay for
+it at the upset price, four years thereafter; provided that he clears
+and cultivates 10 acres the first year, and 10 additional acres in each
+of the three succeeding years, and is at the end of the time residing on
+the spot.
+
+JOHN ROBERTSON.
+
+Yarrundi, Aug. 6th, 1855.
+
+I also gave my general support to the Robertson Land Bill, which passed
+through a determined opposition, and became law eventually, after the
+violent expedient of "swamping the Upper House," which swamping,
+however, had no practical or immediate effect, as the old members,
+including the President, retired in a body when the new members
+attempted to take their seats. By the Constitution, the first Council
+was appointed for five years only, and the term was near its expiration
+when this historical incident occurred. So nothing could be done with
+the Bill, or anything else, until the next Council was appointed, whose
+term was for life.
+
+Sir John Robertson's Act did immense good. Its broad scope was to
+enable men to select land for themselves in blocks from 40 to 320 acres,
+at L1 per acre, without waiting for any surveyor or other Government
+official, but subject to the conditions of a deposit of 5_s._ an acre,
+actual residence and improvements to the value of L1 per acre in value.
+The balance of the purchase-money was to remain for a time, not limited
+by date, at 5% interest. It is no figure of speech to say that this law
+unlocked the lands to the industrious settler, and notwithstanding the
+abuses which too widely grew up, it was the means of bringing into
+existence hundreds of comfortable homes in all parts of the colony where
+the name of its author is held in grateful remembrance. It will have
+been seen in a previous chapter what a network of difficulties
+surrounded the man of small means who tried to obtain a rural home in
+former years; and perhaps the highest tribute to the memory of Sir John
+Robertson is that, after all the amendments which have been carried, the
+chief principles of his Act are still imbedded in the law of the
+country.
+
+
+
+
+QUEENSLAND
+
++Source.+--Sessional Papers of the House of Lords, 1861, Vol. XI
+
+     The Moreton Bay district was first colonised from Sydney as a penal
+     settlement for doubly convicted criminals. But so soon as
+     transportation to New South Wales ceased, remarkable progress was
+     made in exploiting the vast natural resources of the colony of
+     Queensland.
+
+
+COPY OF A DESPATCH FROM GOVERNOR SIR W. DENISON, K.C.B., TO HIS GRACE
+THE DUKE OF NEWCASTLE.
+
+
+Government House, Sydney. _Dec. 5, 1859._ (Received _Feb. 9, 1860._)
+
+
+My Lord Duke,
+
+I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Grace's Despatch,
+No. 11, dated 18th August last, enclosing copies of the warrant
+establishing Queensland as a colony separate from New South Wales, and
+appointing Sir George Ferguson Bowen, K.C.M.G., Governor of the same;
+also of the instructions issued to Sir George Bowen, and of the
+Order-in-Council empowering him to make laws and to provide for the
+administration of justice in the said colony.
+
+Sir George Bowen arrived here by the mail steamer on the 15th ult.; he
+remained with me at Sydney, making arrangements for the establishment of
+the various departments of his Government, in which I gave him every
+assistance in my power, and he sailed for Moreton Bay in Her Majesty's
+ship "Cordelia" on the 3rd instant.
+
+I enclose copies of the proclamation issued by me notifying the
+separation of the two colonies. The Proclamation Sir George has taken
+with him to Brisbane, and by its publication there the fact of its
+separation will be made known to the inhabitants of Queensland, which
+will from the date of that Proclamation, that is, 1st December, be in
+every respect freed from the interference of the Government or
+Legislature of New South Wales....
+
+I have, etc.,
+
+(Signed) W. Denison.
+
+His Grace the Duke of Newcastle, etc., etc., etc.
+
+
+COPY OF A DESPATCH FROM GOVERNOR SIR G.F. BOWEN TO HIS GRACE THE DUKE OF
+NEWCASTLE.
+
+Government House, Brisbane, Queensland.
+
+_Jan. 6th, 1860._
+
+(Received _March 12, 1860._)
+
+My Lord Duke,
+
+In my Despatch, No. 3, of the 28th November ultimo, I mentioned that
+extensive districts within the colony of Queensland are well adapted for
+the growth of the sugar cane among a variety of other produce.
+
+2. Since I wrote the above Despatch, I have seen three specimens of the
+sugar cane, which have been grown near the town of Maryborough. These
+specimens, which were finer than any that were shown me at Mauritius,
+were forwarded to Sir William Macarthur, a gentleman of large property,
+well-known ability, and great experience in scientific and agricultural
+pursuits; and who was Commissioner for New South Wales at the Paris
+Exhibition of 1855. I have received permission to transmit to your Grace
+the following extract from a letter containing Sir William Macarthur's
+opinion of the samples submitted to him:--"I yesterday made several
+trials of the juice of the sugar cane forwarded by Mr. Aldridge, of
+Maryborough.
+
+"As I had to extract the juice by pounding the cane in a mortar, I only
+experimented upon the largest and the smallest of the three forwarded.
+As they appear to have excited some attention, I may mention that they
+were quite ripe, of a bright, yellowish-brown colour, with the joints
+from two to five inches apart, the largest being about ten feet long,
+not quite eight inches in circumference, and weighing just eighteen
+pounds. About three feet of the upper end, however, was too
+short-jointed to yield abundantly, and hardly ripe.
+
+"The walls of this cane were exceedingly thick, giving it great
+stiffness, and solidity to resist storms of wind. It proved to be hardly
+so juicy as I expected.
+
+"I understood you to say that these canes had been produced in eight or
+nine months from being planted, and without any particular care.
+
+"Taking this for granted, there can be no question, I think, that with
+sufficient capital, and under efficient management, the cultivation of
+the cane for sugar ought to prove one of the most profitable
+arrangements which offer themselves in Australia, I mean at Maryborough,
+or other places equally well situated on the North-eastern coast. I have
+for many years thought that sugar plantations to the northward of
+Moreton Bay ought to be highly remunerative. The climate is favourable;
+there is no lack of good land, and unlike the Mauritius, we never hear
+of the ravages of hurricanes."
+
+3. The opinion of so high an authority as Sir William Macarthur coupled
+with a number of facts within my knowledge, leave no doubt in my mind
+that, when Capital and Labour shall have been introduced, the
+cultivation of sugar may be carried on in this colony, with at least
+equal success as at Mauritius, and on a vastly more extensive scale than
+in that island.
+
+4. I beg to subjoin a short description of the district of Wide Bay, or
+Maryborough (referred to above) condensed from a recent publication by a
+writer of local knowledge and competent authority.
+
+The back country is extensive, its capabilities are so well known we
+need not dwell upon them. The soil on the branches of the River Mary and
+its tributary creeks, and within easy approach to the same is excellent
+and in large quantities. Its producing capabilities may be illustrated
+by the following facts: In one piece of ground may be seen growing in
+perfection the sugar cane, cotton plant, grasscloth plant, arrowroot,
+tascan wheat, yams, sweet potatoes, cassava, custard apples, pine
+apples, banana, guava, and many other tropical productions; alongside of
+which may be seen turnips, wheat, barley, mangel-wurzel, English
+potatoes, artichokes (Jerusalem), broad beans, maize, etc. At the same
+place a crop of maize (which was estimated to yield from 80 to 100
+bushels to the acre) is in a forward state of ripening, and from the
+same piece of ground, three crops of maize have been gathered within the
+twelve months. Where is there another river in Australia with
+capabilities for the growth of such varied productions, each perfect of
+its kind, and such facilities for shipping, by vessels of the largest
+tonnage, the produce direct to any part of the world? Wheat has been
+only grown in small patches--each time, however, with success. Cotton
+was here produced in the same way from a few plants, and pronounced by
+competent judges to be of the finest quality both in staple and texture.
+Equally favourable results have been obtained with the other products
+named above. The particulars of climate I give from a resident of the
+township of Maryborough for a period of twelve years before the place
+was surveyed, who declares his own health and the health of his wife and
+children to have been excellent, and better than he or they ever had
+before, that he has never experienced a hot wind in the place and that
+the sudden changes of temperature as felt in Sydney are never felt in
+this favoured locality: that the rain showers are regular and abundant,
+more so than in any other place he has been in, in this colony; hence
+the extraordinary growth of vegetables, etc. Eight months in the year,
+not a finer climate can be found in the world, and the remaining four
+summer months are not so oppressive in their effects as in the other
+warm countries, from the temperature being more uniform, and the purity
+of the atmosphere so great. The same gentleman declares that he has,
+upon his occasional visits, experienced the heat in Sydney much more
+oppressive. Great natural capabilities exist in the township of
+Maryborough for the formation of dams at a trifling expense, which would
+collect large bodies of water. Minerals consisting of gold, copper,
+iron, and coal have been procured in several places in the district.
+Timber exists of cedar, cowrie, and hoop pine, a white hardwood known as
+fluidoza, gums, dye woods, and other most useful and valuable cabinet
+woods, are to be found in great abundance. The dugong is found in large
+numbers in Hervey's Bay, from which the famed oil is manufactured, also
+the pearl oyster.
+
+All these are sources from which wealth will be derived, and which will
+afford employment to a large population. As to the aborigines of this
+district it may be placed to their credit, that they are willing at
+times to work, and even well. The steamer which trades to the place
+every fortnight always takes from Frazer's Island a number of them to
+discharge and load the vessel. They are also largely used in the town
+for cutting wood, drawing water, bullock driving, horse riding, and
+breaking up the ground in the gardens.
+
+The population and trade of the town of Maryborough are rapidly
+increasing. The source from which the business is at present entirely
+derived is the pastoral or squatting interest, leaving all other
+valuable and important interests to be yet developed, such as
+agriculture, mining, fisheries, and the timber trade. A large
+agricultural population may be expected to settle themselves down on the
+river. Maryborough has been recently proclaimed as one of the great
+towns wherein District Courts are to be held. The exports are wool,
+tallow, etc., with great power of expansion.
+
+6. I beg to suggest that a copy of this Despatch, together with a copy
+of my Despatch of even date herewith, respecting the cultivation of
+cotton in this colony, should be transmitted to the Royal Geographical
+Society.
+
+I have, etc.,
+
+(Signed) G.F. BOWEN.
+His Grace the Duke of Newcastle,
+etc., etc., etc.
+
+
+No. 10.
+
+COPY OF A DESPATCH FROM GOVERNOR SIR G.F. BOWEN TO HIS GRACE THE DUKE OF
+NEWCASTLE
+
+Government House, Brisbane,
+Queensland, _April 7, 1860._
+
+(Received _June 18, 1860._) (Answered, No. 22,
+_July 19, 1860_, p. 84.)
+
+My Lord Duke,
+
+In continuation of my former Despatches No. 5 of the 19th and No. 8 of
+the 23rd Dec., 1859, and No. 18 of the 4th February, ult., I have the
+honour to enclose copies of the Addresses presented to me at the three
+towns of Warwick, Drayton, and Toowoomba, which I visited during an
+official tour of inspection, from which I have lately returned.
+
+2. It will be satisfactory to the Queen and to Her Majesty's Government,
+to receive these further proofs of the affectionate loyalty of the
+people of this colony towards Her Majesty's throne and person and (I
+may, perhaps, be permitted to add) of their confidence in the
+arrangement made, under Her Majesty's favour, for their Government.
+
+3. My recent journey extended through those districts of Queensland,
+which have been longest settled and are mostly thickly inhabited. I was
+everywhere received with cordial hospitality by the principal settlers,
+and with loyal enthusiasm by all classes of the community. The numerous
+cavalcades of hundreds of well-mounted horsemen, which came forth to
+meet and escort the first representative of their Sovereign, presented
+spectacles such as can be exhibited in only two countries in the
+world--in England and in Australia.
+
+4. As it was during your Grace's first administration of the Colonial
+Department that the wishes of the Australian Colonists were crowned by
+the concession of responsible Government, I will take leave to draw your
+attention to a paragraph in one of the enclosures, which explains a
+sentiment generally entertained by this people.
+
+After stating that "the journey of his Excellency has been one continued
+ovation from beginning to end"; that "all classes have vied in doing
+honour to the representative of the Queen"; and that "all little
+sectarian differences, petty jealousies, and presumed rival interests
+have been merged in the laudable wish to give our first Governor a
+hearty welcome"; the "Darling Downs Gazette" proceeds as follows: "Not
+the least pleasing reflection that suggests itself when reviewing these
+demonstrations of general joy is the confirmation of the fact, now so
+long and in so many lands established, that those descended from the old
+stock at home, to whom self-government has been a timely concession, not
+a charter wrung from the Mother country by the force of arms, still
+recognize and revere the grand old institutions, which have made England
+the greatest power on earth."
+
+14. I have described in a former Despatch, that rich pastoral District
+of the tableland which is known as the "Darling Downs." The droughts
+and the epidemic diseases which are frequently fatal to sheep and cattle
+in other parts of Australia seem alike unknown in this favoured region.
+Many large fortunes have been amassed there during the last 15 years.
+
+15. While the impression created on my mind by the journey across the
+Darling Downs was still fresh, I stated in my reply to the Drayton
+address, that it had "filled me with surprise and admiration". Even
+before I left England I knew by report the rich natural resources and
+the picturesque beauty of this district, the scenery of which vividly
+recalls to my mind the classic plains of Thessaly. But I confess that I
+was not fully prepared for so wonderfully rapid an advance in all that
+can promote and adorn civilization, an advance which has taken place
+during the fourth part of an average lifetime. Not only have I seen vast
+herds of horses and cattle, and countless flocks of sheep overspreading
+the valleys and forests, which, within the memory of persons who have
+yet scarcely attained to the age of manhood, were tenanted only by wild
+animals, and by a few wandering tribes of savages; not only have I
+travelled over roads beyond all comparison superior to the means of
+communication which existed less than a century ago in many parts of the
+United Kingdom; not only have I beheld flourishing towns arising in
+spots where hardly 20 years back the foot of a white man had never yet
+trodden the primeval wilderness; not only have I admired these and other
+proofs of material progress, but I have also found in the houses of the
+long chain of settlers who have entertained me with such cordial
+hospitality, all the comforts, and most of the luxuries and refinements
+of the houses of country gentlemen in England. The wonderful advance of
+this portion of the colony during the last 10 years, is due to no sudden
+and fortuitous discovery of the precious metals; it is derived wholly
+from the blessing of Providence on the skill and energy of its
+inhabitants, in subduing and replenishing the earth. Assuredly, I have
+observed during the past week very remarkable illustrations of the
+proverbial genius of the Anglo-Saxon race for the noble and truly
+imperial art of colonization.
+
+I have, etc.,
+
+(Signed) G.F. BOWEN.
+
+His Grace the Duke of Newcastle, etc., etc., etc.
+
+
+
+
+PAYMENT OF MEMBERS CRISIS
+
++Source.+--Victorian Sessional Papers, 1877-8 Thirty Years of Colonial
+Government (Bowen), Vol. II, pp. 80-83, 114-119
+
+     Owing to the lack of the political traditions of the English
+     Parliament friction was bound to rise between the Houses of the
+     colonial Legislatures. A bill to provide temporarily for the
+     payment of members had been passed several times by the Victorian
+     Parliament, but the Council was opposed to making a permanent
+     provision for the purpose. In 1877 Sir Graham Berry tacked the
+     measure to the annual appropriation bill, which was consequently
+     rejected by the Council.
+
+
+Memorandum to His Excellency the Governor.
+
+The Premier on behalf of himself and his colleagues, respectfully
+advises the Governor to sign the message required by the 25th Clause of
+the Constitution Act transmitting for the consideration of the
+Legislative Assembly the accompanying additional estimates for the
+service of the year 1877-8.
+
+His Excellency will observe that it has been thought right by his
+Responsible Advisers to include in these Additional Estimates provision
+for reimbursing members of the Legislative Council and the Legislative
+Assembly their expenses in relation to their attendance in Parliament at
+the rate of L300 per annum each, from and after the present session of
+Parliament.
+
+(Signed) Graham Berry, Treasurer.
+
+21st Nov. 1877.
+
+
+The Governor acknowledges the receipt of the Memorandum submitted to him
+by the Hon. the Premier on this day.
+
+The Governor has in conformity with the advice of his Responsible
+Ministers signed the message submitted to him by them, transmitting for
+the consideration of the Legislative Assembly additional or further
+estimates for the service of the year 1877-8.
+
+(Signed) G.F. Bowen.
+
+Government Offices, Melbourne.
+
+_21st November 1877._
+
+_January 12, 1878._
+
+Address from the Legislative Council to His Excellency
+the Governor.
+
+TO HIS EXCELLENCY SIR GEORGE FERGUSON BOWEN,
+KNIGHT GRAND CROSS OF THE MOST DISTINGUISHED
+ORDER OF ST. MICHAEL AND ST. GEORGE, and Commander-in-Chief
+in and over the Colony of Victoria and its Dependencies and Vice-Admiral
+of the same, etc.
+
+May it please your Excellency,
+
+We her Most Gracious Majesty's most dutiful and loyal subjects, the
+members of the Legislative Council of Victoria, in Parliament assembled
+beg leave to approach Your Excellency with renewed assurances of
+unabated loyalty to Her Majesty's Throne and Person.
+
+We desire to draw Your Excellency's attention to the answer given by the
+Hon. the Post-Master General during the sitting of the Council on the
+1st instant to the question put by one of our members, viz.:--Whether it
+is the intention of the Ministry to afford this House the opportunity of
+considering the propriety of renewing or discontinuing the payment of
+members of Parliament by submitting the measure by Bill as heretofore.
+
+The answer was as follows:--In reply to the Hon. Member the Cabinet
+desire me to state that it is unusual and inexpedient to state the
+intention of the Government otherwise than by the due presentation of
+business to Parliament; but in this instance there is an additional
+serious objection to the question of the hon. member. It deals with the
+appropriation of revenue which is the exclusive privilege of the
+Legislative Assembly, and it is highly undesirable that the Legislative
+Council should interfere even by a question with appropriation, the
+initiation of which is by message from the Crown, on the advice of the
+responsible Ministers and is further controlled by the exclusive
+privileges of the Assembly.
+
+This being the opinion of Your Excellency's advisers, were we to
+continue silent it might with some show of reason be inferred that we
+were satisfied with the answer of the Government, and would accept their
+dictum as representing the true position of the matter as between the
+two Chambers.
+
+We have thought it incumbent upon us to lay before Your Excellency the
+following circumstances connected with the question of payment of
+members:--In the session of 1860-1, a separate Bill for payment of
+members was introduced into the Assembly, but was lost in the Council.
+In the session 1861, Sir Henry Barkly, who was then Governor, was warned
+by the Legislative Council of the inevitable consequences of a sum being
+included in the annual Estimates of Expenditure for the compensation of
+members of Parliament, and the objectionable item was not included in
+the Estimates for the year when laid before the Assembly that session.
+
+On five subsequent occasions separate Bills for the same object have
+been sent up from the Legislative Assembly, three of which were
+rejected, and the two last were passed by the Legislative Council, but
+on both these occasions the principal supporters of the Bills distinctly
+stated that their votes were given on the understanding that the
+measures were to be tentative only, and limited in their duration.
+
+The question at the present time is in exactly the same position as it
+was when originated in 1861, and is still in the region of experimental
+legislation. It is not a mere question of the appropriation of the
+public revenue, but of public policy upon which an uniform usage has
+been adopted in the colony, with the concurrence of both Houses, with
+the marked co-operation of Her Majesty's Representative in 1861.
+
+The usage, moreover, is in strict conformity with the Royal Instructions
+which direct that "in the passing of all laws each different matter must
+be provided for by a different law without intermixing such things as
+have no proper relation to each other, and that no clause or clauses be
+inserted in, or annexed to any Act which shall be foreign to what the
+title of that Act imports."
+
+We desire to inform Your Excellency that we claim the right to exercise
+the same free and deliberate vote on any Bill which may be submitted to
+us for providing compensation to members of Parliament as we have
+exercised on all previous occasions and we submit that the inclusion of
+a sum for that purpose in the Annual Appropriation Bill might make such
+procedure the instrument of enabling one branch of the Legislature to
+coerce the other.
+
+GOVERNOR SIR G.F. BOWEN, G.C.M.G., TO THE EARL OF CARNARVON, RECEIVED
+23RD JAN. 1878. Telegraphic.
+
+_23rd Jan. 1878._
+
+In consequence of the rejection of the annual Appropriation Bill by the
+Legislative Council, ministers have made large temporary reductions in
+the public expenditure to economise funds for Police Gaols, and
+protection of life and property to the latest possible moment, and that
+is about until next May. A number of civil servants and minor officers
+of the judicial department have necessarily been dispensed with
+temporarily, but sufficient provision has been made for the
+administration of Justice and maintenance of law and order. The
+Government will do nothing contrary to law or Imperial interests.
+
+Full Reports by Mail.
+
+
+TELEGRAMS FROM MELBOURNE
+
+Melb. _14th Jan._
+
+Appropriation Bill was rejected by Legislative Council consequent upon
+clause for payment of members being inserted. Government in Council
+dismissed at a moment's notice all County Court Judges, Police
+Magistrates, Wardens, Coroners, many Heads of Departments. Further
+sweeping changes announced. Great Alarm and Indignation. Trade
+disorganised.
+
+
+_25th Jan._
+
+No political change. Many more dismissals.
+
+
+_30th Jan._
+
+Eminent Counsel declare Acts of Sir George Bowen in closing Courts
+illegal. The country alarmed. Secretary of State urged to await letters
+by mail and not act on exparte statements.
+
+
+To the Right Hon. Sir Michael Hicks-Beach, Bart, M.P.
+
+Government House, Melb. _April 12th, 1878._
+
+Sir,
+
+On the 29th ultimo I forwarded to you a telegram announcing the happy
+termination, through a fair compromise honourable to both sides, of the
+protracted crisis and "deadlock" between the two Houses of Parliament,
+which had caused so much excitement and agitation, and so much
+suffering and loss in this community, and which was straining the
+constitution of this Colony to a degree which it could not have endured
+for long.
+
+Ever since December constant efforts have been made to induce the
+conflicting Houses to agree to an honourable compromise of their
+differences. Personally I omitted no proper opportunity of recommending
+mutual forbearance and mutual concessions. It was proposed on behalf of
+the Ministry and the Assembly that the Council should agree to pass the
+separate Bill sent up to them in December, and that the assembly should
+simultaneously, or as nearly so as might be, appoint a Committee to
+search for the Appropriation Bill which had been "laid aside" and should
+then reenact that Bill without the item objected to by the Upper House.
+The Ministers, a strong minority of the Councillors, the Assembly, and
+the general public--all united in pressing the Council to accept this
+arrangement, but there were many disappointing delays and failures in
+the negotiations.
+
+Finally, however, all difficulties were overcome, and both the separate
+Bill continuing the reimbursement of the expense of members and the
+annual Appropriation Act have become law.
+
+General satisfaction has been felt and everywhere expressed at this
+termination of the late dangerous and disastrous parliamentary
+"deadlock," and the political and social animosities caused by it are
+already fast subsiding. The country is tranquil and generally
+prosperous. Before the commencement of the political crisis there had
+been a partial depression in trade and depreciation in the value of
+certain kinds of property, in consequence of a long drought succeeded by
+very heavy floods, and from other temporary causes. These evils had been
+aggravated by the sense of uncertainty rather than of insecurity
+produced by the fierce and protracted political and social agitation and
+antagonism of the last four months. But a young and strong community
+like that of Victoria, full of life and energy, and of that general good
+humour which flows from the habitual prosperity of all classes, rapidly
+recovers from depression and discontent, however caused.
+
+It has been very satisfactory to me to receive the assurances that
+throughout the late financial deadlock, no public money has been
+expended except in due form of law, and in strict accordance with
+parliamentary usage. Those public works which had been legally provided
+for by Railway and Loan Acts, or otherwise, have been carried on
+without interruption; while by dint of strict economy and of the large
+retrenchments in the civil service effected by the Ministry, the
+administration of justice and of the several departments of the
+Government has proceeded regularly and without intermission.
+
+In a speech delivered in last October before the actual beginning of the
+recent crisis, but in anticipation of its near approach, I recommended
+the members of both Houses of Parliament and of both political parties
+to lay to heart the subjoined passage in one of Mr. J.S. Mill's works:
+
+"One of the most indispensable requisites in the practical conduct of
+politics, especially in the management of free institutions, is
+conciliation, a readiness to compromise, a willingness to concede
+something to opponents, and to shape good measures so as to be as little
+offensive as possible to persons of opposite views, and of this salutary
+habit the mutual 'give and take' (as it has been called) between two
+Houses is a perpetual school; useful as such even now, and its utility
+would probably be more felt in a more democratic constitution of the
+Legislature." Nor have I ever ceased to urge the adoption of such
+principles as those laid down by Mr. Merivale when he wrote "Moderation
+in success, self-denial in the exercise of power, habitual consideration
+for the opinions and feelings of others, readiness to compromise
+differences, love of justice and fair play, reluctance to push
+principles to extremes, the moral courage which will dare to stand up
+against a majority, the habit of constantly, and, as it were
+instinctively postponing self to the public interest, and this whether
+arising from moral choice or from the constraint imposed by public
+opinion; these are the balancing qualities which prevent the misuse of
+political freedom."
+
+With regard to the opinions which I have formed concerning the proper
+position and mutual relations of the two Houses of the Victorian
+Parliament, it will be remembered that my opinions are identical with
+those placed on record on that subject by the late Lord Canterbury, my
+able and experienced predecessor in my present office. It will also be
+recollected that I have steadily followed, during the crisis of 1877-8,
+the precedents made, and the constitutional course pursued by Lord
+Canterbury during the previous crisis of 1867-8. In acknowledging Lord
+Canterbury's despatch of 18th July, 1868, reporting the termination of
+the crisis of 1867-8, the then Secretary of State for the Colonies (the
+Duke of Buckingham) wrote as follows:
+
+"I have to express my approval of your firm adherence to your
+constitutional position through these trying discussions; and I learn
+with satisfaction the cessation of a state of affairs which has been
+productive of so much inconvenience in the Colony."
+
+Having pursued exactly the same course and acted on exactly the same
+principles with my predecessor, I am confident that I shall receive
+similar personal support. Moreover, I submit that it is of supreme
+importance, on public grounds, that the people of the Australasian
+Colonies should know that the actions and conduct of successive
+Governors are not prompted by the personal views or idiosyncrasies of
+individuals, but that they are guided by a consistent and uniform
+policy, sanctioned by the authority of the Imperial Government.
+
+
+
+
+NEW GUINEA
+
++Source.+--New Guinea. By Charles Lyne (special representative of the
+"Sydney Morning Herald"), pp. 1-28
+
+     In 1882, the Queensland Government took alarm at certain rumours of
+     the intention of Germany to annex New Guinea, but for a time the
+     British Government refused to move. When the establishment of a
+     protectorate was authorized, only the southeastern portion of the
+     island was available, Germany having, in the meantime, annexed the
+     northern part and the group of Islands known as New Britain.
+
+
+Commodore Erskine in H.M.S. _Nelson_ arrived at Port Moresby on Sunday,
+the 2nd of November, 1884, and the Union Jack now flies from the
+flagstaff at the mission station, the Proclamation of a British
+Protectorate having been made with much ceremony on Thursday Nov. 6.
+
+On the Wednesday afternoon, the chiefs and a number of other natives
+were brought on board the H.M.S. _Nelson_, and a grand assembly took
+place, with a feast for the chiefs and an address from the Commodore, a
+presentation of gifts attractive to the native eye, and the firing of
+some of the ships' guns. The flags of various nations were hung over the
+quarter-deck in the form of an awning, and the officers wore frock-coats
+and swords. Most of the chiefs were destitute of clothing, the mop-like
+hair and foreheads of some of them being bound round with bands of
+small shells and the hair ornamented with tufts of feathers. Two or
+three wore old shirts, and one, Boe Vagi, the chief of the Port Moresby
+natives, who was appointed by the Commodore to be the head chief of the
+Motu tribe, was dressed in a shirt, with a handkerchief round his loins,
+a red felt hat on his head, and some green leaves through the lobe of
+his left ear. Evidently he had been attired specially for the occasion,
+as his usual dress is as scanty as that of his fellows. There were in
+all about fifty of the chiefs, most of them being representatives of the
+Motu tribe; and after having been permitted to look round the ship, they
+were directed by the missionaries, Messrs. Lawes and Chalmers, to seat
+themselves upon the deck. Then a great tub of boiled rice, sweetened
+with brown sugar, was brought on deck, and basins of this mixture were
+handed round to the chiefs who received them, and devoured the rice with
+evident satisfaction. Ships' biscuits were also served out, and the
+scene presented by the feasting savages, and by the grouping of the
+_Nelson's_ officers and the parading of the bluejackets on the opposite
+side of the deck--so that a photograph might be taken of the whole
+assembly--was exceedingly interesting and picturesque.
+
+When the feasting was over, Commodore Erskine came upon deck, and the
+chief, Boe Vagi, having been invited by Mr. Lawes to come forward, the
+Commodore addressed him, and his fellow chiefs, and said:
+
+"I have asked you to come on board to-day in order that I may explain to
+you about the ceremony which will take place to-morrow on shore. I have
+been sent to this place to notify and proclaim that Her Majesty the
+Queen has established a Protectorate over the southern shores of New
+Guinea, and in token of that event I am directed to hoist the British
+flag at Port Moresby, and at other places along the coast and islands.
+To-morrow, then, I intend to hoist the English flag here, and to read a
+Proclamation which will be duly translated to you. I desire, on behalf
+of Her Majesty the Queen, to explain to you the meaning of the
+ceremonial which you are about to witness. It is a proclamation that
+from this time forth you are placed under the protection of Her
+Majesty's Government; that evil-disposed men will not be able to occupy
+your country, to seize your lands, or to take you away from your own
+homes. I have been instructed to say to you that what you have seen
+done here to-day on board Her Majesty's ship of war, and which will be
+done again to-morrow on shore, is to give you the strongest assurance of
+Her Majesty's gracious protection of you, and to warn bad and
+evil-disposed men that if they attempt to do you harm, they will be
+promptly punished by the officers of the Queen. Your lands will be
+secured to you; your wives and children will be protected. Should any
+injury be done to you, you will immediately inform Her Majesty's
+officers, who will reside amongst you, and they will hear your
+complaints, and do you justice. You will look upon all white persons
+whom the Queen permits to reside amongst you as your friends, and Her
+Majesty's subjects. The Queen will permit nobody to reside here who does
+you injury. You will under no circumstances inflict punishment upon any
+white person; but if such person has done you wrong you will tell Her
+Majesty's officers of that wrong in order that the case may be fairly
+inquired into. You must know that it is for your security, and to
+prevent bloodshed, that the Queen sends me here to you, and will send
+her officers to live amongst you. And now I hope that you clearly
+understand that we are here amongst you as your friends. You will all
+keep peace amongst yourselves, and if you have disputes with each other,
+you will bring them before the Queen's officers who will settle them for
+you without bloodshed. Should bad men come amongst you, bringing
+firearms and gunpowder, and intoxicating liquors, you are not to buy
+them, and are to give notice at once to the Queen's officers, so that
+such men may be punished. Always keep in your minds that the Queen
+guards and watches over you, looks upon you as her children, and will
+not allow anyone to harm you, and will soon send her trusted officers to
+carry out her gracious intentions in the establishment of this
+Protectorate."
+
+At the Commodore's request Mr. Lawes read a translation of this address
+in the Motu language, the chiefs listening attentively: then calling the
+chief, Boe Vagi, forward, Commodore Erskine shook hands with him, and
+introduced him to Mr. Romilly; and the Commodore's intimation of the
+appointment of a High Commissioner for New Guinea and his explanation of
+Mr. Romilly's position, were interpreted to the chiefs by Mr. Lawes.
+This was followed by the appointment of Boe Vagi as head chief of the
+Motu tribe. To make his appointment more distinct, he was presented
+with an emblem of authority in the form of an ebony stick with a florin
+let in at the top, the Queen's head being uppermost, and encircled by a
+band of silver. Handing to Boe Vagi this stick, the Commodore said: "I
+present him with this stick, which is to be an emblem to him of his
+authority; and all the tribes who are represented by the chiefs here are
+to look to the holder of this stick, Boe Vagi. This stick represents the
+Queen's head, the Queen of England; and if at any time any of the people
+of these tribes have any grievance or anything to say, they are, through
+this man, the holder of this stick, Boe Vagi, to make it known to the
+Queen's officers, in order that it may be inquired into. This stick is
+to be the symbol of his authority, and all the tribes are to have
+communication through him with the Queen's officer."
+
+Directed then to descend to the main deck the chiefs walked one after
+another into the Commodore's cabin, where each received a present
+consisting of a tomahawk, a butcher's knife, a coloured shirt, or a
+piece of coloured cloth, and some figs of twist tobacco. It was a
+curious sight to see these chiefs, some of them very old men, but others
+young, erect and muscular, filing in at one door, and after shaking
+hands with the Commodore and receiving a present, leaving by the other;
+and it was very amusing to notice how startled some of them were at
+suddenly discovering themselves in a large pier-glass, which they had to
+pass before leaving the cabin. The Commodore did not fail to point out
+through Mr. Lawes to the chief who had burnt the village of another,
+that for the future he would not be allowed to commit such an act, and
+must through the Queen's officers seek redress for any grievance he
+might have; and the man was evidently impressed by what was said to him.
+
+At half-past six next morning the landing of officers and men of the
+squadron for the purpose of publicly proclaiming the establishment of
+the Protectorate, and hoisting the British flag, commenced. The general
+order issued by the Commodore directed that the dress for officers
+should be cocked hat, undress coat, and epaulettes; the dress for seamen
+white frocks and hats, and that for marines white tunics and helmets.
+There was, consequently, a very attractive display of uniforms, and
+altogether it was an exceedingly interesting spectacle. The early hour
+appointed for the landing permitted of the ceremony being performed at
+a time when the heat, which was intense while the _Nelson_ was on the
+coast, was not likely to be very trying to the men. The water of the
+harbour lay placid as a lake, with the ships of war far out from the
+shore, and here and there native canoes moving slowly along or resting
+idly on the surface; and the hills and valleys were green and shaded
+from the sun, and wore that refreshing appearance which is notable when
+the trees and the grass have been bathed in dew, and when the sun's rays
+are strong enough only to make the dewdrops sparkle, and to deepen the
+shadows in the recesses where the sunlight has not yet penetrated.
+
+The boats conveying the officers and men to the shore, each flying the
+white ensign, imparted life and colour to the scene upon the water, and
+nothing could be more picturesque and beautiful than the view on shore,
+where the houses of the native villages bordering the beach, with their
+brown occupants gazing in amazement on what was taking place before
+them, were shaded by a grove of cocoanut palms, the refreshing dark
+green fronds being rivalled only by the lighter green of the plantations
+of the banana trees on the sides of the hills, which, rising high above
+the village, were, notwithstanding the evidence of cultivation by the
+natives, and the existence of the little mission settlement, dressed in
+almost all their native loveliness, and robed in delicately-tinted
+morning mists.
+
+Inside the enclosed ground stood the mission house, and on a spot
+commanding a view of almost the entire harbour was the flagstaff which
+was now to display the flag hoisted with the authority of the Queen by
+Commodore Erskine; and it was around this flagstaff that the troops were
+drawn up in a hollow square, the men facing inwards, with the officers
+to the front, and the Commodore and his suite standing with the
+missionaries and Mr. Chester on the verandah of the mission house. The
+native chiefs who had been on board the _Nelson_ were seated in a
+picturesque group on the ground immediately in front of the Commodore;
+and other natives and a few white spectators stood in a crowd at the
+rear of the blue-jackets. The only representative of English women
+present was Mrs. Lawes, wife of the Rev. W.G. Lawes, who was
+accommodated with a chair, and sat near the Commodore and the officers
+on either side of him.
+
+Immediately the blue-jackets had landed they were marched up the hill
+to the mission compound, but the marines remained upon the beach until
+the Commodore landed, when they presented arms, and afterwards, with
+bayonets fixed, marched with the band to join the bluejackets in front
+of the mission house.
+
+On the Commodore appearing before the troops they presented arms, and he
+then read the following proclamation:
+
+     "PROCLAMATION.
+
+     "Proclamation on behalf of her Most Gracious Majesty Victoria, by
+     the grace of God, of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and
+     Ireland Queen, Defender of the Faith, Empress of India,
+     establishing a Protectorate of Her Most Gracious Majesty over a
+     portion of New Guinea, and the Islands adjacent thereto.
+
+"To all to whom these presents shall come, greeting:
+
+"Whereas it has become essential, for the protection of the lives and
+properties of the native inhabitants of New Guinea, and for the purpose
+of preventing the occupation of portions of that country by persons
+whose proceedings unsanctioned by any lawful authority might tend to
+injustice, strife and bloodshed, and who, under the pretence of
+legitimate trade and intercourse, might endanger the liberties, and
+possess themselves of the lands of such native inhabitants, that a
+British Protectorate should be established over a certain portion of
+such country and the islands adjacent thereto.
+
+"And whereas Her Majesty, having taken into her gracious consideration
+the urgent necessity of her protection to such inhabitants has directed
+me to proclaim such protection in a formal manner at this place: Now, I,
+James Elphinstone Erskine, Captain in the Royal Navy, and Commodore of
+the Australian Station, one of Her Majesty's naval aides-de-camp, do
+hereby, in the name of Her Most Gracious Majesty, declare and proclaim
+the establishment of such Protectorate over such portions of the coast
+and the adjacent islands as is more particularly described in the
+schedule hereunto annexed.
+
+"And I hereby proclaim and declare that no acquisition of land
+whensoever or howsoever acquired, within the limits of the Protectorate
+hereby established, will be recognized by Her Majesty; And I do hereby,
+on behalf of Her Majesty, command and enjoin all persons whom it may
+concern to take notice of this Proclamation."
+
+"SCHEDULE.
+
+"All that portion of the southern shores of New Guinea commencing from
+the boundary of that portion of the country claimed by the Government of
+the Netherlands on the 141st meridian of east longitude to East Cape,
+with all islands adjacent thereto south of East Cape to Kosman Island
+inclusive, together with the islands in the Goschen Straits.
+
+"Given on board Her Majesty's ship _Nelson_, at the harbour of Port
+Moresby, on the 6th day of November 1884.
+
+"(Signed) JAMES ELPHINSTONE ERSKINE.
+
+"Commodore.
+
+"God Save the Queen."
+
+This was interpreted to the natives by the Rev. W.G. Lawes, who, at the
+request of Commodore Erskine, had translated it into the Motu language,
+and then, by direction of the Commodore, the Union Jack was slowly
+raised to the truck of the flagstaff.
+
+All this not a little astonished the natives, though some of those whose
+homes were at Port Moresby had witnessed the firing of a _feu-de-joie_
+before; but though the firing startled some of them it had, with the
+general display, the effect of impressing them all with some sense of
+the solemn importance of the ceremony that was being performed. The
+firing party were then ordered to shoulder arms, and the Commodore,
+addressing all present at the ceremony but the natives, said:
+
+"Officers and men, Mr. Romilly and Gentlemen, This interesting and
+important ceremony now formally concluded, it only remains for me, in
+Her Majesty's name to express the fervent hope that under the blessing
+of Almighty God the establishment of this Protectorate may conduce to
+the peace, happiness and welfare of the people of this vast territory.
+May the British flag which we have this day planted on these shores be
+to the people of this portion of New Guinea the symbol of their freedom
+and their liberty, and the Proclamation which I have just read, the
+charter of their rights and privileges. May it be to them a Protectorate
+in deed, as well as in name, protecting them alike from the encroachment
+of foreigners and the aggressive or unlawful actions of any other
+nationality; may the blessings of civilization and Christianity, the
+seeds of which have been already sown by English hands in the persons of
+the brave and good men present on this occasion, increase and multiply
+exceedingly amongst them; and lastly, as the Union Jack which has on
+several former occasions been hoisted on the shores of New Guinea and
+the adjacent islands is on this day for the first time displayed and
+hoisted on New Guinea under the authority and by the command of her Most
+Gracious Majesty Queen Victoria, I most fervently pray that the
+establishment of a British Protectorate on these shores may tend to
+insure the integrity and inviolability of the great Australian Colonies,
+and promote the best interests of their people; and I trust that this
+important step may be attended with the happiest results, and redound to
+the honour of Her Most Gracious Majesty the Queen, for whom I now invite
+you to give three hearty cheers."
+
+The call was right loyally responded to, and with Captain Bridge
+leading, three British cheers rang out and echoed among the hills; and
+then, with a royal salute, the troops once more presenting arms, the
+ceremony was brought to a close.
+
+
+
+
+THE NATIONAL AUSTRALASIAN CONVENTION 1891
+
++Source.+--National Australasian Convention Debates, pp. 3-5, 23-28, 322
+
+     After self-government had been granted to the Australian colonies,
+     the need for united action in certain matters became apparent.
+     Under the leadership of Sir Henry Parkes a strong movement for
+     federation was organized. His labour bore fruit in the meeting of
+     the National Australasian Convention in 1891. At this assembly were
+     passed the resolutions which form the foundation of the Federation
+     Act.
+
+
+_March 3rd._ Mr. Munro rose to move:
+
+That, the Honourable Sir Henry Parkes, G.C.M.G., Premier of New South
+Wales, do take the chair as President of this National Australasian
+Convention.
+
+He said: I think this is a fitting honour to confer upon the author of
+the movement on the part of these Australian colonies, which resulted in
+the Conference held in Melbourne last year. The hon. gentleman has
+taken a deep interest in the subject of federation for a great number of
+years, and we, moreover, meet in the colony of which he has the honour
+to be Premier. I have no doubt that in the position of president he will
+aid us with his council and advice, and that his occupancy of the chair
+will reflect credit upon our proceedings.
+
+Mr. Dibbs: We look to Sir Henry Parkes as, to some extent, the architect
+of the structure we are about to build, and we, like the other gentlemen
+present, look to our Premier for advice and explanation, and hope that
+he will in due time place before us such a programme as will enable us
+to proceed with the great work before us; I can assure the honourable
+gentleman that we appreciate the compliment paid to the Colony through
+our Premier, and personally I have great pleasure in supporting the
+proposition which has been made.
+
+Question resolved in the affirmative.
+
+The President elect, being conducted to the chair by the Hon. James
+Munro, and the Hon. Sir Samuel Griffith, said:
+
+Mr. Munro, Sir Samuel Griffith, and honourable gentlemen, I could not,
+under any circumstances, do other than yield to your unanimous choice. I
+am very conscious indeed of my disqualifications for the office of
+President. It is hardly in my nature to observe that studied decorum
+which is so shining a quality in the Chair. I have not been fitted for
+that situation in life. I therefore feel how great the honour is to be
+placed in that position on this great occasion and by this great body. I
+shall trust to that generous unanimity which has prevailed in carrying
+this motion to support me in discharging duties in the Chair, duties
+which may become onerous; and I am quite sure I shall not trust in vain.
+It becomes my duty to give this assurance, that so far as I know myself,
+I will command myself to do the duties of this Chair so that there shall
+be no cause of complaint. I will try to conduct the business as to
+offend none, and, if possible, secure the good opinion which appears to
+have been formed to-day. I thank the honourable gentlemen for the great
+distinction you have conferred upon me, and I trust none of you will see
+cause to regret the vote you have given.
+
+_March 4th._ Sir Henry Parkes: I have the honor to move,
+
+That in order to establish and secure an enduring foundation for the
+structure of a federal government, the principles embodied in the
+following resolutions be agreed to:--
+
+1. That the powers and privileges and territorial rights of the several
+existing colonies shall remain intact, except in respect to such
+surrenders as may be agreed upon as necessary, and incidental to the
+power and authority of the National Federal Government.
+
+2. That the trade and intercourse between the federated colonies whether
+by means of land carriage or coastal navigation shall be absolutely
+free.
+
+3. That the power and authority to impose customs duties shall be
+exclusively lodged in the Federal Government and Parliament, subject to
+such disposal of the revenues thence derived as shall be agreed upon.
+
+4. That the military and naval defence of Australia shall be intrusted
+to Federal forces under one command.
+
+I submit these resolutions as a groundwork on which a debate may be
+raised on the whole question with which we have to deal. They certainly
+give a fair expression of the outline of the constitution which we want,
+as it exists in my own mind, and to that extent I at once acknowledge
+the paternity of the motion I make. I venture to appeal to every colony,
+and to every delegate representing every colony, to meet the work on
+which we are about to begin, in a broad federal spirit. We cannot hope
+for any just conclusion--we cannot hope reasonably for any amount of
+valid success--unless we lose sight to a large extent of the local
+interests which we represent at the same time that we represent the
+great cause.
+
+There can be no federation if we should happen, any of us, to insist
+upon conditions which stand in the way of federation; there can be no
+complete union of these governments, of these communities, of these
+separate colonies, unless we can so far clear the way as to approach the
+great question of creating a federal power as if the boundaries now
+existing had no existence whatever. I cannot too fervently impress upon
+my co-representatives from all parts of Australia the necessity of
+keeping in view the one object of the better government of Australia,
+the whole Australian people.
+
+By my second condition I seek to define what seems to me an absolutely
+necessary condition of anything like perfect federation, that is, that
+Australia, as Australia, shall be free--free on the borders, free
+everywhere, in its trade and intercourse between its own people; and
+that there shall be no impediment of any kind--that there shall be no
+barrier of any kind between one section of the Australian people and
+another; but, that the trade and general communication of these people
+shall flow on from one end of the continent to the other, with no one to
+stay its progress or to call it to account; in other words, if this is
+carried, it must necessarily take with it the shifting of the power of
+legislation on all fiscal questions from the local or provincial
+parliaments, to the great National Parliament sought to be created. Now
+our country is fashioned by nature in a remarkable manner--in a manner
+which distinguishes it from all other countries in the world for
+unification for family life--if I may use that term in a national sense.
+We are separated from the rest of the world by many leagues of sea--from
+all the old countries of the world and from the greatest of the new
+countries; but we are separated from all countries by a wide expanse of
+sea, which leaves us with an immense territory, a fruitful territory, a
+territory capable of sustaining its countless millions--leaves us
+compact within ourselves; so that if a perfectly free people can arise
+anywhere, it surely may arise in this favoured land of Australia.
+
+Whatever our views may be on other points, I think we shall all be
+agreed upon this; that for the defence of Australia to be economical, to
+be efficient, to be equal to any emergency that may arise at any time,
+it must be of a federal character, and must be under one command. I do
+not mean that the naval and land forces shall be under one
+commander-in-chief, but that they should be under one kindred
+command--that the naval officer in command equally with the military
+officer shall be a federal officer, and amenable to the national
+government of Australia.
+
+As to the wisdom of the great step we have now taken, for so many
+eminent men from different parts of Australia meeting in this Chamber as
+delegates from their colonies is in itself a great step--as to the
+wisdom of that step we have the warning of every country in the world
+which has used government by a confederation.
+
+Here we find a people I suppose about 4,000,000 strong. They have
+afforded in the great cities of Sydney, Melbourne, Adelaide, Brisbane
+and Hobart abundant proof of their power of founding an empire. Go
+beyond the cities; they have accomplished under responsible government
+what appear to me, and what must appear to any stranger who knew the
+country thirty-five years ago, marvels in the way of internal
+improvements. Not only the railways, but the telegraphs, and everything
+that conduces to the best ends of a civilized community, has been
+achieved by this scattered people in a marvellous manner. But all
+through this great, this noble, this successful effort, we have had
+different sources of irritation, of bad neighbourhood, of turmoil, of
+aggression, which, if they were to go on, must make these co-terminous
+communities instead of being one people of one blood, one faith, one
+jurisprudence, one in the very principles of civilization
+themselves--instead of that must make us cavilling, disputatious,
+foreign countries. The only way to stop that is for the whole
+people--and remember that the whole people in the final result must be
+the arbiters--to join in creating one great union government which shall
+act for the whole. That government must, of course, be sufficiently
+strong to act with effect, to act successfully, and it must be
+sufficiently strong to carry the name and the fame of Australia with
+unspotted beauty, and with uncrippled power throughout the world. One
+great end, to my mind, of a federated Australia is, that it must of
+necessity secure for Australia a place in the family of nations, which
+it never can attain while it is split up into separate colonies with
+antagonistic laws and with hardly anything in common.
+
+I regret to say, Mr. President, that my strength is not such as will
+enable me to keep on my feet many minutes longer. I have submitted these
+resolutions--perhaps it is all the better--without any great effort in
+their support. I trust I have indicated with a clearness sufficient what
+the great object we aim at must be, and the means by which alone we can
+hope to accomplish it. I do not doubt that the gentlemen present will
+each of them address themselves to the subject, which, I think, the
+resolutions have the merit of fairly launching, in a spirit of
+patriotism, always keeping in view the welfare, the prosperity, the
+united strength, and the ultimate glory of our common country.
+
+_March 13th._ I am aware that outside these walls, at any rate, there is
+a feeling that we ought to wait; that the time has not yet come. I can
+only repeat what I have said in other places. If we miss this particular
+opportunity, every year that rolls over us will make the difficulties
+greater; these difficulties which our separate existence have imposed
+will go on increasing. They can only have one crop of fruit; they can
+only produce antipathy, disunion, aggression, reprisal, wide-spread
+discontent, and, if they are suffered to go on, civil war. That is a
+prospect which no man of just mind can contemplate--that these colonies,
+sprung from the same stock, possessing the same great inheritance of
+equal laws and all the riches of science which have been achieved and
+stored up for us in the mother country--that we, side by side, instead
+of living in brotherhood and amity, should live in constant irritation
+and hostility. Either we must join hands, or we must hold out our hands
+in defiance of each other. In the very nature of things we cannot be
+divided and be one. In the very nature of things we cannot submit to
+causes of irritation, causes of infliction, causes of dissatisfaction,
+causes of exasperation, and still live in brotherhood. It is only by
+joining hands in good faith as the people of one kindred; it is only by
+giving and taking--by entertaining compromise as far as compromise can
+be entertained without deadly injury to principle--it is only by doing
+that, we can hope to found this union. If we unfortunately miss this
+great occasion, and leave the work undone, it will be done in a few
+years hence, and it will be done by younger hands, who will gain the
+credit of having effected this bond of union, which will be in itself,
+if rightly effected, of more value than any other achievement in the
+history of this continent.
+
+This is no time for glowing periods; it is no time for rhetorical
+flights; but it is a time for hard and steady work in trying to do what
+we are called here to do, and I would ask the honourable members to do
+their utmost by a calm self-suppression, by a close attention to the
+object which has brought us here, by mutual respect, mutual forbearance,
+and disposition to compromise where compromise is possible, to assist
+each other in bringing about this great work; and I would say that if we
+do seize the occasion and succeed in doing the work, we shall have, not
+now so vividly as hereafter, the blessing of this and succeeding
+generations in what we have accomplished.
+
+
+
+
+THE COMMONWEALTH OF AUSTRALIA
+
++Source.+--The Melbourne Argus, 10 May 1901
+
+     OPENING OF THE FIRST PARLIAMENT
+
+     Ten years after the great conference of 1891, the work of Sir Henry
+     Parkes and his fellow federationists reached its culmination. The
+     first truly Australian Parliament was opened by the Duke of
+     Cornwall and York (King George V).
+
+
+By the hand of royalty, in the presence of the greatest concourse of
+people that Australia has seen in one building, and with splendid pomp
+and ceremonial, the legislative machinery of the Commonwealth was
+yesterday set in motion. The day was full of smiles and tears, the
+smiles predominating. Rising gloomily, the dispersing clouds allowed the
+bright sun to peep through, and when the great ceremony was in progress
+in the Exhibition-building, the atmosphere was radiant, and illuminated
+the vast spaces of the building and the great sea of faces with a bright
+Australian glow.
+
+A sight never to be forgotten was the assemblage which, in perfect
+order, but with exalted feeling, awaited the arrival of the Duke and
+Duchess in the great avenues which branch out from beneath the vast Dome
+of the Exhibition-building. We have not in Australia any sense of the
+historical prestige which attaches itself to a royal opening of the
+British Parliament. There the stately function is magnificent in its
+setting and pregnant in its associations, but it is in scarcely any
+sense of the word a people's function.
+
+Here, by a happy inspiration, the function was made, to the fullest
+extent, a popular one. Twelve thousand seated in a vast
+amphitheatre--free people, hopeful people, courageous people--entrusted
+with the working out of their own destiny, and rejoicing in their
+liberty, must be impressive by reason of their numbers alone.
+
+But there was not wanting splendour of accessories. The mighty arches of
+the dome, the spread of the great transepts, the grace of the
+decorations, were in themselves inspiring; nor was even the sombre shade
+of the mourning dressing, softened by splashes of purple here and there,
+out of keeping with the event, typifying, as it did, our reverential
+regard for the memory of a great Constitutional Ruler, the mightiest
+Sovereign of the people the world has known.
+
+Broadly speaking, what was represented in the noble assemblage was
+worth. The worthiest of Australia were there--the men who hold their
+distinguished positions because they have won them, and because they
+deserve them. All that is best in politics, in commerce, in industry, in
+the arts, in the Church, in the school, in the public service of
+Australia was represented there, and every heart beat high with pride
+and with hope.
+
+Faint and far off, just about noon there came the sound of the National
+Anthem, and there was a multitudinous murmur and stir, for here was the
+actual event coming at last. Then near at hand came the blare of a
+trumpet heralding the approach of the Imperial envoys, and a moment or
+two after, with royal punctuality, the Duke and Duchess were on the
+dais, and the strains of the National Anthem came pealing through the
+building.
+
+The religious feelings of the occasion were stirred by the singing of
+the grand "Old Hundredth" to the words of the metrical psalm, commencing
+"All people that on earth do dwell." This was taken up by thousands of
+the audience, and its swelling harmonies rose grandly to the dome. Lord
+Hopetoun, setting aside all complicated questions of religious
+precedence, himself read several prayers, in his clear, penetrating
+voice, so pleasantly familiar in Victoria.
+
+When the Duke stepped forward to deliver his speech to the two Houses, a
+"Hush" ran round the assembly, and everyone listened intently, but the
+sound of the ever-moving feet on the boarded floors went on. His Royal
+Highness spoke deliberately, in a clear, strong voice, and the speech he
+read was distinctly heard by thousands of those present. It was a
+dignified, a graceful, a kindly, and a congratulatory speech, and it
+expressed a confident belief that the new powers granted to Australia
+will only strengthen the affection of the people for the throne and
+empire.
+
+At the final words, "I now declare the Parliament of the Commonwealth of
+Australia open," the Duchess touched an electric button which gave the
+signal outside for the hoisting of the Union Jack on all the State
+schools of the Colony, and for the sending of a message to England
+declaring the object of the journey of the Royal envoys accomplished.
+Trumpets rang out the signal, and outside was heard the booming of
+cannon in royal salute.
+
+After a brief pause the Duke of Cornwall and York stepped forward once
+more and read a special cable message of congratulation from His Majesty
+the King. And now Australia asserted herself. She had been suppressing
+her feelings to show that she knew how to behave with old-world decorum
+in the presence of Royalty, but this message, direct from the King
+himself, was too much--they simply had to cheer. And cheer they did. It
+was done without order or without concert. It was taken up time after
+time by sections of the audience; it ran round the aisles, and surged
+through the galleries; a hearty, spontaneous, irrepressible Australian
+cheer. It was not down in the programme, but it formed a most effective
+part of it.
+
+The final part of the ceremony, which altogether occupied about
+three-quarters of an hour, was the swearing-in of members by the
+Governor-General. He stood on the dais and read out the oath, whilst the
+members, Bible in hand, followed him in sections. Then Lord Hopetoun
+stepped to the front of the dais, and directing the audience by the
+waving of his hat, called for three cheers for His Royal Highness the
+Duke, which were given with splendid heartiness, and followed by another
+round for the Duchess, after which the Duke and Duchess retired and the
+great ceremony was over.
+
+
+TELEGRAM FROM THE KING
+
+His Royal Highness read the following telegram from His Majesty the
+King:
+
+"My thoughts are with you on the day of the important ceremony. Most
+fervently do I wish Australia prosperity and great happiness."
+
+
+REPLY TO THE KING
+
+The following telegram was despatched by His Royal Highness the Duke of
+Cornwall and York to His Majesty the King immediately after the opening
+ceremony:
+
+"I have just delivered your message, and, in your name, declared open
+the first Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia. I also read your
+kind telegram of good wishes, which is deeply appreciated by your loving
+Australian subjects, and was received with great enthusiasm. Splendid
+and impressive ceremony, over 12,000 people in Exhibition-building."
+
+
+MESSAGE FROM THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT
+
+When the newly-elected President of the Federal Senate and Speaker of
+the House of Representatives were presented to His Excellency the
+Governor-General at the Old Treasury buildings yesterday afternoon, Lord
+Hopetoun intimated to them and to the members of the Commonwealth
+Legislature who were present that he had received the subjoined message
+from the Secretary of State for the Colonies:
+
+"His Majesty's Government welcomes the new Parliament that to-day takes
+its place among the great legislative bodies of the British Empire and
+they feel confident that it will be a faithful interpreter of the
+aspirations of a free and loyal people, and they trust that its
+deliberations will promote the happiness, prosperity, and unity of the
+whole continent of Australia."
+
+The message was subsequently read in both Houses of the Federal
+Parliament, and received with cheers.
+
+
+
+
+THE BOER WAR
+
++Source.+--The Times History of the War in South Africa, 1899-1902, Vol.
+III, pp. 30-31, 34-35; Vol. IV, p. 428
+
+     The clash of interests in South Africa between settlers of Dutch
+     and of British origin gave rise to much ill-feeling, and in 1899
+     Great Britain decided to annex the South African Colonies in order
+     to protect the interests of her subjects. In the ensuing struggle
+     the Colonies freely offered support, both moral and physical.
+
+
+Of all the colonies the Australian ones were the most directly
+interested in the South African controversy. In view of the vast and
+increasing trade between Australia and the mother-country, the safety of
+the Cape route must always be a question of the very highest importance
+in the eyes of Australian statesmen. And apart from such considerations
+of contingent self-interest, Australians had strong personal feelings
+over the issue between Kruger and the Uitlanders. Australian miners
+formed no small section of the population of the Rand. Australians were
+under no illusions as to the idyllic character of the peasant-owners of
+the Transvaal. As soon as the crisis became acute, public meetings were
+held all over the Australian colonies to express sympathy with the
+Uitlanders and to support the attitude of the Imperial Government. The
+question of sending Australian contingents to join the Imperial forces
+in the event of a war was discussed at an early stage. The idea of
+active participation in the wars of the Empire was not altogether a new
+one. As far back as 1867 Tasmania had sent a contingent to assist the
+Imperial forces in the Maori war. More recently a body of New South
+Wales troops took part in the Sudan campaign of 1885. A little active
+service and much tedious waiting at Suakim was all they saw, and one
+might have imagined that in Australia the result had been to damp any
+inclination to repeat the performance. But the partial disappointment of
+1885 made the Australians all the more eager to try again.
+
+Between October 28 and November 5 the first Australian contingents
+sailed amidst the most enthusiastic popular demonstrations. They were
+officered and manned almost entirely by members of the various colonial
+volunteer forces, and thus possessed the advantage of a certain amount
+of initial training which was destined to stand them in good stead in
+the field. It should never be forgotten that their success was mainly
+due to the persistent effort of those officers, whether Imperial or
+colonial, who during the past twenty years had given their services to
+the development and organization of the colonial forces. It was the
+existence of these forces that kept up the military spirit in the
+colonies.
+
+Small as was the force contributed by the Empire (nearly 80,000 men) it
+was none the less a material assistance, whose value can hardly be
+overrated. It practically doubled the mounted force, and thus made
+possible those sweeping movements by which Lord Roberts reached
+Pretoria. Above all, it gave the Imperial Government a moral support
+which enabled it to face with equanimity the almost universal hostility
+of the European powers or the fanatical outcries of a few
+anti-Imperialist partisans at home. Never, probably, in modern times has
+there been a greater consensus of honest opinion in support of a great
+national movement than that which backed up Britain's effort to maintain
+her position in South Africa. It was simply that the free citizens of
+free countries asked to be allowed to venture their lives for the sake
+of a political ideal which was personally and intimately dear to each
+one of them, and that, in spite of the paralysing absence of either
+precedent or preparation, many thousands actually achieved their desire.
+The war has not shown what the Empire can do, but it has revealed to
+those who perhaps doubted before, what an Empire we can make if we but
+choose.
+
+
+ELANDS RIVER
+
+Amongst varying fortunes and many indecisive actions, the defence of the
+position at Elands River stands out as an achievement only made possible
+by courage and grim determination.
+
+For several weeks Colonel Hore, with a small garrison at Brakfontein on
+the Elands River, had been keeping up the connection between Mafeking
+and Zeerust, policing the district and forwarding on convoys to
+Rustenburg. At the beginning of August the force which he had for this
+purpose, as well as to guard a large store of supplies, consisted of 500
+men, nearly all Imperial bushmen or Rhodesians, an old muzzle-loading
+seven-pounder, and two maxims. By this time Lord Roberts had determined
+that several isolated posts in the Western Transvaal, such as this one,
+which were in constant danger of attack, must be evacuated, and on
+August 1 ordered General Carrington to march to Elands River to cover
+Hore's retirement. But De la Rey, with three detachments of his troops
+under himself, Lemmer, and Steenekemp, each numbering about 300 men, and
+each with a gun and a pom-pom, and a maxim, had arrived there before
+him, and on the morning of August 4 had aroused Hore's camp by shell and
+rifle fire from the north-west, east, and south-east. The camp was on a
+small boulder-strewn kopje, in the centre of an amphitheatre about five
+acres in extent, and half a mile east of the river. Most of the men were
+on this central kopje, but two small hills on the bank of the river were
+held by detachments under Captain Butters and Lieutenant Zouch. Luckily,
+an attack had been expected, and stone sangars and shelters of ox-wagons
+had been made and further protected by biscuit boxes and bags of flour
+and sugar from the stores the men were guarding. Nevertheless the Boer
+attack seemed to have every chance in its favour; their guns were in
+safe positions 2,400 yards from the camp, and along the river banks they
+could creep close up to the defenders. Hore's old seven-pounder, though
+it succeeded in silencing a Boer gun, and killed a German gunner, was
+very capricious in its working, and was obviously no match for the Boer
+guns. The thousands of horses and oxen which were in the camp under no
+sort of cover were nearly all killed on the first day by the Boer
+shells; and the stench arising from these dead animals in the narrow
+camp makes it almost marvellous that the men who escaped the Boer shells
+were not killed by pestilence. Moreover, the only chance of getting
+water was to take the water carts down to the river at night, and then
+the drivers and escort were not always safe. To make matters worse, on
+the second day of the siege Carrington's advance scouts, after appearing
+on the rise to the west, were soon seen retiring again, so that rescue
+from this side seemed now out of the question. When starting, Carrington
+did not know that Hore was invested, so he carried very few rations. He
+no doubt had a small force with him and was badly off for supplies; but
+he had gained a ridge from which he commanded the way to Elands River,
+and under the circumstances of Hore's pressing danger he was too quickly
+discouraged from a more determined effort to bring out the garrison.
+From the east another attempt was made to relieve Hore which proved
+equally abortive.
+
+On August 5 firing had been heard in the direction of Elands River, so
+next day Baden-Powell marched with his own and Mahon's mounted troops
+about half-way to Brakfontein. Here he heard guns firing in a westerly
+direction, but as the sound seemed to grow fainter and fainter, he
+assumed, without, however, waiting for the reports of his scouts, that
+Carrington had succeeded in withdrawing Hore towards Mafeking.
+
+After Carrington's retreat to Zeerust on August 5 and Baden-Powell's to
+Rustenburg on the 6th, Lord Roberts had given up all hope of saving this
+garrison. But on the 13th a runner from Colonel Hore had arrived at
+Crocodile Pools, announcing that he had not surrendered. On hearing this
+the Field Marshal ordered Kitchener to take part of his force to relieve
+him. Kitchener started on the 16th. from Quaggafontein with Little's,
+Broadwood's, and Smith-Dorrien's brigades. After Carrington had come up
+and gone away again on August 5, the garrison, though apparently left to
+their fate, would hear nothing of surrender, but made up their minds to
+fight as long as they had ammunition and strength to use it. Luckily
+they were well provided with food, and the Boers, as usual in their
+sieges, were content to sit round and fire at them without seriously
+attempting to rush the place as they should have done. The garrison also
+kept up their spirits by sudden raids at night on adventurous Boers or
+guns that came too near. Thus, as at Wepener, it became a game of
+patience for the garrison, dissimilar only in this, that at Elands River
+there was no promise of support to buoy up the garrison with hope.
+
+However, on August 16, after eleven days' siege, De la Rey moved away on
+the news of the approaching relief columns, and Lord Kitchener rode in
+to set free the garrison.
+
+This siege, like that of Wepener, was especially a Colonial triumph;
+there the garrison had been chiefly Cape Colonials, here the majority
+were Australians of Carrington's first Brigade, the rest being
+Rhodesians, and it would be difficult to praise overmuch the
+determination and fine spirit shown by these Colonials in their first
+opportunity of distinguishing themselves as a corps. Every soldier who
+saw the place afterwards expressed surprise that they could have held
+out so long, and it is therefore the more creditable to them to have
+done so when every hope of relief seemed entirely cut off; while, at a
+time when surrenders and retreats were not sufficiently rare, the
+example shown by these splendid men was even more important than the
+position they held.
+
+
+
+
+THE GREAT WAR
+
++Source.+--The Times History of the War and Encyclopaedia, Vol. I, p.
+161; Vol. II, p. 31; Vol. III, p. 126
+
+     The aggressive policy of Germany led to the outbreak in 1914 of the
+     greatest war in history; for nearly every country in the world
+     ultimately became involved in the struggle.
+
+     Germany advised Austria to demand most humiliating concessions from
+     Servia, and the resistance of Servia supported by Russia resulted
+     in war between Germany and Austria on one side, and Servia, Russia,
+     and her ally France on the other.
+
+     For strategical reasons Germany determined to attack France through
+     Belgium, declaring that the international treaty which bound her to
+     respect Belgian neutrality was but a "Scrap of Paper." Great
+     Britain, as one of the signatories to the treaty, protested
+     against such a violation of good faith, but finding protestation
+     vain declared war upon Germany on 4 August 1914.
+
+     The whole Empire solidly supported the Mother Country and shared
+     valiantly in all her achievements.
+
+
+THE RALLY OF THE EMPIRE
+
+Important as were the offers of help, both of men and provisions, which
+the self-governing Dominions and the Indian Empire made to the Mother
+Country almost immediately after the outbreak of the war, the knowledge
+that these great daughter-nations were morally convinced of the justice
+of the British cause, was a factor of even more far-reaching importance.
+Great as was the necessity of organizing and expanding the Imperial
+forces, and thus creating an extra army or armies to reinforce the
+British Expeditionary Force in France, urgent as was the need of taking
+advantage of the prompt offers of help which came from all parts of the
+Empire, the necessity of convincing the self-governing Dominions and the
+Empire at large of the righteousness of the cause for which Great
+Britain was fighting was more imperative still. For in the long run the
+consciousness of the justice of the principles for which a people is
+fighting, alone can ensure the massing of material force sufficient to
+secure material victory.
+
+Evidence that the case for Great Britain was fully understood and
+thoroughly approved, not only by our own peoples, but by the bulk of the
+neutral States of the world, was not long in presenting itself. The
+Dominions as a whole had satisfied themselves that the British cause was
+just, before Sir Edward Grey had made it plain by his speech of August
+3rd that the British Government had done everything short of sacrificing
+the honour of the country to avoid war. In the words of Sir Richard
+McBride, the Premier of British Columbia, "Should it unfortunately
+develop that Great Britain is compelled to engage in hostilities, Canada
+will automatically be at war also"; while in Australia, Mr. Fisher, the
+ex-Prime Minister, declared, "Should honour demand the Mother Country to
+take part in hostilities, Australians will stand beside her to the last
+man and the last shilling." These sentiments found expression in the
+offers of help of men and material, which have been described in the
+preceding chapter. To those offers the King replied by a message to the
+Overseas Dominions:
+
+"I desire to express to my people of the Overseas Dominions with what
+appreciation and pride I have received the messages from their
+respective Governments during the last few days.
+
+"These spontaneous assurances of their fullest support recall to me the
+generous, self-sacrificing help given by them in the past to the Mother
+Country.
+
+"I shall be strengthened in the discharge of the great responsibility
+which rests upon me by the confident belief that in this time of trial
+my Empire will stand united, calm, resolute, trusting in God.
+
+"GEORGE R.I."
+
+
+THE SINKING OF THE _EMDEN_ (German cruiser)
+
+Against us there were known to be some eight or nine German cruisers
+abroad, all efficient for commerce-destroying purposes, and several with
+very high speed, which it was recognized would require a great deal of
+catching....
+
+The _Emden_ was a small vessel of some 3,500 tons, with a speed of about
+25 knots--quite fast enough to overhaul any British steamer she was
+likely to encounter, and fast enough also to run away, if necessary. The
+_Emden_ was generally heard of where she was least expected, and after
+reaping her harvest of merchantmen, as unaccountably disappeared. In
+something under six weeks she had captured nearly twenty steamers,
+always contriving to pick up a collier among them, so that she was able
+to keep her bunkers replenished....
+
+As a variety of adventure, the _Emden_ steamed one evening into Madras
+Roads, and threw shell into the outskirts of the town for the space of
+half an hour or so--some oil tanks were set ablaze, and two or three
+natives killed; Fort George returned the fire--probably without
+effect--and the _Emden_ retired.
+
+It may be assumed that the German captain received information by
+wireless of the probable approach of colliers or other vessels, as he
+was so very much on the spot; in any case, he was a courageous and
+enterprising man, and a good sportsman; but we wanted very badly to
+catch him. There are so many holes and corners in that part of the
+world, where a vessel may lie for a time with little chance of
+detection, and the _Emden's_ speed would have enabled her to reach some
+such refuge very quickly.
+
+The last act in the drama of the _Emden_ took place off the
+Cocos-Keeling Islands in the Indian Ocean....
+
+It was to this desolate spot in the Indian Ocean that Captain Von Muller
+brought his ship, in the early days of November; with him was one of his
+captures, the _Buresk_, which was full of coal. The object of this visit
+of the _Emden_ was the destruction of the important wireless station
+that is established on the islands, and on the morning of November 9th,
+the officials were unpleasantly surprised by the landing of an armed
+boat's crew from a cruiser, which had come to an anchor, and which they
+first imagined to be H.M.S. _Minotaur_. They were quickly undeceived by
+the German officer in charge of the party, who informed them that their
+operations from the wireless station had greatly hampered the movements
+of the cruiser. One detachment of the Germans then rounded up all the
+officials and their servants, placing them under a strict guard, while a
+second party prepared to blow up the wireless installation and to smash
+the instrument rooms of the cable office. This they did most thoroughly,
+but the officials seem to have kept their heads in the most praiseworthy
+manner, as, just as soon as they discovered that the enemy was upon
+them, they sent out distress signals by wireless, and warned adjacent
+stations by cable that they were about to be smashed up.
+
+The landing party now blew up the wireless mast and the store in which
+spare cable and cable gear was kept; a third explosion wrecked the
+wireless hut, and completed the destruction of the installation. The
+dynamo rooms and workshops were destroyed with flogging hammers and
+axes, everything breakable, including clocks, being smashed to atoms.
+Their next proceeding was to cut the shore ends of the submarine cables,
+and this was done in full view of the prisoners. There are three cables
+from the Cocos--to Perth, to Batavia, and to Rodriguez--and the pleasure
+of the prisoners can be imagined when they saw the Germans spend much
+hard labour in destroying a dummy cable. Eventually the Perth cable and
+the dummy were cut, the others being left, presumably because the
+Germans did not know that they existed.
+
+The party from the _Emden_ had landed at 7.30 a.m., and by 9.20 their
+mission of destruction was accomplished. At this time a signal was blown
+on the siren from the ship; the officer in command collected his men,
+marched them down to the beach, and re-embarked. The telegraphists
+report that they were fairly and courteously treated. On arrival the
+_Emden_ was still using her now famous fourth funnel, a dummy, and this
+it was that caused the telegraphists to mistake her in the first
+instance for the _Minotaur_, which is a four-funnelled armoured cruiser.
+As she steamed away in the bright light of the tropic morning for what
+was so shortly to prove her last cruise, the _Emden_ hauled down, and
+stowed away, her dummy.
+
+The action that ensued between the _Sydney_ and the _Emden_ is here
+given in the official despatch of Captain Glossop, dated from Colombo on
+November 15th:
+
+I have the honour to report that whilst on escort duty with the convoy
+under the charge of Captain Silver, H.M.A.S. _Melbourne_, at 6.30 a.m.
+on Monday, Nov. 9th, a wireless message from Cocos was heard reporting
+that a foreign warship was off the entrance. I was ordered to raise
+steam for full speed at 7.0 a.m. and proceeded thither. I worked up to
+twenty knots, and at 9.15 a.m. sighted land ahead and almost immediately
+the smoke of a ship, which proved to be the H.I.G.M.S. _Emden_ coming
+out towards me at a great rate. At 9.40 a.m. fire was opened, she firing
+the first shot. I kept my distance as much as possible to obtain the
+advantage of my guns. Her fire was very accurate and rapid to begin
+with, but seemed to slacken very quickly, all casualties occurring in
+this ship almost immediately. First, the foremost funnel of her went,
+secondly the foremast, and she was badly on fire aft, then the second
+funnel went, and lastly the third funnel, and I saw she was making for
+the beach on North Keeling Island, where she grounded at 11.20 a.m. I
+gave her two more broadsides and left her, to pursue a merchant ship
+which had come up during the action.
+
+2. Although I had guns on this merchant ship at odd times during the
+action, I had not fired, and as she was making off fast, I pursued and
+overtook her at 12.10, firing a gun across her bows and hoisting
+International Code Signal to stop, which she did. I sent an armed boat,
+and found her to be the ss. _Buresk_, a captured British collier, with
+18 Chinese crew, 1 English steward, 1 Norwegian cook, and a German prize
+crew of 3 officers, 1 warrant officer, and 12 men. The ship
+unfortunately was sinking, so I took all on board, fired four shells
+into her, and returned to _Emden_, passing men swimming in the water,
+for whom I left two boats I was towing from _Buresk_.
+
+3. On arriving again off _Emden_, she still had her colours up at
+mainmast head. I inquired by signal, International Code, "Will you
+surrender?" and received a reply in Morse, "What signal? No signal
+books." I then made in Morse, "Do you surrender?" and subsequently,
+"Have you received my signal?" to neither of which did I get an answer.
+The German officers on board gave me to understand that the captain
+would never surrender, and therefore, though very reluctantly, I again
+fired at her at 4.30 p.m., ceasing at 4.35, as she showed white flags
+and hauled down her ensign by sending a man aloft.
+
+4. I then left Emden and returned and picked up the _Buresk's_ two
+boats, rescuing two sailors (5.0 p.m.) who had been in the water all
+day. I returned and sent in one boat to _Emden_, manned by her own prize
+crew from _Buresk_ and one officer, and stating I would return to their
+assistance next morning.
+
+5. I lay on and off all night, and communicated with Direction Island at
+8.0 a.m., November 10th, to find that the _Emden's_ party, consisting of
+three officers and forty men, one launch and two cutters, had seized and
+provisioned a 70-ton schooner (the _Ayesha_), having four Maxims with
+two belts to each. They left the previous night at six o'clock. The
+wireless station was entirely destroyed, one cable cut, one damaged, and
+one intact. I borrowed a doctor and two assistants, and proceeded as
+fast as possible to _Emden's_ assistance.
+
+6. I sent an officer on board to see the captain, and in view of the
+large number of prisoners and wounded, and lack of accommodation, etc.,
+in this ship, and the absolute impossibility of leaving them there, he
+agreed that if I received his officers and men and all wounded, "then as
+for such time as they remained in _Sydney_ they would cause no
+interference with ship or fittings, and would be amenable to the ship's
+discipline." I therefore set to work at once to tranship them--a most
+difficult operation, the ship being on weather side of island, and the
+send alongside very heavy. The conditions in the _Emden_ were
+indescribable. I received the last from her at 5.0 p.m., then had to go
+round to the lee side to pick up 20 more men who had managed to get
+ashore from the ship.
+
+7. Darkness came on before this could be accomplished, and the ship
+again stood off and on all night, resuming operations at 5.0 a.m., on
+November 11th, a cutter's crew having to land with stretchers to bring
+wounded round to embarking point. A German officer, a doctor, died
+ashore the previous day. The ship in the meantime ran over to Direction
+Island to return their doctor and assistants, send cables, and was back
+again at 10 a.m., embarked the remainder of wounded, and proceeded for
+Colombo by 10.35 a.m., Wednesday, November 11th.
+
+8. Total casualties in _Sydney_: killed, 3; severely wounded (since
+dead), 1; severely wounded, 4; wounded, 4; slightly wounded, 4. In the
+_Emden_ I can only approximately state the killed at 7 officers and 108
+men from captain's statement. I had on board 11 officers, 9 warrant
+officers and 191 men, of whom 3 officers and 53 men were wounded, and of
+this number 1 officer and 3 men have since died of wounds.
+
+9. The damage to Sydney's hull and fittings was surprisingly small; in
+all about ten hits seem to have been made. The engine and boiler rooms
+and funnels escaped entirely.
+
+10. I have great pleasure in stating that the behaviour of the ship's
+company was excellent in every way, and with such a large number of
+young hands and people under training it is all the more gratifying.
+
+It will be seen from Captain Glossop's despatch that he was on escort
+duty with the convoy under the charge of Captain Silver of H.M.A.S.
+_Melbourne_. This convoy was carrying Australian and New Zealand troops
+to the scene of the great conflict in Europe. The act of self-denial on
+the part of Captain Silver in sending the _Sydney_ to engage the
+_Emden_, instead of taking that duty upon himself, certainly deserves to
+be noted. This officer denied to himself and to the officers and men
+under his command, the privilege of dealing with the notorious raider,
+and in so doing he was actuated solely by his high sense of duty and the
+responsibility that he owed to his country. In his judgment the _Sydney_
+was the more suitable ship, so she was sent, and the _Melbourne_
+remained with her convoy until the affair was concluded.
+
+
+
+
+LANDING ON GALLIPOLI
+
++Source.+---Dispatch from a special Correspondent at the Dardanelles
+printed in The Times, 7 May 1915
+
+    Soon after the commencement of the war Turkey joined the Central
+    Powers, and consequently the Australian Imperial Forces, having
+    experienced a rigorous training in Egypt, were used to assist the
+    Navy and other Allied troops in an attempt to force the Dardanelles.
+
+
+VIEWED FROM A BATTLESHIP
+
+Slowly through the night of April 24th our squadron, which was to land
+the covering forces of the Australian contingent just north of Gaba
+Tepe, steamed towards its destination....
+
+At 1 a.m. the ships arrived off their appointed rendezvous, five miles
+from the landing-place, and stopped. The soldiers were aroused from
+their slumbers, and were served with a last hot meal. A visit to the
+mess decks showed these Australians, the majority of whom were about to
+go into action for the first time under the most trying circumstances,
+possessed at 1 o'clock in the morning courage to be cheerful, quiet, and
+confident....
+
+At 1.20 a.m. the signal was given from the flagship to lower the boats,
+which had been left swinging from the davits throughout the night. Our
+steam pinnaces were also lowered to take them in tow....
+
+On the quarter-deck, backed by the great 12 in. guns, this splendid body
+of colonial troops were drawn up in serried ranks, fully equipped, and
+receiving their last instructions from their officers, who, six months
+ago, like their men, were leading a peaceful civilian life in Australia
+and New Zealand, 5,000 miles away....
+
+At 2.5 a.m. the signal was given for the troops to embark in the boats
+which were lying alongside, and this was carried out with great
+rapidity, in absolute silence, and without a hitch or an accident of any
+kind....
+
+The whole operation had been timed to allow the pinnaces and boats to
+reach the beach just before daylight, so that the Turks, if they had
+been forewarned, would not be able to see to fire before the Australians
+had obtained a firm footing and, it was hoped, good cover on the
+foreshore....
+
+At 4.53 a.m. there suddenly came a very sharp burst of rifle fire from
+the beach, and we knew our men were at last at grips with the enemy.
+This fire lasted only for a few minutes, and then was drowned by a faint
+British cheer wafted to us over the waters....
+
+The first authentic news we received came with the return of our boats.
+A steam pinnace came alongside with two recumbent forms on her deck and
+a small figure, pale, but cheerful, and waving his hand astern. They
+were one of our midshipmen, just sixteen years of age, shot through the
+stomach, but regarding his injury more as a fitting consummation to a
+glorious holiday ashore than a wound; and a chief stoker, and petty
+officer, all three wounded by that first burst of musketry, which caused
+many casualties in the boats just as they reached the beach.
+
+From them we learned what had happened in those first wild moments. All
+the tows had almost reached the beach, when a party of Turks, entrenched
+almost on the shore, opened up a terrible fusillade from rifles and also
+from a Maxim. Fortunately most of the bullets went high, but,
+nevertheless, many men were hit as they sat huddled together forty or
+fifty in a boat.
+
+It was a trying moment, but the Australian volunteers rose as a man to
+the occasion. They waited neither for orders, nor for the boats to reach
+the beach, but, springing out into the sea, they waded ashore, and,
+forming some sort of a rough line, rushed straight on the flashes of the
+enemy's rifles. Their magazines were not charged, so they just went in
+with cold steel, and I believe I am right in saying that the first
+Ottoman Turk since the last Crusade received an Anglo-Saxon bayonet in
+him at 5 minutes after 5 a.m. on April 25th. It was over in a minute.
+The Turks in this first trench were bayoneted or ran away, and a Maxim
+gun was captured.
+
+Then the Australians found themselves facing an almost perpendicular
+cliff of loose sandstone, covered with thick shrubbery, and somewhere
+half-way up the enemy had a second trench strongly held, from which they
+poured a terrible fire on the troops below, and the boats pulling back
+to the destroyers for the second landing party.
+
+Here was a tough proposition to tackle in the darkness, but these
+Colonials are practical above all else, and they went about it in a
+practical way. They stopped a few moments to pull themselves together,
+and to get rid of their packs which no troops could carry in an attack,
+and then charged their magazines. Then this race of athletes proceeded
+to scale the cliffs without responding to the enemy's fire. They lost
+some men but did not worry, and in less than a quarter of an hour the
+Turks were out of their second position, either bayoneted or in full
+flight.
+
+This ridge under which the landing was made, stretches due north from
+Gaba Tepe, and culminates in the height of Coja Chemen, which rises 950
+feet above the sea level. The whole forms part of a confused triangle of
+hills, valleys, ridges, and bluffs which stretches right across the
+Gallipoli Peninsula to the Bay of Bassi Liman, above the Narrows. The
+triangle is cut in two by the valley through which flows the stream
+known as Bokali Deresi....
+
+In the early part of the day very heavy casualties were suffered in the
+boats which conveyed the troops from the destroyers, tugs, and
+transports to the beach. As soon as it became light, the enemy's
+sharpshooters, hidden everywhere, simply concentrated their fire on the
+boats....
+
+Throughout the whole of April 25th the landing of troops, stores, and
+munitions had to be carried out under these conditions, but the gallant
+sailors never failed their equally gallant comrades ashore. Every one,
+from the youngest midshipman straight from Dartmouth and under fire for
+the first time, to the senior officers in charge, did their duty
+nobly....
+
+When the sun was fully risen and the haze had disappeared, we could see
+that the Australians had actually established themselves on the top of
+the ridge, and were evidently trying to work their way northwards along
+it....
+
+The fighting was so confused, and took place amongst such broken ground
+that it is extremely difficult to follow exactly what did happen
+throughout the morning and afternoon of April the 25th. The role
+assigned to the covering force was splendidly carried out up to a
+certain point, and a firm footing was obtained on the crest of the ridge
+which allowed the disembarkation of the remainder of the force to go on
+uninterruptedly except for the never-ceasing sniping.
+
+But then the Australians, whose blood was up, instead of entrenching
+themselves and waiting developments, pushed northward and eastward
+inland, in search of fresh enemies to tackle with the bayonet. The
+ground is so broken and ill-defined that it was very difficult to select
+a position to entrench, especially as after the troops imagined they had
+cleared a section, they were continually being sniped from all sides.
+Therefore they preferred to continue the advance.... The Turks only had
+a comparatively weak force actually holding the beach, and they seemed
+to have relied on the difficult nature of the ground, and their
+scattered snipers, to delay the advance until they could bring up
+reinforcements from the interior.
+
+Some of the Australians who had pushed inland were counter-attacked and
+almost outflanked by these oncoming reserves, and had to fall back after
+suffering very heavy casualties.
+
+It was then the turn of the Turks to counter-attack, and this they
+continued to do throughout the afternoon, but the Australians never
+yielded a foot of ground on the main ridge, and reinforcements were
+continually poured up from the beach as fresh troops were disembarked
+from the transports. The enemy's artillery fire, however, presented a
+very difficult problem. As soon as the light became good, the Turks
+enfiladed the beach with two field guns from Gaba Tepe, and with two
+others from the north.... In vain did the warships endeavour to put them
+out of action with their secondary armament. For some hours they could
+not be accurately located, or else were so well protected that our
+shells failed to do them any harm....
+
+Later in the day the two guns to the north were silenced ... and a
+cruiser moving in close to the shore, so plastered Gaba Tepe with a hail
+of shell that the guns there were also silenced and have not attempted
+to reply since.
+
+As the enemy brought up reinforcements, towards dusk his attacks became
+more and more vigorous, and he was supported by a powerful artillery
+inland, which the ships' guns were powerless to deal with. The pressure
+on the Australians and New Zealanders became heavier, and the line they
+were occupying had to be contracted for the night. General Birdwood and
+his staff went ashore in the afternoon, and devoted all their energies
+to securing the position, so as to hold firmly to it until the following
+morning, when it was hoped to get some field guns in position to deal
+with the enemy's artillery.
+
+Some idea of the difficulty to be faced may be gathered when it is
+remembered that every round of ammunition, all water, and all supplies
+had to be landed on a narrow beach and then carried up pathless hills,
+valleys, and bluffs, several hundred feet high, to the firing line. The
+whole of this mass of troops, concentrated on a very small area, and
+unable to reply, were exposed to a relentless and incessant shrapnel
+fire, which swept every yard of the ground, although, fortunately, a
+great deal of it was badly aimed or burst too high. The reserves were
+engaged in road-making and carrying supplies to the crest, and in
+answering the calls for more ammunition.
+
+A serious problem was getting away the wounded from the shore, where it
+was impossible to keep them. All those who were unable to hobble to the
+beach had to be carried down to the hills on stretchers, then hastily
+dressed and carried to the boats. The boat and beach parties never
+stopped working throughout the entire day and night.
+
+The courage displayed by these wounded Australians will never be
+forgotten. Hastily dressed and placed in trawlers, lighters, and ships'
+boats they were towed to the ships.... I have, in fact, never seen the
+like of those wounded Australians in war before, for as they were towed
+amongst the ships, whilst accommodation was being found for them,
+although many were shot to bits, and without hope of recovery, their
+cheers resounded through the night, and you could just see, amidst a
+mass of suffering humanity, arms being waved in greeting to the crews of
+the warships. They were happy because they had been tried for the first
+time in the war and had not been found wanting. They had been told to
+occupy the heights and hold on, and this they had done for fifteen
+mortal hours, under an incessant shell fire, without the moral and
+material support of a single gun ashore, and subjected the whole time to
+the violent counter-attacks of a brave enemy, led by skilled leaders,
+whilst his snipers, hidden in caves and thickets and amongst the dense
+scrub, made a deliberate practice of picking off every officer who
+endeavoured to give a word of command or lead his men forward.
+
+No finer feat of arms has been performed during the war than this sudden
+landing in the dark, the storming of the heights, and above all, the
+holding on to the position thus won whilst reinforcements were being
+poured from the transports. These raw Colonial troops in those desperate
+hours proved themselves worthy to fight side by side with the heroes of
+Mons and the Aisne, Ypres, and Neuve Chapelle.
+
+
+
+
+WHAT ANZAC MEANS
+
+By Senator Pearce (Minister of State for Defence)
+
++Source.+--The Melbourne Argus, 25 April 1916
+
+
+In an army a knowledge of its past achievements is a mighty factor in
+its future success. Before this war Australia had practically no army
+traditions, and it is to the meaning of the Gallipoli campaign in this
+connection that I would direct attention to-day, twelve months after the
+historic landing.
+
+To the peoples of Europe the thought of war was ever present in the
+popular mind; but to the Australian, born and bred in an atmosphere
+untainted by war, living amid peaceful surroundings and desirous of
+remaining on terms of friendship with the rest of mankind the word
+itself has a jarring sound. Yet the German challenge to the Mother
+Country finds 233,720 of her Australian sons who have voluntarily
+wrenched themselves from their parents, wives, and friends, and from
+comfortable and cheerful homes, to answer the call of their country to
+fight the Empire's battles on distant shores.
+
+Nor has the thunder of the cannon been necessary to inspire Australians
+with a conception of their duty; and the explanation of it all is that
+we have inherited to the full that spirit of our forebears which enabled
+them, not so long ago, to tear themselves from homeland firesides to
+shape careers in this great island continent, and to overcome with
+indomitable pluck the awful hardships of a pioneering life.
+
+For generations to come the story of the entry of the Australian troops
+to the European battlefield will ring in the ears of English-speaking
+nations. The chronicler of the future will provide many thrilling pages
+of history, magnificent material for the moulding of the youthful
+Australian character.
+
+A distinguished military officer told us before the war that Australians
+would require to be in the majority of two to one in meeting a foreign
+foe on our own shores; but the furious onslaught that accompanied the
+landing at Gallipoli, the bitter fighting and terrible trials of the
+occupation, and the wonderful skill that made possible the bloodless
+evacuation have shown us that the Australians carried out a feat of arms
+not excelled by the most highly-trained regulars of any nation of the
+world. The following messages are eloquent in their tribute to
+Australian bravery:
+
+"I heartily congratulate you upon the splendid conduct and bravery
+displayed by the Australian troops in the operations at the Dardanelles,
+who have indeed proved themselves worthy sons of the Empire."--His
+Majesty the King, _April 1915_.
+
+"The capture of the positions we hold will go down to history as a
+magnificent feat of the Australians and New Zealanders."--General Sir
+William Birdwood, _November 1915_.
+
+"Happen what may, the Australians who have fought at Gallipoli will
+bequeath a heritage of honour to their children's children."--General
+Sir Ian Hamilton, _November 1915_.
+
+These are examples of the praise which that feat of arms has won, and
+such is the standing of military bearing which the improvised army of
+Australian citizens has set up for the citizen army of Australia--a
+standard which, we may rest assured, has not failed to impress our
+enemies in computing the military value of our forces.
+
+Every unit of the citizen army will now have its tradition. Every
+soldier of the Australian army will have that inspiring example of the
+Anzac heroes to live up to in his military work, and we can regard the
+future with a calm confidence in the military prowess of our soldiers.
+
+     The Allied troops evacuated the Gallipoli Peninsula in December
+     1915, and the majority of the Australian Imperial Force was then
+     transferred to the Western Front in France, where on fiercely
+     fought fields such as Pozieres, Messines, Cambrai, Amiens, and
+     others too numerous to detail here, they won imperishable fame.
+
+
+THE END
+
+
+
+
+CHISWICK PRESS,
+
+CHARLES WHITTINGHAM AND CO.
+BOOKS COURT, CHANCERY LANE,
+LONDON
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Source Book Of Australian History
+by Compiled by Gwendolen H. Swinburne
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK AUSTRALIAN HISTORY ***
+
+***** This file should be named 15337.txt or 15337.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/1/5/3/3/15337/
+
+Produced by Robert Cicconetti, Martin Pettit and the PG Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.